diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 420492 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/23992-h.htm | 7186 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 99591 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr_t.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1267 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill000-clr-frontis.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52745 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill058-clr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36517 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill113-clr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 46715 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/ill158-clr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 58777 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/p001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5897 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992-h/images/p003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18338 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992.txt | 5516 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23992.zip | bin | 0 -> 90041 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
15 files changed, 12718 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/23992-h.zip b/23992-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..55be2dc --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h.zip diff --git a/23992-h/23992-h.htm b/23992-h/23992-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0ef989 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/23992-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7186 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Missionary Twig, by Emma L. Burnett</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + + h1,h2,h3 { text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; } + + div.trans-note {border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; margin: 3em 15%; padding: 1em; text-align: left;} + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + ul { position: relative; width:80%; margin-left:5%; list-style-type:none;} + li { margin-top: 0.25em; line-height: 1.5em; text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 1em;} + + body{margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + + .pagenum { position: absolute; left: 2%; font-size: 80%; text-align: right; } /* page numbers */ + + .totoc {position: absolute; right: 2%; font-size: 75%; text-align: right;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold; font-size: 85%} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .poem {margin-left:12%; margin-right:12%; text-align: left; font-size: 95%;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + + hr.full { width: 100%; + margin-top: 0em; + margin-bottom: 0em; + border: solid black; + height: 5px; } + pre {font-size: 85%; } + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Missionary Twig, by Emma L. Burnett</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: A Missionary Twig</p> +<p>Author: Emma L. Burnett</p> +<p>Release Date: December 25, 2007 [eBook #23992]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A MISSIONARY TWIG***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by David E. Siegel, Marcia Brooks,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (http://www.pgdp.net)</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 313px;"> +<img src="images/ill000-clr-frontis.jpg" width="313" height="500" alt="" title="frontis" /> +<span class="caption">A Missionary Twig. <span class="smcap">Frontispiece</span>.</span> +</div> +<hr style="width: 15%;" /> +<div class="figcenter"><a href="images/ill-cover-clr.jpg"> +<img src="images/ill-cover-clr_t.jpg" alt="" title="Cover" /></a></div> +<div class="figcenter"><span class="caption">Cover</span></div> +<hr style="width: 15%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h1>A<br /> +MISSIONARY TWIG.</h1> + +<h3>BY</h3> + +<h2>EMMA L. BURNETT.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 121px;"> +<img src="images/p001.jpg" width="121" height="150" alt="" title="printers mark" /></div> + +<center><i>AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY</i>,<br /> +150 NASSAU STREET, NEW YORK.</center> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p> + +<center>COPYRIGHT, 1890,<br /> +AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY.</center> +<br /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<a name="toc" id="toc"></a> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/p003.jpg" width="400" height="173" alt="" title="TOC" /></div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="6" cellspacing="4" summary="Table of Contents" width="80%"> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_I"><b>CHAPTER I.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Edith Tries to Explain</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_5">5</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_II"><b>CHAPTER II.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>What Mrs. Howell told them</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_14">14</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_III"><b>CHAPTER III.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Marty Gets Started</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_IV"><b>CHAPTER IV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Wholes instead of Tenths</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_V"><b>CHAPTER V.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Ebony Chair</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_VI"><b>CHAPTER VI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Empty Box</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_VII"><b>CHAPTER VII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>How Missions Helped the Home Folks</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII"><b>CHAPTER VIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>“Not in the Good Times”</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_61">61</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_IX"><b>CHAPTER IX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jennie</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_X"><b>CHAPTER X.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Laura Amelia</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XI"><b>CHAPTER XI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Good Shepherd</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_91">91</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XII"><b>CHAPTER XII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>“Now Don't Forget!”</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_99">99</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII"><b>CHAPTER XIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Off to the Mountains</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_108">108</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV"><b>CHAPTER XIV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Plan and a Talk</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_115">115</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XV"><b>CHAPTER XV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Mountain Mission-Band</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_126">126</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI"><b>CHAPTER XVI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Flower Sale</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_135">135</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII"><b>CHAPTER XVII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Weeding</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_144">144</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII"><b>CHAPTER XVIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Hotel Missionary Meeting</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_156">156</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX"><b>CHAPTER XIX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Garden Missionary Meeting</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_166">166</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XX"><b>CHAPTER XX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cousin Alice's Zenana Work</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_177">177</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI"><b>CHAPTER XXI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Rosa Stevenson's Sister</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_189">189</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><a href="#Devotional_Books"><b>Devotional Books.</b></a></td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>A<br /> +MISSIONARY TWIG.</h1> + + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2> + +<h3>EDITH TRIES TO EXPLAIN.</h3> + +<p>“I do think Edith is the queerest girl I ever saw +in all my life!” said Marty Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Don't jump up and down behind my chair that +way, Marty,” said her mother; “you shake +me so that I can scarcely hold my needle. What +does Edith do that is so queer?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, she's always putting ten into things.”</p> + +<p>“Putting ten into things?”</p> + +<p>“Yes'm. I mean when she gets any money +she always says ten will go into it so many +times, and then she takes a tenth of it—you +know we learn about tenths in fractions at +school—and goes and puts it in a blue box she +has.”</p> + +<p>“I should call that taking ten out of things.”</p> + +<p>“Well, whatever it is, that's what she does.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> +Every time she gets ten cents she puts one cent +in her blue box.”</p> + +<p>“What does she do if she only gets five +cents?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, she keeps it very carefully till she gets +another five, and then she takes her tenth out +of it. And would you believe it, when we were +all at Asbury Park last summer—” </p> + +<p>“Marty,” interrupted her mother, “can't you +tell me just as well sitting still? You fidget so +that you make me dreadfully nervous. Can't +you sit still?”</p> + +<p>“I don't believe I can, but I'll try real hard,” +said Marty, crowding herself into Freddie's little +rocking-chair and clasping her arms around her +knees, as if to hold herself still.</p> + +<p>“Well, what about Asbury Park?” Mrs. Ashford +asked.</p> + +<p>“Why, when we were at Asbury Park and +Edith's father was going to New York, he gave +her a whole dollar to do what she pleased with. +Now you know it would be the easiest thing in +the world to spend a dollar there. I could spend +it just as easy as anything.”</p> + +<p>“I dare say you could,” said Mrs. Ashford, +laughing.</p> + +<p>“And any way you know it was vacation, +and even if you save tenths other times you +oughtn't to feel as if you must do it in vacation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> +But Edith had to go and get her dollar changed +and put ten cents of it in the old blue box.”</p> + +<p>“So she would not take a vacation from her +tenths?”</p> + +<p>“No, indeed. And the other day when her +uncle from Baltimore was here, he gave her fifty +cents, and it would just pay for a perfectly lovely +paintbox that she wants; but she couldn't buy +it because five cents of the fifty was tenths; and +now she'll have to wait till she gets some more +money.”</p> + +<p>“What does she do with all the money in the +blue box?” Mrs. Ashford inquired.</p> + +<p>“Oh, she gives it to some mission-band!” replied +Marty in a tone of disgust.</p> + +<p>“Is that the mission-band Miss Agnes Walsh +wanted you to join?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am; but I didn't want to take up +my Saturdays going to a thing like that, I'd +rather play.”</p> + +<p>“Let me see,” said Mrs. Ashford, “what is +the name of that band?”</p> + +<p>“<i>Missionary Twigs</i>,” replied Marty. “Funny +kind of a name, isn't it?”</p> + +<p>Then presently she said, “I don't think +Edith always takes the tenths out fair; for when +her grandma was away lately for six days she +paid Edith three cents a day for watering her +plants, and of course that was eighteen cents.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> +So the tenth was a good deal over one cent and not +quite two, and yet Edith put two cents of it away.”</p> + +<p>“I think that was more than fair.”</p> + +<p>“Well, I suppose it was,” Marty admitted. +She actually sat quite still for two or three minutes +thinking, and then asked,</p> + +<p>“Mamma—I never thought of this before +but what do you suppose is the reason she +saves <i>tenths</i>? Why doesn't she save ninths or +elevenths or something else?”</p> + +<p>“Why don't you ask her?” suggested Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“I will,” exclaimed Marty. “I'll ask her the very +next time I go over there.”</p> + +<p>Which was in about five minutes, for Edith lived +in the same block and the little girls were +constantly visiting each other. This being Saturday, +of course there was no school. Marty ran +in at the side gate and through the kitchen with +a “How do, Mary?” to the cook. Edith heard +her coming and called over the stairs,</p> + +<p>“O Marty, come right up! I was just wishing you +would come over and help me.”</p> + +<p>Marty flew up stairs and into the nursery. +Edith's dolls were sitting in a row on the little bureau, some +dressed and some undressed, and Edith was standing +in front of them looking very much perplexed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh! I'm so glad you've come,” she said. +“Now you can help me with these troublesome +dolls.”</p> + +<p>“What's the matter with them?”</p> + +<p>“Why, we've just heard that Aunt Julia and +Fanny are coming to tea this evening, and of +course I want the dolls to look decent. I +wouldn't have Fanny see them in their everyday +clothes for anything; and they don't seem +to have enough good clothes to go around.”</p> + +<p>“Let's see what they've got,” said Marty, plunging +into business with her usual energy.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Edith, “Queenie has her new +white Swiss, so she's all right, and she can have +Virginia's surah sash. Louisa Alcott can wear +her black silk skirt and borrow Queenie's blue +cashmere waist. But Harriet has nothing fit for +an evening.”</p> + +<p>“Let her wear the sailor suit she came in, +and say she's just home from the seaside,” suggested +Marty, after a moment's meditation.</p> + +<p>“Yes, that will do,” replied Edith. “But +what about Virginia? Her white dress is soiled, +her red gauze is badly torn, and she can't borrow +from the others because she's so much +larger. To be sure she has this pale blue tea-gown +I made myself. Do you think it would be +good enough?” and she held it up doubtfully.</p> + +<p>“No,” said Marty candidly, “I don't think<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> +it would. It isn't made very well. It's kind +of baggy. Hasn't she anything else?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing but a brown woollen walking +dress and a Mother Hubbard wrapper.”</p> + +<p>“Neither of those will do,” Marty decided.</p> + +<p>Then she put her finger to her lip and +thought.</p> + +<p>A bright idea occurred to her presently.</p> + +<p>“Put her to bed and make believe she's +sick. She can wear the best nightdress, trimmed +with lace, and we can put on the ruffled +pillow-cases and fix up the bed real nice.”</p> + +<p>“That will be splendid!” cried Edith. “I +knew you'd think of something!”</p> + +<p>They went to work on the plans proposed, +and soon had the whole family in presentable +condition. So busy were they with the dolls +that Marty would have forgotten the errand +she came on, had she not happened to catch a +glimpse of the blue box when Edith opened a +drawer. Then she exclaimed,</p> + +<p>“Oh! Edie, what I came over for was to ask +you why you save tenths.”</p> + +<p>“Why I do what?” said Edith, wondering.</p> + +<p>“Why you put tenths away in your box. +Why don't you save eighths or ninths or +something else?”</p> + +<p>“Because the Bible says tenths,” Edith replied.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> + +<p>“The Bible!” cried Marty. “Does the Bible +say anything about saving tenths for a mission-band?”</p> + +<p>“No, not just that; but it says—wait, I'll +get my Bible and show you what it does say.”</p> + +<p>She ran into her room, and bringing her +Bible, sat down on a low chair and eagerly +turned the leaves. Marty knelt close beside +her, bending over the book also, so that her +brown curls pressed against Edith's wavy golden +hair.</p> + +<p>“Here's one of the verses,” said Edith. +“Leviticus twenty-seventh chapter and thirtieth +verse: 'And all the tithe of the land, +whether of the seed of the land or of the fruit +of the tree, is the Lord's; it is holy unto the +Lord.'” </p> + +<p>“There's nothing about tenths in that,” +said Marty.</p> + +<p>“Tithes means tenths—the tenth part,” +Edith explained.</p> + +<p>“Oh! does it? Well, you see, I didn't know.”</p> + +<p>“Yes; here it is in the thirty-second verse: +'And concerning the tithe of the herd or of +the flock, even of whatsoever passeth under the +rod, the tenth shall be holy unto the Lord.'” </p> + +<p>“But there's nothing in all that about money,” +Marty objected. “It's all fruit and flocks +and herds.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I know,” Edith replied, “but mamma says +that flocks and herds and money are all different +kinds of property. The Jews hadn't much +money; their property was flocks and herds and +such things. Giving tenths of what they had +for the Lord's service was a very important +part of their religion.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, but you are not a Jew,” said Marty. +“Besides, you give your tenths to a mission-band.”</p> + +<p>“But the mission-band sends the money to a +big society that uses it to send people to tell the +heathen about God.”</p> + +<p>“Is that what mission-bands are for—to send +people to teach the heathen?” asked Marty.</p> + +<p>“Yes, and to tell us about the heathen, so +that we shall want to send the gospel to them,” +said Edith. “Giving to help teach people about +God is giving to him, isn't it?”</p> + +<p>“And does the Bible say that everybody +must give tenths?” asked Marty.</p> + +<p>“No,” said Edith, “there is another plan in +the New Testament. Mamma says that it is +good for older people, but for little children +who haven't good judgment, the Jewish plan of +giving tenths is better.”</p> + +<p>“It must be pretty hard to have to give some +of your money away, whether you want to or +not,” said Marty.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh! but I always want to,” Edith declared. +“The longer I do this way the better I like it.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” remarked Marty consolingly, “a +tenth isn't much any way; you'd hardly miss +it. Neither would the Jews, for I guess they +were pretty rich.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! the tenth wasn't all they gave, and it +isn't all I give. For me it is just the—the—beginning, +the <i>sure</i> thing. The Jews had other +ways of giving—first-fruits and thank-offerings +and praise-offerings and free-will-offerings. And +sometimes I give thank-offerings and praise-offerings +too, but they are extra; the tenths I +give always.”</p> + +<p>“It's all dreadfully mixed up,” said poor +Marty.</p> + +<p>“I suppose it is, the way I tell it,” Edith +candidly admitted. “Let us go and get mamma +to tell you, the way she told me.”</p> + +<p>Marty willingly agreed, and they went into +the sitting-room where Mrs. Howell was sewing.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2> + +<h3>WHAT MRS. HOWELL TOLD THEM.</h3> + +<p>“Mamma,” cried Edith, “I've been trying +to tell Marty about tenths and offerings, and +why I give my money that way, but I can't do +it so that she can understand. Wont you tell +her, and show her some of the verses you +showed me?”</p> + +<p>“Good-morning, Marty,” said Mrs. Howell +pleasantly to the little girl who ran to kiss her. +“What is it you don't understand?”</p> + +<p>“I don't quite understand why the Jews +gave tenths, nor why Edith has to do what the +Jews did.”</p> + +<p>“Well, bring your Bible, Edith, and give +Marty mine, and I will show you some of the +passages about giving. The first mention in +the Bible of giving tithes to the Lord is when +Jacob was at Bethel.”</p> + +<p>“Wasn't that when he slept on a stone pillow, +and had the beautiful dream of angels +going up and down a ladder that reached to +heaven?” Edith asked.</p> + +<p>“Yes; and you remember the Lord appeared +to him in the dream, and promised to be with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> +him wherever he went. And Jacob made a vow +to the Lord, in which he said, 'And of all that +thou shalt give me, I will surely give the tenth +unto thee.' You will find it all in the twenty-eighth +chapter of Genesis.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Marty, after turning the leaves a +few minutes. “Here it is: I never noticed it +before.”</p> + +<p>“Then,” Mrs. Howell went on, “you know +when God brought the children of Israel out of +Egypt into the promised land, he gave them a +great many laws, for they were just like children, +and had to be told exactly what to do on +every occasion. Among other things he told +them how to give. Edith, find the eighteenth +chapter of Numbers and the twenty-first verse.”</p> + +<p>Edith found the place and read, “And behold, +I have given the children of Levi all the +tenth in Israel for an inheritance, for the service +which they serve, even the service of the tabernacle +of the congregation.”</p> + +<p>“Why should the children of Levi have it?” +asked Marty.</p> + +<p>“Because the tribe of Levi was set apart for +the service of God in the tabernacle, and afterward +the temple, and had no 'inheritance' of +land to till and pasture flocks upon like the +other tribes; so the rest of the nation was instructed +to provide for them. So you see these<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> +tithes were for what we should call the support +of the gospel; and Levi was the ministering +tribe.”</p> + +<p>Then Mrs. Howell showed the children passages +in Second Chronicles and Nehemiah where +bringing tithes is spoken of, and in Malachi +where the people are rebuked for not bringing +them. Then she bade them turn to places in +the Gospels of Matthew and Luke where our +Saviour commends the giving of tithes, though +he says that there are “weightier matters of the +law, judgment, mercy, and faith.”</p> + +<p>“But tithes were not all the Israelites gave,” +Mrs. Howell resumed, after the little girls had +read the verses. “They gave in many other +ways. Let me take that Bible a moment, Marty. +Here in Deuteronomy, twelfth chapter and sixth +verse, you see that many things are mentioned +besides tithes—vows and free-will-offerings and +the firstlings of the herds and of the flocks. +Then at their feast times, three times in the +year, they were told, in the sixteenth chapter of +the same book, the sixteenth and seventeenth +verses, that every man was to give as he was +able.”</p> + +<p>“Seems to me they must have been giving +all the time,” observed Marty.</p> + +<p>“Yes, it has been estimated that a truly devout +Jew gave away about a third of his income.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> +That is more than three-tenths, you know. Giving +freely to the Lord's service and to the poor +was part of a Jew's religion.”</p> + +<p>“That's what Edith says,” Marty remarked. +“'Tisn't part of ours, is it?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes it is,” said Mrs. Howell, smiling a +little; “though perhaps not as much as it should +be. All through the Bible we are taught the +duty of giving, and though, of course, those particular +directions in the Old Testament were +intended especially for the Jews, we may learn +from them that the best way of giving is to give +systematically.”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean by systematically?” +asked Marty.</p> + +<p>“I mean not giving just when we happen +to feel particularly interested in some object, +or when we don't want the money for something +else, but having some plan about it and +giving regularly, intelligently, and, above all, +prayerfully.”</p> + +<p>“Tell Marty the New Testament plan for +giving, mamma,” Edith requested.</p> + +<p>“St. Paul tells the Corinthians in the sixteenth +chapter and second verse of the first +epistle: 'Upon the first day of the week let +every one of you lay by him in store, as God +hath prospered him.' You see that is somewhat +different from tenths. No particular portion is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> +mentioned, but we are to regularly set aside for +religious purposes as much as we can afford, and +the amount is to be increased as our means increase.”</p> + +<p>“Why doesn't Edith do that way?” Marty +inquired.</p> + +<p>“When she is older and better able to judge +how much she ought to give, she may adopt that +plan. But it is simpler and easier just to give a +tenth, and it is well for little people who are +learning to have a plain and easy rule to go by.”</p> + +<p>“And why does Edith give her tenths to +foreign missionary work instead of to something +else?” asked Marty.</p> + +<p>This led to a long talk about the duty of +obeying Christ's last command to carry the gospel +to all nations; and Mrs. Howell explained +how missionary societies are trying to obey this +command, and how important it is that Christians +should be very prompt and regular with +their contributions, so that the good work may +not be hindered.</p> + +<p>“You see,” said Mrs. Howell, “in order to +send the gospel to these far-away people, we +must send missionaries to them. There is no +other way, while there are a good many ways in +which even children may help people near by. +For instance, they can persuade other children +to go to church and Sunday-school. And then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> +they can be kind to the poor, and can help them +in other ways beside giving money to them. +Edith mends her old toys for poor children. +She keeps her bright cards and picture books +as nice as possible, and when done with them +carries them to the Children's Hospital or to +the Almshouse; and she is very careful of her +clothes, so that when she has outgrown them +they will do for poor little girls. There are +children now down town going to Sunday-school +in her clothes. So you see that even if your +money goes to the missionary work, you need +not neglect other ways of doing good.”</p> + +<p>“I think it's grand!” said Marty with long-drawn +breath. “I've a great mind to begin +trying to do somebody some good, and not keep +everything myself. I have a dime every week +to do what I please with, and sometimes I get +other money besides.”</p> + +<p>“I am sure you would find a great deal of +satisfaction in helping others,” said Mrs. Howell.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Howell,” asked Marty, after studying +the verse in First Corinthians for some time, +“what does it mean about laying by in store the +first day of the week?”</p> + +<p>“The first day of the week is the Sabbath, +and that is a fitting time to consider how God +has prospered you and to lay aside your offering.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I think if I had a box and saved tenths I'd +like to do that way,” said Marty. “I suppose +papa could give me my dime just as well Saturday +as Monday. I do believe I'd like to belong +to that band and give some money to send +Bibles and teachers to the heathen.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! do, do join our mission-band,” urged +Edith. “You'll like it ever so much,” and she +went on so enthusiastically telling how delightful +it was, that Marty at once decided, if her +mamma approved, she would “join” at the very +next meeting. Of course she could not have +been so constantly with Edith without already +having heard much about the band, but she had +never been so interested in it as this morning, +and was now very anxious to go to the meeting +the coming Saturday.</p> + +<p>“I'll run right home and ask mamma,” she +said.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p> +<h3>MARTY GETS STARTED.</h3> + +<p>“O Mamma!” cried Marty, bursting into her +mother's room, “may I have—” </p> + +<p>Then she stopped suddenly, for she saw her +mother was sitting in the rocking-chair with +Freddie in her arms, evidently trying to put him +to sleep. He looked around when Marty came +in so noisily, and Mrs. Ashford said, in a vexed +tone,</p> + +<p>“O Marty! why do you rush in that way? I +have been trying for half an hour to put Freddie +to sleep, and have just got him to lay his head +down.”</p> + +<p>“Now I will lay my head up,” Freddie announced, +and sat up with his eyes as wide +open as if he never meant to go to sleep in his +life.</p> + +<p>“I'm so sorry, mamma,” said Marty, “but +I didn't know he'd be going to sleep at this +time.”</p> + +<p>“It is sooner than usual, but he seemed so +sleepy and was so fretful, I thought I would just +give him his dinner early, and put him to sleep +before our lunch.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Maybe he will lie on the bed with me, and +go to sleep that way, as he did the other day,” +suggested Marty, who was always very ready to +make amends for any mischief she had caused. +“Wont Freddie come and lie down beside sister?”</p> + +<p>“No, no, no!” said Freddie, shaking his curly +head and pushing Marty away with his foot.</p> + +<p>“I'll tell you a pretty story,” said Marty +coaxingly.</p> + +<p>“No, no,” said the little boy.</p> + +<p>“Pretty story about the three bears.”</p> + +<p>At this mention of his favorite story Freddie +began to relent, and presently stretched out his +arms to Marty. Mrs. Ashford put him on the +bed, and he cuddled up to Marty while she told +him the thrilling story of the Great Huge Bear, +the Middle-sized Bear, and the Little Small Wee +Bear; but long before she came to the place +where little Silver Hair was found, Freddie was +fast asleep.</p> + +<p>“What were you going to ask me, Marty?” +inquired her mamma, when they were seated +at lunch.</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes!” said Marty, in her excitement +laying down her fork and twisting her napkin. +“I was going to ask you if I might have a box to +put tenths in, and if I mayn't belong to the +mission-band.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I thought you didn't want to belong to the +band.”</p> + +<p>“Well, I didn't before, but I do now. I +didn't know till this morning how nice it is. +Mrs. Howell and Edith have been telling me all +about giving money systematically, and showing +me verses in the Bible; and so I thought I'd like +to give some of my money, and go with Edith to +the mission meeting next Saturday, if you will +let me.”</p> + +<p>“Of course you may go if you wish.”</p> + +<p>“And may I have a box to put my money +in?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“Where shall I get it?”</p> + +<p>“I'll give you one,” said Mrs. Ashford, laughing. +“Will that cardinal and gilt one of mine +be suitable for the purpose?”</p> + +<p>“<i>Will</i> you give me that beauty? Thank you +ever so much,” and Marty flew around the table +to kiss her mother.</p> + +<p>When they went up stairs Mrs. Ashford got +out the pretty box, and, at Marty's desire, wrote +on the bottom of it, “Martha Ashford,” and the +date. Marty, after excessively admiring and +rejoicing over it, made a place for it in the +corner of one of her drawers. Then she consulted +her mother how to begin with the tenths.</p> + +<p>“I haven't any of this week's money left,”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> +she said—in fact she seldom had any of her +weekly allowance over—“ but I have twenty-seven +cents of my Christmas money yet. Had I +better take a tenth of that, or wait and begin +with my next ten cents?”</p> + +<p>Her mother thought it would be best, perhaps, +to keep the twenty-seven cents for “emergencies,” +and begin the tenths with the next +week's money.</p> + +<p>“But one penny will be very little to take to +the meeting,” said Marty. “How would it do +to put in two more as a thank-offering for something +or other?”</p> + +<p>“That is a very good idea.”</p> + +<p>In the evening her father came in for his +share of the requests.</p> + +<p>“Papa,” she asked, “would you just as soon +give me my ten cents this evening as Monday?”</p> + +<p>“Certainly,” he replied, taking a dime out of +his pocket. “What's going on this evening?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, nothing's going on, but I've begun to +have a box for missionary money—that lovely +cardinal one of mamma's with gilt spots on it—and +I'm going to put tenths and offerings in it +and take them to the mission-band to help send +missionaries to the heathen.”</p> + +<p>“Well, that's good. But what are you going +to do about candy and such things?”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh, I don't put all my money in the box; +just some of it. I'm going to learn to give—what +was it I told you mamma?”</p> + +<p>“Systematically?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am, that's it. You know, papa, that +means giving just so much of your money and +giving it at a certain time and never forgetting +to give it. That's the reason I wanted my ten +cents now, so that I can put some of it in the +box to-morrow morning. And, O papa! would +it trouble you to give it to me all in pennies?”</p> + +<p>“Not at all,” said her father gravely, and he +counted out ten pennies, taking back the dime. +“Now how much of that goes in the cardinal +box?”</p> + +<p>“One penny for tenths and two as a thank-offering, +because I'm thankful that I've got +started. So to-morrow morning three pennies +will rattle into the box.”</p> + +<p>“Why to-morrow?”</p> + +<p>“Because it's the first day of the week. +That's the New Testament plan, 'lay by in store +on the first day of the week.'” </p> + +<p>Then she climbed on her father's knee and +told him all her day's experience. He approved +of her plans and said he hoped she would be +able to carry them out.</p> + +<p>“I think,” he said, “it is a very good thing for +small folks to learn to spend their money wisely,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> +and a better thing to learn to be willing to share +the good they have with those not so well off. +But you will have to watch yourself very carefully, +for it wont be so easy to do all this when +the novelty wears off as it is now.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! I'm always going to do this way,” said +Marty very determinedly, “all my life.”</p> + +<p>She always entered with heart and soul into +whatever interested her, and all that week she +could hardly think of anything but the mission-band +and the money she was saving for it. By +Wednesday she had dropped two more pennies +into the box—a free-will-offering she told her +mother—and did not spend a cent for anything, +though one of her dolls was really suffering for +a pink sash.</p> + +<p>She was a great deal of the time with Edith, +who gave her the most glowing accounts of +what they did at the band—how they had recitations +and dialogues and items, how they made +aprons and kettle-holders and sold them, and +how Miss Agnes read most interesting missionary +stories to them while they sewed. She also +told of a beautiful letter the secretary, Mary +Cresswell, had written to the lady missionary in +the school in Lahore, India, which the Twigs +supported, and how they were anxiously looking +for a reply. Miss Agnes said they must not +expect a reply very soon, for missionaries were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> +very busy people and had not much time for +letter-writing. But the girls thought that Mrs. +C——, the missionary, would be so pleased with +Mary's letter she would certainly make time to +write, at least a tiny answer.</p> + +<p>“Does the band support a whole school?” +Marty inquired in surprise. “It must take a lot +of money.”</p> + +<p>“What we do is to pay the teacher's salary, +and that's only about twenty or twenty-five dollars +a year,” Edith replied. “You see it's this +kind of a school: the missionary ladies rent a +little room for a school and hire a native teacher, +somebody perhaps who attends one of the mission +churches.”</p> + +<p>“But how can any one afford to teach for so +little money?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, that's a good deal for them, for the +natives of those countries can live on very little, +Miss Agnes says. So the missionaries sometimes +have a good many of these schools in +different parts of the city, and they visit each +one every two or three days to see how the +children are getting on and to give them religious +instruction. Miss Agnes says in that way +the missionaries can do something for a great +many children, and the more money we bands +send to pay teachers the more of these little +schools there may be.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>Marty could hardly wait for Saturday to +come. She asked her mother to select a verse +for her to say at the meeting.</p> + +<p>“For Edith says they all repeat verses when +their names are called.”</p> + +<p>Her mother chose this one for her: “The +silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith the +Lord of hosts.”</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p> +<h3>WHOLES INSTEAD OF TENTHS.</h3> + +<p>When Marty came home from the meeting +the next Saturday evening, and entered the +sitting-room in her usual whirlwind style, she +found her father there having a romp with +Freddie.</p> + +<p>“Why, here is little sister! Well, missy, +where have you been?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“Why, papa!” exclaimed Marty reproachfully. +“To the mission meeting, of course. I +told you this morning I was going.”</p> + +<p>“So you did; and you have told me every +morning this week that this was the important +day. I don't know how I came to forget it. +Well, how did you like the meeting?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, ever so much! I heard a great many +sad things.”</p> + +<p>“That's a new reason for liking a thing,” +said her father.</p> + +<p>“I mean,” replied Marty, “I liked it because +it was so nice and interesting, but I did hear +some sad things. Don't you think it's sad to +hear of a little school in one of those big, bad +Chinese cities, where the children were beginning<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> +to learn about Jesus, being broken up because +the folks in this country don't send +money enough to pay a teacher? And it would +only take a little money, too.”</p> + +<p>“That is certainly very sad.”</p> + +<p>“Yes; and Miss Agnes told us of other +schools that have to send the girls and boys +away because there isn't possibly room for +them, and there is no money to make the buildings +larger. I asked her why the big society in +this country—the one where the money from all +the bands is sent, you know—didn't just take +hold and build plenty of schools, so that all the +heathen children might be taught; and she said +that the Board—that's the big society—has no +money to send but what the churches and +Sunday-schools give them, and lately they +haven't been giving enough to build all the +schools that are wanted. Isn't it awful!”</p> + +<p>“A very sad state of affairs,” said Mr. Ashford, +but he could hardly help smiling a little +at Marty's profound indignation.</p> + +<p>“I should think the people in this country +couldn't sit still and see things going on in +such a way,” she said. “Why, do you know, +Miss Agnes says there are places where the +poor people are asking for missionaries, and +there are none to send, because there's not +money enough to support them. I should think<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> +that people would just go and take all their +money out of the banks and send it to the +Board. Then there would be so much money +pouring in that the Board would have to sit up +nights to count it.”</p> + +<p>“No, no; that wouldn't do,” said her father. +“Little girls don't understand these matters.”</p> + +<p>“Well, but, papa,” she said, coming close to +him, dragging her coat after her by one sleeve, +“don't you think if everybody were to give as +the Lord has prospered them, there would be +nearly enough money to do the right thing by +the heathen?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, there's something in that,” answered +Mr. Ashford, looking with a queer kind of a +smile at his wife, over Marty's head. “But you +can't compel every one to do what is right. All +you can do is to attend to your own contributions.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Marty, half crying in her earnestness, +“I started out to give tenths; but as +long as there are so many heathen, and so few +missionaries, I'm going to give halves or wholes. +I can't stand tenths.”</p> + +<p>And she marched off and put every cent she +had in the red box. When she got her weekly +allowance, that also went in. Her mother suggested +that she would better not give all her +money away at once.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I think,” she said, “it would be much better +to do as you started to do, and not give in +that impulsive way.”</p> + +<p>But Marty was sure she should not regret it, +and declared she was going to give every bit +of money she ever should have to send missionaries +to the heathen. She was very full of +ardor for about two days, though on Monday +something occurred that made her feel very +bad. She was playing with Freddie in the +morning, and when schooltime came he began +to whimper, and holding her dress, pleaded,</p> + +<p>“Don't go, Marty; play wis me.”</p> + +<p>She was very fond of her little brother, and +proud that he seemed to think more of her than +he did of any one else, so she was usually quite +gentle with him. She now petted him and +coaxed him to let her go, saying when she came +home she would bring him a pretty little sponge +cake. She often brought these tasty little cakes +to Freddie, and he considered them a great +treat. The prospect of one quite satisfied him, +and after many last kisses he let her go peaceably.</p> + +<p>On the way home from school she stopped +at the bakery, and it was not until the cake was +selected and wrapped up that she remembered +she had no money. It was all in her missionary +box.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Oh! I can't take it after all,” she said regretfully. +“I forgot I have no money.”</p> + +<p>“That makes no difference at all,” said the +kindly German woman, who knew Marty, as +Mrs. Ashford generally dealt at the shop: “you +take it all the same, and bring the penny to-morrow—any +day.”</p> + +<p>“No, thank you, mamma wouldn't like me +to do that,” answered Marty, hastening out to +hide her tears. She was so sorry for Freddie's +disappointment; and disappointed he was, for +he had a good memory and immediately asked +for his cake. Then there was a great crying +scene, for Marty cried as heartily as he did, and +their mamma had to comfort them both.</p> + +<p>“I think, mamma,” said Marty, when Freddie +had condescended to eat a piece of another +kind of cake and quiet was restored, “I think, +after all, I'll not put <i>every</i> cent of my money in +the box, but will keep a little to buy things for +dear little Freddie—and you,” giving her mother +a squeeze.</p> + +<p>“That will be best,” said Mrs. Ashford. “I +know you enjoy bringing us things sometimes.”</p> + +<p>This was quite true. Marty was very generous, +and nothing pleased her more than to +bring home some modest dainty, such as her +small purse would buy, and share it with everybody<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> +in the house, not forgetting Katie in the +kitchen.</p> + +<p>But her penniless condition brought her a +harder time yet. The next day in school a +sudden recollection flashed upon her that nearly +took her breath away. She could hardly wait +until school was dismissed to race home to her +mother, to whom she managed to gasp,</p> + +<p>“Oh, mamma! next Friday is Cousin Alice's +birthday!”</p> + +<p>“Is it?” said Mrs. Ashford calmly. “What +then?”</p> + +<p>“Why, you know that letter-rack of silver +cardboard that I have been making for her +birthday, and counted so on giving her, isn't +finished.”</p> + +<p>“It is all ready but the ribbon, isn't it? It +wont take long to finish. I will make the bows +for you.”</p> + +<p>“But the ribbon isn't bought yet, and I +haven't got a cent!” exclaimed Marty despairingly.</p> + +<p>There were two very strict rules in connection +with the money Marty received each week. +One was she was never to ask for it in advance, +and the other that she was not to borrow from +any one, expecting to pay when she got her +dime. If she spent all her money the first of +the week, she had to do without things, no matter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> +how badly she wanted them, till the next +allowance came in. This was to teach her +foresight and carefulness, her father said. Now +she had no money and no expectation of any +until Saturday, when the birthday would be +over. Of course there was all the money in the +red box, but she did not dream of touching that. +It was just as much missionary money as if it +was already in the hands of the Board that Miss +Agnes talked about.</p> + +<p>“If I had any ribbon that would suit,” said +Mrs. Ashford, “I would give it to you; but I +haven't. Besides, for a present it would be +better to have new ribbon. How much would +it cost?”</p> + +<p>“Rosa Stevenson paid eight cents a yard for +hers, and it takes a yard and a half—narrow ribbon, +you know.”</p> + +<p>“Then you will want twelve cents. I am +sorry I cannot lend you the money, but it is +against the rule, you know.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am, I know,” Marty replied sorrowfully.</p> + +<p>She was sadly disappointed, as she had been +looking forward for several weeks to the time +when she should have the pleasure of presenting the +nicely-made letter-rack to her cousin. +She did not grudge the money she had devoted +to missions; she would like to have given much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> +more if she could; but she began to see that +Edith's way of giving according to system was +the best. She was still very much interested +in the heathen, but they seemed a little farther +off than on Saturday, while Cousin Alice and +the letter-rack now absorbed most of her +thoughts. She stood dolefully gazing out the +window, not paying any attention to Freddie's +invitation to come and play cable cars.</p> + +<p>“Well, cheer up!” said her mother. “We +will find some way out of the difficulty. You +try to think of some plan to get twelve cents, +and so will I. Between us we ought to devise +something.”</p> + +<p>Marty brightened up instantly and looked +eagerly at her mother, sure that relief was coming +immediately. “What is your plan, mamma?” +she asked.</p> + +<p>“Oh! I didn't say I had one yet,” said Mrs. +Ashford, laughing. “You must give me time +to think; and you must think yourself.”</p> + +<p>That was all she would say then, and Marty +spent a very restless afternoon and evening +trying to think of some way to earn or save +that money, but could think of nothing that +would bring it in time for Friday. At bedtime +her mother inquired, “Have you got a plan yet?”</p> + +<p>“No, indeed. I can't think of a thing,” answered +Marty, nearly as doleful as ever.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p> + +<p>“How do you like this plan?” said Mrs. Ashford. +“I have some rags up in the storeroom +that I want picked over, the white separated +from the colored, and if you will do it to-morrow +afternoon, I will give you fifteen cents.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I'll do it! I'll do it!” cried Marty in +delight, kissing her mother. “You're the best +mamma that ever was!”</p> + +<p>“It is not pleasant work, and will probably +take all your playtime,” cautioned her mother.</p> + +<p>“Oh! I don't mind that,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>So, although the next afternoon was remarkably +pleasant, and it would have been delightful +to be playing with her sled in the snow-heaped +little park near by, where the other girls were, +she very cheerfully spent it in the dull storeroom +with an old calico wrapper over her dress, +sorting rags. There were a good many to do—though +she candidly said she didn't think there +was more than fifteen cents' worth—and she got +pretty tired. Katie offered to help, but Marty +heroically refused, and earned her money fairly.</p> + +<p>The letter-rack was completed in good time, +and presented. Cousin Alice said it was the +very prettiest of all her gifts, besides being extremely +useful.</p> + +<p>“Mamma,” said Marty that evening, “I believe +after all I'll go back to Edith's plan of +giving 'tenths' and 'offerings' to missions.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I think that would be the better way,” said +her mother.</p> + +<p>“Not that I'm tired of the heathen or the +mission-band, or of giving, you know, but just +because—” </p> + +<p>“Yes, I understand,” said her mother, as she +hesitated; “you are just as much interested in +the matter as ever, but you now see that there +are more ways than one of doing good with +money, and that it is better to give systematically, +as Mrs. Howell says. Then you know +what you are doing, and I dare say, taking it all +in all, you will give more that way than by giving +a good deal one time and nothing at all +another.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! I'll <i>never</i> come to the time when I +wont give anything,” Marty declared emphatically.</p> + +<p>And she then truly believed she never should.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE EBONY CHAIR.</h3> + +<p>For a few weeks everything went smoothly. +Marty attended the meetings of the band, in +which she took great interest, and put two or +three pennies in her box every Sunday morning. +But there came a time when she began to find it +hard to give even that much. There seemed to +be so many little things she wanted, and it was +just the season of the year when she had very +few presents of money. She generally got some +on her birthday, in August, and again at Christmas; +but as she could not keep money very well, +that was soon spent, and during the latter part +of the winter she was very poor. Once or twice +nothing went in the box but the strict tenth, and +once she had a hard struggle with herself before +even that went in; in fact, she had a very bad +time altogether. It was all owing to a tiny +chair.</p> + +<p>“O girls!” exclaimed Hattie Green, one day +at recess, “have you seen those lovely chairs in +Harrison's window?”</p> + +<p>“What chairs?” inquired the girls.</p> + +<p>“Oh, such lovely little dolls' chairs! Carved,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> +you know, and with <i>beautiful</i> red cushions. I +came by there this morning, and that's the +reason I was late at school, I stopped so long +to look at those cunning chairs.”</p> + +<p>“Let's all go home that way,” suggested +Marty, “and then we can see them.”</p> + +<p>“All right,” said Hattie.</p> + +<p>So after school quite a crowd went around +by Harrison's toy-store to see the wonderful +chairs.</p> + +<p>There they were, rather small, to be sure, but +ebony—at least they looked like ebony—and +crimson satin. The girls were in raptures with +them.</p> + +<p>“They are beauties!” cried Edith.</p> + +<p>“How I should love to have one!” said +Marty.</p> + +<p>“I wonder how much they are,” said Rosa +Stevenson.</p> + +<p>“You go in and ask, Rosa,” said Edith.</p> + +<p>“Yes, do, do,” urged the others.</p> + +<p>Rosa went, and came back with the information +that they were twelve cents apiece.</p> + +<p>“Well, that isn't so much,” said Edith. “I +think I can afford to get one. I'll see when I +go home.”</p> + +<p>“I know I have enough money to buy one,” +said Rosa, “but I never buy anything without +asking mamma about it first.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p> + +<p>“She'll let you get it,” said Edith.</p> + +<p>“Oh, you girls always have some money +saved up, and I never have,” sighed Marty. +“And I do want one of those chairs so badly.”</p> + +<p>“So do I,” said Hattie, “and I haven't any +money either, but I'm going to tease mamma +night and day till she gives me twelve cents.”</p> + +<p>“It's no use to tease my mamma,” said Marty. +“If she wont let me do a thing, she wont, +and that's the end of it. But of course I'll tell +her about the chairs, and see what she says. +Maybe she'll let me have one.”</p> + +<p>As soon as she reached home Marty gave her +mother a glowing description of the chairs, winding +up with,</p> + +<p>“And, O mamma! I do want one awfully.”</p> + +<p>“But you have so many playthings already, +Marty,” objected her mother. “Just look at +those closet shelves! Besides, you got a complete +set of dolls' furniture Christmas.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I know I don't <i>need</i> another chair at all, +but those red ones are so cunning, and one +would look so well mixed in among my blue +ones. I should <i>love</i> to have one.”</p> + +<p>“I am sorry your mind is so set on it,” said +Mrs. Ashford, “for I dislike to have you disappointed, +but when you have so many playthings, +I really don't feel like giving you money, even +if it is only a trifle.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p> + +<p>“May I buy a chair if I have money enough +of my own?” Marty asked.</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes—if you wish to spend your money +that way; but I would rather save it for something +else if I were you.”</p> + +<p>Marty had no very clear idea where “money +of her own” was to come from just at that time, +but thought it possible the necessary amount +might appear before the chairs were all sold.</p> + +<p>The next morning Rosa and Edith came to +school with money to buy chairs, and at recess +all their special friends went with them to Harrison's +to make the purchase. When Marty had +a nearer view of the chairs and handled them, +she was more anxious than ever to possess one. +This anxiety increased as the days passed and +the chairs gradually disappeared.</p> + +<p>Nobody gave her any money and her mother +did not offer her any more “paid” work. She +was very, very sorry that she had spent all of +her allowance on Monday morning—at least all +but two cents and the one in the red box. That, +of course, she took with her to the meeting Saturday +afternoon.</p> + +<p>Saturday evening she received her next +week's supply, and that, with the two cents she +had over, was exactly enough to get the longed-for +toy. But one cent was tenths.</p> + +<p>“That just spoils the whole thing,” she said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> +to herself. “I might as well have none at all as +only eleven cents.”</p> + +<p>Then she wondered if it would not do to borrow +that tenth. She had not thought of taking +out any of the money when she was in such +straits about Cousin Alice's ribbon, but this +seemed different. It was only one penny, and +she was sure of being able to replace it.</p> + +<p>But borrowing was against the rule, and it +must be especially wrong to borrow missionary +money. She felt ashamed and her cheeks +burned when the thought came to her.</p> + +<p>“I s'pose I'll have to give up the chair,” she +sighed; “at least unless I get a little more +money somehow. I wish papa wasn't so strict +about borrowing. A penny wouldn't be much +to borrow.”</p> + +<p>Sunday morning she took out her money and +counted it over again very carefully. Yes, there +was exactly twelve cents. Then she slowly took +up one cent to drop in the box. As she did +so the temptation to borrow it came again.</p> + +<p>“No, I wont do that,” she said resolutely, but +after looking at the penny for a while, concluded +not to put it in the box until after she came from +Sunday-school.</p> + +<p>After Sunday-school she tried it again, but +still hesitated.</p> + +<p>“I'll wait till bedtime,” she thought.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p> + +<p>By bedtime she had decided not to put it in +at all.</p> + +<p>“I b'lieve I'll borrow it. It wont do any +harm to let the box go empty for one week. I'll +get the chair to-morrow, and make the tenth all +right next Sunday.”</p> + +<p>So she got into bed and covered herself up, +but she could not go to sleep. She tossed and +tumbled for what seemed to her a long time. +“It's all because that penny isn't in the box,” +she thought. Finally she could stand it no +longer. She got up, and feeling around in the +drawer, found the penny and put it in the box. +Then she went to bed, and was soon asleep.</p> + +<p>Having decided she could not have what she +so ardently desired, Marty should have kept out +of the way of temptation, but every day she went +to look at the chairs, and seeing them, she +continued to want one. By Thursday they were +all gone but two, and Hattie triumphantly announced +that at last her mamma had given her +money to buy one. Then Marty felt that she +<i>must</i> have the other.</p> + +<p>When she had her wraps on that afternoon +ready to go out to play, she went to the missionary +box, and, with hands trembling in her +excitement, took out the solitary penny. Then +without stopping to think she ran down stairs. +Just as she was opening the street-door she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> +repented, and after meditating a while in the +vestibule, standing first on one foot and then on +the other, she slowly retraced her steps and put +the penny back.</p> + +<p>“Now it's safe,” she said. “I'll just dash +out without it, and of course when I haven't got +it, I can't spend it.”</p> + +<p>She dashed about half way, when all at once +the vision of the lovely chair rose up before her, +and the desire to possess it was greater than +ever. She stopped again to think, and the result +was, she returned and got the penny—it was not +quite so hard to take it out the second time as it +was the first—and started for the street once +more.</p> + +<p>Perhaps she might have repented and gone +back again, had not her mother, who was entertaining +some ladies in the parlor, called to her, +“Marty, don't race up and down stairs so,” and +then Marty went out with the penny in her +hand.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE EMPTY BOX.</h3> + +<p>So the chair was bought and Marty tried to +think she was perfectly satisfied, but it was +strange how little she cared for it after all. She +showed her purchase to her mother, who said it +was quite pretty, but not very substantial; that +she feared it would not last long.</p> + +<p>Marty put it in her dolls' house and played +with it, trying hard to enjoy it, but her conscience +was so ill at ease that she soon began to +hate the sight of the chair, and by Friday evening +she had pushed it away back on the shelf +behind everything. The sight of the red box, +too, was more than she could stand, it seemed +to look so reproachfully at her; even after she +had laid one of her white aprons over it she disliked +to open the drawer.</p> + +<p>There was a special meeting of the band that +Saturday, as they were getting ready for their +anniversary. No contributions were expected, +so that it did not matter about Marty having no +money; but she was feeling so low-spirited and +ashamed that she simply could not go among +the others nor take part in missionary exercises.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Are you going for Edith this afternoon or +is she coming for you?” inquired Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“I'm not going to the meeting,” replied +Marty in a low voice. “I told Edith I wasn't +going.”</p> + +<p>“Not going!” exclaimed Mrs. Ashford in +surprise. “Why, you are not tired of it already, +are you?”</p> + +<p>“No, ma'am,” Marty answered, “but I don't +want to go to-day.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford thought perhaps Marty and +Edith had had a little falling out, though it +must be said they very seldom quarreled; or +that Marty was beginning to tire a little of her +new enterprise, for she was rather in the habit +of taking things up with great energy and soon +becoming weary of them. Mrs. Ashford had +not expected her missionary enthusiasm to last +very long; and as she herself was not at that +time much interested in such matters, she was +not prepared to keep up Marty's zeal, but was +inclined to allow her to go on with the work or +give it up, just as she chose, as she did in matters +of less importance.</p> + +<p>However, Mrs. Ashford knew that, whatever +the trouble was, it would all come out sooner or +later, for Marty always told her everything. So +she merely said,</p> + +<p>“Well, as it is so bleak to-day and you have a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> +cold, perhaps it would be just as well for you not +to go out.”</p> + +<p>Marty, disinclined to play, took one of her +“Bessie Books” and sat down by the window. +Though so cheerless out-doors, with the wind +whistling among the leafless trees and blowing +the dust about, that sitting room was certainly +very cosey and pleasant.</p> + +<p>Marty's “pretty mamma,” as she often called +her, in her becoming afternoon gown of soft, +dark red stuff, sat in a low rocker in front of the +bright fire busy with her embroidery and softly +singing as she worked. Freddie, on the rug at +her feet, played quietly with a string of buttons. +The only sounds in the room were Mrs. Ashford's +murmured song and an occasional chirp +from the canary. But all at once this cheerful +quietness was broken by loud sobbing.</p> + +<p>Poor Marty had been so unhappy the last +two days, and now added to what she felt to be +the meanness of appropriating that missionary +penny, was the disappointment of not being at +the meeting, for she was longing to be there, +though not feeling fit to go. Besides, it was a +great load on her mind that she had not told her +mamma how she got the chair, nor what was the +reason she did not want to go to the meeting. +And now she could endure her wretchedness no +longer.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span></p> + +<p>“What's the matter, Marty?” exclaimed Mrs. +Ashford, much startled. “Are you ill? Is your +throat sore? Come here and tell me what ails +you?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, mamma, I'm very, very wicked,” +sobbed Marty, and running to her mother's +arms she tried to tell her troubles, but cried so +that she could not be understood.</p> + +<p>“Never mind, never mind,” said her mother +soothingly. “Wait until you can stop crying +and then tell me all about it.”</p> + +<p>Freddie was dreadfully distressed to see his +sister in such a state and did all he could to +comfort her, bringing her his horse-reins and a +whole lapful of building-blocks, and was rather +surprised that they did not have the desired +effect.</p> + +<p>When Marty became quieter she told the +whole story of the dolls' chair and the missionary +penny. “That's the reason I didn't want +to go to the meeting,” she said. “I don't feel +fit to 'sociate with good missionary children. +I'm so sorry and so ashamed. I wish I had let +the penny stay in the box and the chair stay in +the store.”</p> + +<p>“We cannot undo what is done,” said her +mother gravely. “We can only make all possible +amends and try to do better in future. You +can replace the penny this evening, and this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> +lesson you have had may teach you to be more +self-denying. You know you cannot spend all +your money for trifles and yet have some to give +away. If you want to give you must learn to do +without some things. But, Marty, if it is going +to be so difficult to devote some of your money +to missions, you had better just give up the +attempt and go back to your old way of doing.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no, no!” exclaimed Marty earnestly. +“Please let me try again. I know I'll do better +now, and I do want to help in missionary work.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Mrs. Ashford, “just as you wish. +I don't like to see you beginning things and +giving them up so soon, but at the same time I +don't think you need feel obliged to give to +these things whether you want to or not.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, but I do want to ever so much,” Marty +protested.</p> + +<p>She felt better after telling her mother all +about the matter, and now was quite ready to +brighten up and start afresh. The next morning +besides dropping in two pennies for tenths +she put in another, which she said was a +“sorry” offering, but did not know the Bible +name for it. She would have liked to make +amends by putting in the whole ten cents, but +her mother would not allow it.</p> + +<p>“Things would soon be as bad as ever,” were +her warning words, “if that's the way you are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> +going to do. The next thing you will want to +take some of it out, as you did the penny for the +chair.”</p> + +<p>“No, no, mamma! I don't b'lieve I ever <i>could</i> +be so mean again,” Marty declared.</p> + +<p>“I don't believe either that you would do it +again. But you will certainly save yourself a +great deal of worry, and will be likely to do +more good in the work you have begun, by following +Mrs. Howell's advice of having a plan of +giving and keeping to it.”</p> + +<p>“Well, I'm going to try that way in real +earnest now,” said Marty; “but I wish it was as +easy for me to be steady about things as it is +for Edith. She never seems to get into trouble +over her tenths.”</p> + +<p>A few days after this, when she was spending +the afternoon with Edith, Marty told Mrs. Howell +what a time she had had, and added,</p> + +<p>“Doesn't it seem strange that I can't give +my money regularly?”</p> + +<p>“Perhaps,” suggested Mrs. Howell, “you +have not asked God to help you in your new +enterprise.”</p> + +<p>“Why, no, I haven't,” replied Marty. “I +never thought of it.”</p> + +<p>“My dear child, we are nothing in our own +strength. We should always ask God to help +us, in what we attempt, and ask for his blessing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> +Unless he blesses our work, it cannot prosper.”</p> + +<p>“But I don't know how to ask him,” said +Marty, speaking softly. “The prayers I say +every night are 'Our Father,' and 'Now I lay +me,' and there's nothing in them about mission +work. I should have to say another prayer, +shouldn't I?”</p> + +<p>“If you more fully understood the Lord's +Prayer, you would know that exactly what you +want is included in it. But why cannot you ask +for what you desire in your own words? Just go +to God as trustingly as you would to your mother, +when you want something you know she +will let you have, if it is good for you to have it. +And that would be really praying, for, Marty, +don't you know there's a great difference between +saying prayers and praying? You may +say a dozen prayers and not pray at all.”</p> + +<p>“Don't I pray when I kneel beside the bed +and say those two prayers?”</p> + +<p>“You do if you make the petitions your own, +and really desire what you ask for, and if you +ask in the right spirit. But if you just say the +words over without thinking what you are saying, +or whom you are speaking to, it is not +praying at all. It is mocking God.”</p> + +<p>“I'm sure I wouldn't do that,” said Marty, +looking frightened.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I know you would not willfully, my dear, +but I just want to show you that saying over +certain words is not praying. We don't realize +what a blessed privilege it is to pray. God's ear +is open night and day to any of us, even the +smallest child. He is as ready to hear anything +you may have to say as he is to hear Dr. Edgar +when he gets up in his pulpit and prays.”</p> + +<p>“Then it wouldn't be wrong to ask God to +help me give missionary money regularly, would +it?”</p> + +<p>“It would be very right.”</p> + +<p>That night when Marty knelt beside her bed +she really prayed. She felt that God was listening +to her, and when she came to the words, +“Now I lay me down to sleep,” she realized that +she was committing herself to his care, and was +sure that in that care she was safe. After her +usual prayers she paused a moment and then +added, “And, O Lord, please help me to be +steady in giving missionary money.”</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> +<h3>HOW MISSIONS HELPED THE HOME FOLKS.</h3> + +<p>The mission work that Marty had entered +upon was teaching her to pray.</p> + +<p>She really wished to be a mission worker in +her small way and she tried hard to be faithful, +but owing to her forgetfulness or impatience +or selfishness, things sometimes went wrong. +Once or twice she forgot to learn a verse to say +at the meeting, and was much mortified. Once +she got very impatient with a piece of sewing +and spoiled it, and then was angry because some +of the girls laughed at her. And she still found +it hard to give her money regularly; some +weeks she wanted it so much for something +else.</p> + +<p>But all these little trials she carried to God +and was helped. This led to the habit of bringing +all her little troubles to him.</p> + +<p>One day Miss Agnes remarked that we don't +put enough thanks in our prayers. We ask that +such and such things may be done, but we don't +thank God half enough for what he has done +and is constantly doing for us. We come to +him with all the miseries of our lives, but don't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> +tell him about the happy and joyous things. +Afterward Marty put more thanks in her prayers, +and she told Miss Agnes that it was astonishing +how many thankful things there were +to say.</p> + +<p>Marty also used her Bible a great deal more +after she joined the band than before.</p> + +<p>Besides the verse they were expected to +repeat at roll-call, Miss Agnes sometimes asked +them to bring all the texts they could find bearing +upon a certain subject. The golden text +for Sunday-school might be learned from the +lesson-paper, but it was necessary to search the +Bible for these other verses. At first Marty did +not know how to begin to find them and appealed +to her mother for help. Mrs. Ashford +gave all the assistance in her power, though +saying with a half-sigh,</p> + +<p>“I'm afraid I don't know much about these +things, Marty.”</p> + +<p>One day Mrs. Ashford had been out shopping +and in the evening several parcels were +sent home. These she opened in the sitting-room. +As she unwrapped quite a large one +Mr. Ashford inquired,</p> + +<p>“What is that huge book?”</p> + +<p>When his wife handed it to him he whistled +and exclaimed,</p> + +<p>“A concordance! What in the world do you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> +want with this? Are you going to study theology?”</p> + +<p>“No,” replied Mrs. Ashford, laughing, “but +Marty comes to me with so many questions that +I found I could not get on any longer without +that.”</p> + +<p>“What's a concordance, mamma?” asked +Marty, “and has it anything to do with me?”</p> + +<p>“It is a book to help us find all those verses +in the Bible you have been asking me about. +You see I'm not as good and wise as your friend +Mrs. Howell, and don't know as much about +the Bible as she does.”</p> + +<p>“You're every bit as good,” declared Marty, +who by this time had got both arms around her +mother's waist as she stood on the rug, and was +looking up in her face lovingly, “and you will +be as wise when you are as old, for she is a +great deal older than you.”</p> + +<p>Her father and mother both laughed at +Marty's earnestness, and Mr. Ashford said,</p> + +<p>“That's right, Marty. Stand up for your +mother.”</p> + +<p>They found the concordance very useful, and +from time to time spent many happy hours +searching the Scriptures with its aid, comparing +passages and talking them over. Not only did +they find texts for the band, but other subjects +were traced through the sacred pages. Occasionally<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> +Marty saw her mother busy with the +concordance and Bible when she had not asked +her assistance about verses.</p> + +<p>It was while Marty was giving wholes instead +of tenths and the red box was so well +filled, that it met with an accident that disfigured +it for life. Though the occurrence was a +sad and humiliating one for Marty, it led to +good results.</p> + +<p>She had the box out one day and was counting +the money, although she knew precisely +how much there was. As a good deal of it was +in pennies it made quite a noise, so that Freddie, +attracted by the bright outside and noisy inside, +thought he would like to have the box to play +with. He asked Marty to give it to him, but +she, busy with her counting, answered rather +sharply,</p> + +<p>“No, indeed; you can't have it. Go away, +now. Don't touch!”</p> + +<p>But Freddie was very quick in his movements, +and before she could get it out of his +reach he had seized it and shaken the contents +all over the floor. Marty, very angry at having +her beautiful box treated so roughly, and seeing +the money rolling about in all directions, cried +in loud tones,</p> + +<p>“Let go, you naughty boy! You'll break +it!”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p> + +<p>Freddie, now angry also, and determined to +have what he wanted, held on manfully, screaming, +“Dive it to me! dive it to me!” and in the +struggle a small piece was broken off the lid.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford, hearing the loud tones, hurried +into the room, and arrived in time to see Marty +strike Freddie with one hand while she held +the box high above her head with the other. +Freddie was pounding her with all his little +strength and crying uproariously.</p> + +<p>“Marty, Marty!” called Mrs. Ashford, “don't +strike your little brother. What is the matter? +Come here, Freddie.”</p> + +<p>But Freddie stamped his foot and screamed, +“Will have it! Will have pretty box!” and +Marty wailed, “Oh! he's broken my lovely box +and spilled all my money.”</p> + +<p>It was some time before peace was fully restored, +though Marty was soon very repentant +for what she had done and Freddie's ill-temper +never lasted very long. After standing a while +with his face to the wall, as was his custom on +such occasions, crying loudly, the little tempest +was all over. He turned around, and putting +up his hands to wipe his eyes said pitifully,</p> + +<p>“My teeks are so wet, and I have no hamititch +to dry them.”</p> + +<p>“Come here and I'll dry them,” said his +mother, taking him on her knee.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 312px;"> +<img src="images/ill058-clr.jpg" width="312" height="500" alt="" title="Page 58" /> +<span class="caption">Mrs. Ashford, hearing the loud tones, hurried +into the room. Page 58</span></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> +“My chin is all wet,” he said.</p> + +<p>“So it is, but we'll dry all your face.”</p> + +<p>“And my hands are all wet.”</p> + +<p>“What a poor little wet boy!” said his mother +tenderly, but cheerfully too.</p> + +<p>After making him comfortable she said,</p> + +<p>“Now are you sorry you were such a naughty +boy?”</p> + +<p>He nodded his head, and turning to Marty, +who was crawling around gathering up her +money, he said, “Sorry, Marty.”</p> + +<p>Marty crept up to him, and kissing over and +over the little arm she had struck, said with eyes +full of tears,</p> + +<p>“You dear little darling, you don't know +how awfully sorry Marty is for being so bad to +you!”</p> + +<p>Then they rubbed their curly heads together +until Freddie began to laugh, and in a few moments +he was playing with his tin horse as +merrily as if nothing had happened, while +Marty gathered up and put away her treasures.</p> + +<p>“Now, Marty,” said her mother, “you must +keep that out of Freddie's sight. He is nothing +but a baby, and doesn't know that it is any +different from any other box. Let me see +where it is broken. Perhaps I can mend it.”</p> + +<p>“No, mamma,” said Marty, “I don't want it +mended. I am going to let it be this way to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span> +remind me of how naughty I was to my dear +little brother, and maybe it will keep me from +getting so angry with him again. It does seem +dreadful, too, to think that just when I'm trying +to be good to children away over the sea, I +should be partic'lerly bad to my own little +brother, doesn't it?”</p> + +<p>“I sha'n't say a word,” replied her mother, +“for I see you can rebuke yourself.”</p> + +<p>So the broken missionary box was a constant +reminder to Marty that her work for those far away +should make her all the more loving to the dear ones +at home.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span></p> +<h3>“NOT IN THE GOOD TIMES.”</h3> + +<p>One Saturday afternoon as Edith and Marty +entered the room where the meetings of the +band were held, half a dozen girls rushed to +them, exclaiming,</p> + +<p>“Oh, what do you think! Mary Cresswell +has a letter from Mrs. C——!”</p> + +<p>How eager they all were to hear that letter! +As soon as the opening exercises were over, +Miss Walsh told Mary she might read it. The +young secretary looked quite proud and important +as she unfolded the letter, very tenderly, +indeed, for it was written on thin paper, as +foreign letters are, and she was afraid of tearing +it.</p> + +<p>After speaking very nicely of the letter she +had received from them, Mrs. C—— went on to +tell them something about Lahore and about the +school they were interested in. She said:</p> + +<p>“You must not imagine a well-arranged +schoolroom with desks, maps, black-boards, and +so on. We cannot afford anything like that, and +in any case it would be useless to the kind of +pupils we have. We pay a woman a little for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> +the use of part of the room in which she lives, +and while the school is in session she goes on +with her work in one corner. This room is quite +dark, as, having no windows, all the light it +receives is from the door. It has no furniture +to speak of. The teacher and pupils sit on the +earth floor.”</p> + +<p>She then described the dress of the little +girls, which certainly did not appear to be very +comfortable for the cool weather they sometimes +have in North India, and said, “No matter how +poor and scanty the clothing, they must have +some kind of jewelry, even if it is only glass or +brass bangles. They are anything but cleanly, +as they are not taught in their own homes to be +so; besides, some of their customs are considerably +against cleanliness. For instance, they must +not wash themselves at all for a certain length +of time after the death of relatives. So it sometimes +happens the children come to school in a +very dirty condition.”</p> + +<p>These children, Mrs. C—— said, were bright +and learned quite readily. She mentioned some +of the hymns and Scripture verses they knew, +and some of the answers they had given to questions +she put to them.</p> + +<p>“But the great difficulty is,” she wrote, “they +are taken away from school so young to be married +and thus lost to us. Still it is good to think<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> +that they receive some religious instruction, and +matters in regard to girls and women in India +are gradually improving. Not quite so much +stress is laid on child-marriage; indeed, some +native societies are being formed for the purpose +of opposing this custom, and many more +girls are allowed to attend school than used to +be the case.</p> + +<p>“But there is room yet for great improvement. +You, my young friends, in your happy +childhood and girlhood, cannot conceive the +miseries of these poor little creatures. Thank +God your lot is cast in a Christian land, and oh! +do all you can to send the gospel light into these +dark places of the earth.”</p> + +<p>The girls had a great deal to say about this +letter, and as it was sewing afternoon, Miss +Walsh allowed them to talk over their work +instead of having any reading.</p> + +<p>“Somebody told me,” said little Daisy Roberts, +“that in India they don't care as much +about girls as boys, and sometimes they kill the +girl babies. Is that so?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” replied Miss Walsh. “It used to be +a very common custom, and is still so to some +extent, though the British Government has done +much to stop it.”</p> + +<p>“They must be very cruel to want to kill +their own dear little babies. Why, if anybody<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> +should hurt our little Nellie, we'd all fly at him +and nearly tear him to pieces,” and Daisy's face +got very red and she doubled up her little fist at +the very thought of such a thing.</p> + +<p>“It isn't always, nor perhaps often, done in +a spirit of cruelty. Sometimes it is because the +parents are poor and cannot afford to marry +their daughters, for weddings cost a great deal, +and according to the notions of the country +everybody must be married. Often it ruins a +man to get his daughters married, and he lives +in poverty all the rest of his life. Then very +ignorant and superstitious parents sometimes +sacrifice their children to please their gods, and +as girls are not as much thought of as boys, it is +frequently the girls who are killed. But, as I +told you, the Government does not allow such +doings, and when people are found breaking the +law they are punished. Besides, as Christianity +spreads these wicked things cease.”</p> + +<p>“I think that way they have of making little +girls get married is awful,” said Edith. “Just +think of being dragged off to be married when +you're only a little mite of a thing, and having +to leave your own mamma and live with a cross +old mother-in-law who abuses you!”</p> + +<p>“Don't their fathers and mothers love them +at all, Miss Agnes, that they send them off that +way and allow them to be miserable?” asked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span> +Marty, who was ready to cry over the miseries +of the poor little India girl.</p> + +<p>“Of course there are many cruel parents—heathenism, +you know, does not teach people to +be kind and loving—but many love their children +as much as your parents love you. In fact +they are over-indulgent to them, and let them +do just what they please when they are small. +And you may imagine that the mother especially +has a very sore heart when her little +daughter is taken from her and when she hears +of her being ill-treated in her new home. But +it is considered a disgrace if girls are not +married when mere children; and a loving +mother wishes to keep her daughters from disgrace.”</p> + +<p>“And how if the little girl's husband dies?” +Rosa Stevenson inquired.</p> + +<p>“Oh, then the poor little widow leads a miserable +life.”</p> + +<p>“Why, how?” Marty asked. “Can't she go +back home then?”</p> + +<p>“No,” Miss Walsh answered. “She has to +live on in the father-in-law's house, where she is +treated shamefully, made to do hard work, is +half starved, and not allowed clothes enough to +keep her comfortable. She is not taken care of +when sick, and is treated worse in every way +than you have any idea of or ever can have.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p> + +<p>“It's perfectly dreadful!” declared one of the +girls.</p> + +<p>“Didn't they use to burn the widows on +their husbands' funeral pile?” asked another.</p> + +<p>“Yes, but the British Government put a stop +to that.”</p> + +<p>“I believe I'd rather be burnt up and done +with it than have to lead such a miserable life,” +said Mary Cresswell.</p> + +<p>“Oh, no, it would be dreadful to be burnt,” +said Rosa.</p> + +<p>“Seems to me it's dreadful all around,” said +Marty, sighing.</p> + +<p>“You may be thankful you don't have to +make the choice,” said Miss Walsh.</p> + +<p>“Then the poor children are not even made +comfortable when they go to school,” Rosa went +on, “so dirty and forlorn!”</p> + +<p>“How queerly they're dressed,” said Hannah +Morton.</p> + +<p>“They seem to be dressed principally in earrings +and bracelets,” remarked Marty.</p> + +<p>“Miss Agnes,” inquired Mary, “aren't there +other kinds of schools besides these little day-schools?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes. One of the first things that the +missionaries try to do is to establish boarding-schools, +so as to get the boys and girls altogether +away from the influence of their heathen homes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> +This is the way many converts are made. There +are now many such schools and much good has +been done by them. You remember we sent the +extra ten dollars we had last year to help build +an addition to a boarding-school in China.”</p> + +<p>“Are Chinese little girls treated as badly as +the ones in India?” Marty asked.</p> + +<p>“Why, yes,” said Hannah, before Miss Walsh +could reply. “Don't you remember the 'Chinese +Slave Girl,' that Miss Agnes read to us?—at +least read some of it. And don't you know +how they are tortured by binding their feet?”</p> + +<p>“That isn't done on <i>purpose</i> to torture them,” +said Mary. “That's a custom of the country.”</p> + +<p>“Most of their customs appear to be tortures,” +said Marty.</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Miss Walsh, “the customs of +barbarous and half-civilized nations are very +hard on the women and girls.”</p> + +<p>“Well, it all makes me feel very sorrowful,” +Marty declared. “I never thought before, when +I've had such good times all my life, that there +are so many little girls who are not—a—” </p> + +<p>“Not in the good times?” said Miss Walsh, +helping her out.</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am; and I do wish I could do something +for some of them.”</p> + +<p>“So do I,” said several of the others.</p> + +<p>“I suppose,” suggested Edith, “the faster we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> +send the gospel to those countries the better it +will be for the girls and everybody.”</p> + +<p>“Couldn't we raise more money this year, +enough to support another school, or to pay for +a girl or boy in a boarding-school somewhere?” +Rosa proposed.</p> + +<p>“In that case we should have to double, or +more than double, our usual amount,” said Miss +Walsh. “The question is, can we do that?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, do let us try!” exclaimed several of the +girls.</p> + +<p>Then they began forthwith to make plans for +raising more money.</p> + +<p>“Of course the more members we have, the +more money we'll raise,” said Mary Cresswell, +“so I think we'd better try again to get others +to join our band. I have asked the Patterson +girls two or three times, but I'm going to ask +them again.”</p> + +<p>“Better not ask them <i>plump</i> to join,” suggested +Bertie Lee. “Just get them somehow to +come to one meeting, and then they'll be sure to +want to belong.”</p> + +<p>“There's some wisdom in that,” said Miss +Walsh, laughing.</p> + +<p>“Yes'm,” said Bertie, “and I believe I'll try +that way with Annie Kelley.”</p> + +<p>“I'm going to ask that new girl in our Sunday-school +class,” said Hannah.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I'm going to try to get <i>somebody</i> to come,” +said Marty.</p> + +<p>“So am I,” “And I,” cried the others.</p> + +<p>“That's right,” said Miss Walsh. “We want +to get as many people as possible interested in +missionary work, and, as Mary says, the more +that are interested and belong to societies, the +more money will be raised, and, of course, the +more good will be done. So, don't you see, you +are aiding the cause very much when you try to +make our meetings attractive, and so induce +others to join the band.”</p> + +<p>“I've thought of a way to make some missionary +money, if it would be right to do it,” said +Edith.</p> + +<p>“What is it?” asked Miss Walsh.</p> + +<p>“Well—you know those prizes Dr. Edgar +and Mr. Stevenson give at the Sunday-school +anniversary for learning the Psalms and chapters—would +it do to ask them to give us money +instead of books or anything else, so that we +might have it for missions?”</p> + +<p>“We certainly might ask our pastor and superintendent +what they think of the plan. I +have no doubt they would be willing to adopt +it when they know what the money is to be used +for. I think myself, your idea is a very good +one.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Rosa, “we should not only be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> +studying the Bible for our own sakes, but be +helping missions at the same time.”</p> + +<p>“We'd be working for our missionary money +then, shouldn't we?” remarked one of the +girls.</p> + +<p>“Yes, <i>indeed</i>!” replied another, with a laugh +and shrug. She was not fond of committing to +memory.</p> + +<p>“It's a good way, though,” said Marty, standing +up for Edith's suggestion, “and I'm going +to start right in and learn something. Miss +Agnes, I wonder how much they'd give for the +119th Psalm?”</p> + +<p>Marty asked this in real earnest, and although +Miss Walsh felt like smiling, she answered +gravely,</p> + +<p>“I don't think it is quite the right spirit in +which to study the Bible, Marty—doing it only +for the sake of the money, even if the money +is for missions.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! I shouldn't do it <i>just</i> for the money, +but I thought if I could get more for a long +Psalm than for a short one, I'd rather learn +the long one, and have more missionary money. +But I shouldn't want to do it if it was +wrong, you know,” Marty added, looking distressed.</p> + +<p>“I know you would not,” said Miss Walsh +kindly. “I have no doubt your motives are all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> +right, though you can hardly explain them. I +can understand that you would be willing to do +considerable hard work for missions, and I am +glad of your willingness and enthusiasm. They +help me.”</p> + +<p>Then Marty looked radiant.</p> + +<p>There were other plans proposed, and every +one had so much to say that Miss Walsh had +some trouble in getting the meeting to break +up.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p> +<h3>JENNIE.</h3> + +<p>“I do b'lieve,” said Marty one day, after she +had been a member of the mission-band for +several months, “I do b'lieve that hearing so +much about the poor little children in India +and China and those places, and trying to do +something to help them, makes me feel far +more like helping poor children here at home. +Now, there's Jennie—I know I shouldn't have +thought much about her if I hadn't been thinking +of those far-away children.”</p> + +<p>This was after she had made some sacrifices +for the benefit of poor little Jennie, and this is +the way she first came to know of her.</p> + +<p>When the spring house-cleaning was going +on, Mrs. Ashford's regular helper one day could +not come and sent another woman. In the +evening when Mrs. Ashford went into the +kitchen to pay this Mrs. Scott for her day's +work, Marty, who had a great habit of following +her mother around the house, went also. Mrs. +Scott had just finished her supper, and after +receiving her money and replying to Mrs. Ashford's +pleasant remarks, she said hesitatingly,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span> +pointing to a saucer of very fine canned peaches +which was part of her supper, but which she had +apparently only tasted, “Please, mem, may +I take them splendid peaches home to my sick +little girl? She can't eat nothin' at all hardly, +and she would relish them, I know. If you'd jist +give me the loan of an old bowl or somethin—” </p> + +<p>“Oh! have you a sick child?” said Mrs. Ashford +sympathizingly. “She shall certainly have +some peaches, but you must eat those yourself. +Katie, get—” </p> + +<p>“Oh! no, mem,” protested Mrs. Scott, “that's +too much like beggin'. I jist wanted to take +mine to her.”</p> + +<p>“No, it isn't begging at all,” said Mrs. Ashford. +“I'm very glad you told me about your +little girl. Katie, fill one of those small jars +with peaches.”</p> + +<p>Then Mrs. Ashford went into the pantry, and +returning with two large oranges and some +Albert biscuit, asked,</p> + +<p>“Can you carry these also?”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Scott was full of thanks, and said she +knew such nice things would do Jennie a world +of good.</p> + +<p>“I can make enough to keep her warm in +winter and get her plain vittles, but it isn't at +all what she ought to have now, I know,” she +said sorrowfully.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford asked what was the matter +with Jennie and how long she had been ill. +Mrs. Scott replied that she had hurt her back +more than a year ago; and though she had been +“doctored” then and appeared to get a little +better, since they moved to their present abode—for +they came from a distant town—she had become +worse and was now not able to walk at all, +but was obliged to lie in bed, sometimes suffering +much pain.</p> + +<p>“How was she hurt?” Mrs. Ashford inquired.</p> + +<p>“She fell down the stair,” was all the reply +given, but Katie said afterward that she had +heard that Jennie was thrown or pushed down +stairs by her drunken father. She said poor +Mrs. Scott had had a very hard life with this +shiftless, drunken husband, who abused her and +the children. All the children were dead now +except Jennie, who was about a year older than +Marty, and early in the winter “old Scott,” as +Katie called him, died himself from the effects +of a hurt received in a fight while “on a spree.” +As Mrs. Scott had been ill part of the winter +and unable to work much, she had got behind +with her rent, and altogether had been having +a very hard time.</p> + +<p>Marty was very much interested in what +Mrs. Scott said, and asked a question or two on +her own account.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Who stays with your little girl when you +are away?”</p> + +<p>“Bless your sweet eyes! nobody stays with +her. She just lies there her lone self, unless +some of the other children in the house run in +and out, but mostly she doesn't want their +noise.”</p> + +<p>“How long has she been in bed?”</p> + +<p>“Most of the time for eight months, miss,” +replied the poor mother with a sigh.</p> + +<p>“Doesn't she ever sit up in the rocking-chair?”</p> + +<p>“We have no rocking-chair, but sometimes +when I go home from work, or the days I have +no work, I hold her in my arms a bit to rest +her.”</p> + +<p>“Has she got anything to amuse her?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, she has a picture-book I got her last +Christmas.”</p> + +<p>“Mamma!” exclaimed Marty, as soon as the +door closed behind Mrs. Scott, “just think of +lying in bed since Christmas, and now it's the +first of May, with nothing but <i>one</i> picture-book!”</p> + +<p>“Ah! Marty,” said her mother, “there are +many people in the world who have very hard +times.”</p> + +<p>“Well, I don't know them all, and I couldn't +help them all if I did; but I feel that I know +Jennie real well, and mayn't I give her some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> +of my books and playthings? a whole lot, so +that she wont be so lonesome when her mother's +away.”</p> + +<p>“I was thinking of going to see her soon, +and if you wish you may go too and carry her +a picture-book or something of the sort.”</p> + +<p>Marty in her usual wholesale way would have +carried half her possessions to Jennie, but Mrs. +Ashford prevailed upon her to limit her gift to +a small book and a few bright cards.</p> + +<p>“You would better see Jennie first,” she said. +“She may not care for books and may be too +miserable to care much for playthings.”</p> + +<p>It happened the day they fixed upon to go +Mrs. Ashford brought home from market a +small measure of strawberries, though they +were yet somewhat expensive. Marty, seeing +them on the lunch-table, nearly went wild over +them, being very fond of the fruit, but her +mother noticed that after she was served she +barely tasted them, and then sat with the spoon +in her hand gravely thinking.</p> + +<p>“Don't you like them after all, Marty?”</p> + +<p>“O mamma, they're perfectly delicious! I +was just thinking how good they would taste to +Jennie. Can't we take her some of them?”</p> + +<p>“I am afraid there are none to spare. You +know Katie must have some, and I want to save +a few for your papa.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I might take her mine,” said Marty slowly. +“I've only eaten one.” But she looked at the +berries longingly.</p> + +<p>“That would be too much of a sacrifice, I +fear,” said Mrs. Ashford, “but I'll tell you what +we will do if you are willing. You set yours +aside for Jennie and I will give you half of +mine, and then we will all have some.”</p> + +<p>Marty was afraid it would not be fair to have +her mother make a sacrifice also, but Mrs. Ashford +declared she should like it of all things, and +was very glad Marty had thought of taking some +berries to Jennie.</p> + +<p>So the strawberries were put in a basket with +two glasses of jelly, some nice rusks that Katie +was famous for making, and a closely-covered +dish of chicken broth. Marty had her parcel +ready, and they set out on their expedition.</p> + +<p>When they reached the house and knocked +at the door of the room Mrs. Scott had directed +them to, a weak but shrill voice cried out, +“Come!”</p> + +<p>They entered a neat but poorly furnished +room, of which the only occupant was a pale, +thin girl, lying in what appeared to be a very +uncomfortable position in bed.</p> + +<p>“I suppose you are Jennie,” said Mrs. Ashford, +with her pleasant smile.</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am,” answered the girl, staring.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I am Mrs. Ashford. My little girl and I have +come to see you.”</p> + +<p>Jennie probably had few visitors, and she +certainly did not know how to treat them. She +did not ask her present ones to be seated, and +merely continued to stare at them as well as she +could stare in the doubled-up way she was +lying.</p> + +<p>“Your mother is out to-day, is she?” said +Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Yes, but she's only gone for half a day. +She ought to be home now,” and then the poor +child broke into a whining cry, saying,</p> + +<p>“I wish she'd come and fix me, for I'm all +slid down, and give me some dinner.”</p> + +<p>It is very hard to be polite and pleasant when +you are faint, sick, and generally miserable.</p> + +<p>“Wont you let me fix you?” asked Mrs. Ashford. +She put the basket on the table, and +taking off her gloves, approached the bed.</p> + +<p>“Now, Marty,” she said, “as I raise Jennie, +you beat up the pillows.”</p> + +<p>Marty beat them with a will, and the sick +girl was soon comfortably placed. She appeared +greatly relieved and sighed from satisfaction. +Mrs. Ashford, seeing a tin plate on the shelf, +covered it with one of the napkins from her +basket, and placing on it the small glass saucer +of strawberries and a rusk, gave it to Marty to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> +carry to Jennie. The wan face of the invalid +flushed with pleasure when she saw the dainty +food.</p> + +<p>“For me!” she exclaimed.</p> + +<p>“Of course it's for you,” replied Marty, settling +the plate on the bed.</p> + +<p>Just then Mrs. Scott entered, almost breathless +from her hurried walk, having been detained, +and knowing Jennie would need her. +She was exceedingly grateful when she found +Mrs. Ashford and Marty ministering to her sick +child.</p> + +<p>“O mother!” cried the latter. “The lady +lifted me up in bed; and see the strawberries! +Some are for you.”</p> + +<p>“No, no,” protested her mother, but Jennie +persisted in forcing at least one upon her. +When Marty saw how the berries were enjoyed +she felt very well repaid for having been satisfied +with a smaller portion herself.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford inquired what had been done +for Jennie, and found she had had no doctor +since coming to the city.</p> + +<p>“I have no money to pay a doctor,” said poor +Mrs. Scott, wiping her eyes, “and I can't go to a +stranger and ask him to attend her for nothing. +I give her the medicine the doctor told me to get +when she was first hurt, but it don't seem to do +any good now.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford said she would speak to a doctor not +far from there, with whom she was well acquainted, and +she was sure he would be willing to come and see what +could be done for the child.</p> + +<p>“It is very hard that you have to be away from her so +much, when she is sick, and almost helpless.”</p> + +<p>“It is hard, mem, but what can I do? I must work to pay +the rent and get us bread, and glad enough I am to have +the work. And she's not always so forlorn as you found +her, for mostly she can move herself. She's a bit weak to-day. +Then when I go for all day, I leave things handy on a +chair by the bed, and the people in the house are real kind, +coming in to see if she wants anything and to mend the +fire.”</p> + +<p>In the meantime the children were not saying much, for +Jennie, besides being somewhat shy, appeared tired and +weak. She was greatly pleased with the book and cards, +holding them tenderly in her hands. Marty sat in silence a +while, and then asked,</p> + +<p>“Have you a doll?”</p> + +<p>“No,” replied Jennie. “I never had one.”</p> + +<p>“Never in your whole life!” exclaimed Marty, +extremely astonished.</p> + +<p>“No,” said Jennie quietly. “But wunst we lived next +door to a girl who had one, and sometimes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> +she let me hold it. It was the very beautifulest +kind of a doll, <i>I</i> think,” she added with great +animation: “had light curly hair and big blue eyes.”</p> + +<p>Marty was so overcome that she could do +nothing but stand and gaze at the little girl who never +had a doll, and nothing more was said until her +mother was ready to go home.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> +<h3>LAURA AMELIA.</h3> + +<p>On their way home Mrs. Ashford stopped at Dr. +Fisher's, and finding him in his office, made +her plea, and readily obtained his promise to see +Jennie.</p> + +<p>All the way Marty was unusually silent and +appeared to be thinking intently. When they +were nearly home she said impressively,</p> + +<p>“Mamma, do you know, Jennie never had a doll—never +in her whole life!”</p> + +<p>“Indeed!”</p> + +<p>“No, ma'am; and I've been thinking I'd +like to give her one of mine.”</p> + +<p>“Do you think you could part with any of +yours?”</p> + +<p>“I love them all dearly, but I think I <i>could</i> do +it to make Jennie happy. I know she'd like to +have a doll, and it would be a long time before I +could save money enough to buy her one.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Mrs. Ashford, “I'm sure she +would be very happy with one of yours, but you +had better take time to think it over well, and +not do anything you would afterward regret.”</p> + +<p>Marty thought it over until the next evening,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> +and then said she still wished to give Jennie the +doll.</p> + +<p>“Very well, then,” said her mother, “I am +willing you should do it. Which doll do you +think of giving her?”</p> + +<p>“Laura Amelia.”</p> + +<p>“Why, she is your third largest and one of +your prettiest! Why do you choose her?”</p> + +<p>“Because Jennie would like a fair doll, and +she's the only fair one I have except the one +Grandma Brewster gave me, and I shouldn't +like to give that away.” And then she repeated +what Jennie had said about the next-door girl's +doll.</p> + +<p>So it was settled that Laura Amelia was to +leave home the next Saturday. Her clothes +were put in good order, and Mrs. Ashford made +her a travelling dress.</p> + +<p>On Friday night when Marty, in her little +wrapper and worsted slippers, made her appearance +at the sitting-room door to say “Good-night,” +she had Laura Amelia clasped in her +arms.</p> + +<p>“Halloa! Miss Moppet,” said her papa. “Are +you off? What's the matter with that dolly? +Do you have to walk her to sleep?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no. She's very good, but she's going +to sleep with me, because it's the last night +she'll be here.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p> + +<p>Marty tried to reply steadily, but her voice +trembled.</p> + +<p>“Ah!” said her papa sympathizingly. “Where +is she going?”</p> + +<p>“I'm going to give her to Jennie.”</p> + +<p>Of course Mr. Ashford had heard all about +Jennie. He approved of her being helped, but +did not like to see Marty in distress, and he +noticed her eyes were full of tears.</p> + +<p>“It is a shame for the child to give away +playthings she is fond of,” he said to his wife.</p> + +<p>“I didn't tell her to give it,” replied Mrs. Ashford. +“It was her own notion.”</p> + +<p>“Here, Marty,” said her father, putting his +hand in his pocket, “you keep that doll yourself +and I'll give you some money to get Jennie +another one.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! no, papa,” said Marty earnestly. +“Thank you ever so much, but I want to give +Jennie a doll all myself, and I've quite made up +my mind to give her this one. I thought it +over a whole day—didn't I, mamma? You +mustn't s'pose I don't <i>want</i> to give Laura +Amelia to Jennie, because I do, but you know +such things make one feel a little sad for a +while.”</p> + +<p>“I presume they do,” said Mr. Ashford, +smiling as he lifted both Marty and the doll +to his knee. “How many dolls have you?”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Seven, counting the two little china ones.”</p> + +<p>“Well, that's a pretty numerous family for one +small girl to care for. I guess you can spare +Lucy Aurelia.”</p> + +<p>“Lucy Aurelia!” Marty laughed heartily. +“O papa, what is the reason you never can +remember my dolls' names?”</p> + +<p>“I don't see how you can remember them +yourself.” Then as he kissed her goodnight he said,</p> + +<p>“I am glad my little girl is learning to be kind to +the poor and friendless.”</p> + +<p>The next day there was some prospect that +Marty would not get to Jennie's after all, as Mrs. +Ashford could not very well go with her and would +not let her go alone. Marty was preparing to be +dreadfully disappointed, but her mother said, “Wait +until after lunch and we will see what can be done.”</p> + +<p>Just then there was a tap at the door, and a tall, +dark-eyed, smiling young lady entered.</p> + +<p>“Why, here's Cousin Alice!” exclaimed Marty, and +the warm welcome the visitor received from them all +showed what a favorite she was.</p> + +<p>“I've come to stay to lunch if you will have me,” +she announced, throwing her wrap and gloves on the +couch. Marty immediately invited her to stay for +ever, and Freddie began<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> +building a wall with his blocks all around her +chair so that she could not possibly get away.</p> + +<p>“Alice,” said Mrs. Ashford, after there had +been a good deal of talk and play, “I am going +to ask you to do something for me.”</p> + +<p>“I shall be only too happy to do it, Cousin +Helen,” said Miss Alice in her bright way. +“You have only to speak.”</p> + +<p>“Marty wants to do an errand down near the +old postoffice this afternoon. I don't like to +have her go into that part of the town by herself, +and I can't go with her. Would you be +willing to go with her?”</p> + +<p>“Most certainly,” was the cordial reply.</p> + +<p>“Oh! that will be splendid,” cried Marty.</p> + +<p>Then both she and her mother proceeded to +tell their cousin all about Jennie, after which +Marty dressed the doll and packed its clothes in +a box.</p> + +<p>“What a good idea it is of Marty's to give +that doll and all its belongings to Jennie!” said +Miss Alice. “It will be such amusement and +occupation for her when she is alone so much. +It must be perfectly dreadful to lie there all day, +and day after day, with nothing to do and nothing +to interest her. I suppose she cannot read.”</p> + +<p>“Not very well, I fancy, for her mother said +they had moved about so much before she was +hurt that she had very little chance to go to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> +school. I suppose there is really not much of +anything she could do now, as she is so weak +and miserable, but it has just occurred to me +that if she gets stronger under Dr. Fisher's +treatment, you might help her to a light, pleasant +occupation which would enliven her dull +life.”</p> + +<p>“I? How? I'm sure I should be very glad +to do anything possible for the poor girl.”</p> + +<p>“You might teach her to crochet or knit. +You do such work to perfection and know so +much about it. I know you have plenty of odds +and ends of worsted and other materials, and I +can furnish you with a good deal more. If she +is able to learn, I think it would be a charming +work for her, and might be very useful in coming +years.”</p> + +<p>“That is an excellent suggestion. I shall be +very glad to teach her, or at least try to teach +her, for I don't know how I should succeed in +the attempt.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! you would succeed beautifully, and it +need not take up much of your time, as Landis +Court is nearer you than it is to us, and you +could run over for a little while any time. But +you can see when you go whether it is worth +while to speak of the matter.”</p> + +<p>“It would be just lovely!” was Marty's opinion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Now, Marty,” cautioned her mother, “don't +you say anything about it to Jennie. Just let +Cousin Alice do it in her own nice way.”</p> + +<p>“A thousand thanks,” said Cousin Alice with +her gay laugh. “I'll be sure to do my prettiest +after that.”</p> + +<p>When they made the visit, however, it was +found useless to mention crocheting or any +other subject to Jennie. Her attention was altogether +absorbed by the doll. Mrs. Scott happened +to be at home, and while she was bustling +around getting chairs for her visitors and +Marty was introducing her cousin, Jennie never +took her eyes from Laura Amelia. Presently +she said in a trembling voice,</p> + +<p>“May I hold your doll a minute?”</p> + +<p>“I brought her for you,” said Marty, handing +the doll.</p> + +<p>“For me to hold a minute?”</p> + +<p>“No; to keep. She's your dolly now.”</p> + +<p>Jennie looked perfectly bewildered at first, +and then when she began to understand the +matter she clasped the doll in her arms and +burst into tears.</p> + +<p>Marty was very much frightened. “Oh! +don't let her cry,” she said to Mrs. Scott. “It +will make her sick.”</p> + +<p>“Never mind, missy; she'll soon be all +right. Come now Jennie, don't cry. Sit up<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> +and thank the little lady for the beautiful present. +But it's too much to give her. Who'd ha' +thought of you bringing such a handsome doll! +And just what she's always wanted but never +looked to having. I'm sure I don't know how +to thank you,” and the poor woman threatened +to follow Jennie's example, and cry over their +good fortune.</p> + +<p>Then Cousin Alice came to the rescue by +suggesting that Marty should tell Jennie the +doll's name and show her wardrobe. The little +girls were soon chattering over the contents of +the box, and Miss Alice learned from Mrs. +Scott that the doctor had been to see Jennie. +He said he saw no reason why with proper +treatment she should not become well again, +though it was likely she would always be somewhat +lame and perhaps never very strong. He +had sent her strengthening medicine and said +she must drink milk every day.</p> + +<p>Then began better times for Jennie than she +had ever had in her life before. First, as she +would have said herself, there was the doll to +love and cherish, to dress and undress, to talk to +and to put to sleep. Then there were the books +and pictures, for between Marty and Edith, who +also came, her stock of them increased rapidly. +Then there was the decrease of pain and the +increase of strength, for what with the bathings<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> +and rubbings that the doctor ordered, and the +nourishing food that Mrs. Ashford and Miss +Alice sent, she began to get greatly better.</p> + +<p>When she arrived at the point of sitting +propped up in bed for several hours at a time, +Miss Alice spoke of the crocheting and found +her exceedingly willing to learn. She took it up +quite rapidly too, and very much enjoyed working +with the bright worsteds.</p> + +<p>Miss Alice was greatly interested in her +pupil and sometimes made quite long visits, +teaching her or reading to her, and her visits +made the little invalid so happy that she got +better all the faster.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE GOOD SHEPHERD.</h3> + +<p>Marty and Edith often accompanied Miss +Alice when she visited Jennie. Sometimes they +each took a doll to visit Laura Amelia, also carrying +some of their dishes and having a dolls' +tea-party. This always pleased Jennie very +much, though at first she scarcely knew how to +play in this quiet, lady-like fashion, as she had +only been accustomed to playing in the street +with rough children before she was hurt. Of +course she had had no chance at all to play during +the last year.</p> + +<p>Sometimes the girls read little stories to her. +This she viewed as a surprising accomplishment, +as she could only spell her way along, not being +able to read well enough to enjoy it. So in one +way or another they entertained her, making her +forget her weakness.</p> + +<p>Sometimes they talked about other things, +telling her of the mission-band, though, as it was +something so outside of her experience, she +could, with all their explanation, hardly form +any idea of it. She took more interest in descriptions +of the country, the green fields, shady<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> +woods, and pretty gardens. She was very fond +of flowers, and during the early summer her +friends kept the poor room quite bright with +them. An old lady living near Mrs. Ashford, +and having an unusually large yard for the city, +had a great many flowers, and hearing of Marty's +sick friend in Landis Court, told her whenever +she was going over there to come and get some +flowers for Jennie. This delighted both little +girls extremely.</p> + +<p>One day when they were all with Jennie, she +picked up one of her cards that had on it a +picture of a shepherd leading his flock and carrying +a lamb in his arms. She wanted to know +what it meant, and what a shepherd was, and +what sheep were. After it had been explained, +she said,</p> + +<p>“'Shepherd' makes me think of a hymn they +used to sing in the Sunday-school down in the +Harbor.”</p> + +<p>“Did you ever go to Sunday-school?” asked +Marty.</p> + +<p>“I went a little while when we lived down in +the Harbor. My teacher had a lovely velvet +cloak trimmed with fur.”</p> + +<p>“Didn't she tell you about the Good Shepherd?” +Edith inquired.</p> + +<p>“No. She didn't seem to know about any +kind of shepherd. Leastways she never let on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> +that she did. But they used to sing beautiful +hymns, and one was about a shepherd.”</p> + +<p>“Was it 'Saviour, like a shepherd lead us'?” +asked Marty.</p> + +<p>“That was the very one!” exclaimed Jennie +in delight. “How did you know that was it?”</p> + +<p>“I thought it might be.”</p> + +<p>“Would you like to have us sing it now?” +Miss Alice inquired.</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes, indeed!”</p> + +<p>So they sang it, Jennie joining in whenever +they came to the words, “Blessed Jesus,” which, +besides the first line, was all she knew.</p> + +<p>“Is blessed Jesus a shepherd?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“He is the Good Shepherd,” replied Edith.</p> + +<p>“Where's his sheep?”</p> + +<p>“All who believe on Him are his sheep, for +the Bible says, 'My sheep hear my voice, and I +know them, and they follow me.'” </p> + +<p>Miss Alice saw that Jennie did not altogether +understand Edith, so in a few simple words she +explained that Jesus, our Lord and Saviour, +speaks of himself as the Good Shepherd, and +calls us to follow him. Then taking up the +picture again she repeated what she had said +about shepherds and their flocks, and also went +over some of the hymn they had been singing, +until Jennie began to get into her little muddled +brain quite a clear idea of Jesus, our Shepherd.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Where is your Bible? I will show you the +chapter about the Good Shepherd.”</p> + +<p>“I ha'n't got one. Mother has one, but I +guess it's locked up in that little black trunk. +It's a purple one with clasps that somebody +gave her long ago, and she always had to keep +it hid for fear papa'd sell it for whiskey.”</p> + +<p>Jennie said all this very coolly, she was so +much accustomed to the kind of life in which +there was more whiskey than Bible; but Edith +and Marty looked much shocked.</p> + +<p>“Never mind,” said Miss Alice, “I will bring +my Bible the next time I come and read the +chapter to you.”</p> + +<p>Just then a beautiful plan flashed into Marty's +head, and as Edith was included in it, she could +not resist reaching over and giving her arm a +tiny squeeze. Edith must have partly understood, +for she answered with a smile.</p> + +<p>In the meantime Miss Alice was saying to +Jennie,</p> + +<p>“Did you ever hear the Psalm beginning, +'The Lord is my Shepherd'?”</p> + +<p>“I don't b'lieve I ever did,” said Jennie.</p> + +<p>“Marty, can't you and Edith repeat it for +her?”</p> + +<p>Marty was not sure she remembered it all, +but Edith knew it, and the beautiful Psalm was +reverently recited.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p> + +<p>That evening as Mrs. Scott, wearied with the +labors of the day, was seated in one of the stiff, +hard chairs doing some mending by the uncertain +light of a smoky lamp, Jennie told her all +that had been said and done in the afternoon, +and then asked,</p> + +<p>“Mother, can't you find that about the shepherd +in your purple Bible and read it over to +me?”</p> + +<p>“I'll try, but I'm a poor reader, Jennie, and +anyways I don't know as I can find the place +you want.”</p> + +<p>She unlocked the trunk and bringing forth, +wrapped in soft paper, an old-fashioned, small-print +Bible that had once been handsome, but +was now sadly tarnished, she screwed up the +smoky lamp and began to turn the leaves.</p> + +<p>“I don't know where the place is, child. I'm +none so handy with books, and there's a great +many different chapters here.”</p> + +<p>“It was about green pastures and quiet +waters. Miss Alice said a pasture is a field, and +it minded me of that grassy field where Tim +took me the summer before he died. You know +there was a pond in it, and we paddled along the +edge. It was the prettiest place I ever saw, and +on awful hot days I wish I was there again. I +think it must be just such a place the Bible +shepherd takes his folks to.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Scott turned the leaves back and forth, +anxious to please Jennie, but unable to find what +she wished.</p> + +<p>“Now I mind,” exclaimed Jennie presently: +“Miss Alice didn't call the green pasture piece +a chapter; she called it a Psalm.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! now I'll find it,” said her mother. “I +know about Psalms, for my good old grandfather +used to be always reading them, and I used to +think it was queer the way they was spelt—with +a 'p' at the beginning. I saw them over here +a minute ago.”</p> + +<p>Then after a little more searching she inquired,</p> + +<p>“Is this it? 'The Lord is my Shepherd: I +shall not want.'” </p> + +<p>“The very thing!” Jennie exclaimed joyfully.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Scott, though with some difficulty, managed +to read it, while Jennie listened with closed +eyes and clasped hands, thinking of the delightful +places into which the Shepherd leads his +flock.</p> + +<p>“They're sweet verses,” said Mrs. Scott, as +she closed the book, after laying a piece of yarn +in to mark the place, “and it rests a body to read +them. I call to mind now that many's the time +I've heard my granddad read 'em. And I've +heard 'em in church, too, when I used to go.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Why don't you go to church sometimes +now, mother?” Jennie asked. “There's nobody +to rail at you for going. You might borrow Mrs. +O'Brien's bonnet after she's been to mass, and +go round to the church on the front street, where +we hear the singing from every Sunday.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Scott began to think she should like +to go. She cleaned off her old black alpaca +as well as possible, and the next Sunday, borrowing +her kindly Catholic neighbor's bonnet, +she went to church for the first time in many +years.</p> + +<p>She came home delighted, and had much to +tell Jennie about the pleasant gentleman who +gave her a seat and invited her to come again, +about the good sermon that she could understand +every bit of, and the rousing hymns, +which indeed Jennie could hear with the window +open.</p> + +<p>Not long after this, one of the ladies Mrs. +Scott worked for gave her a partly-worn sateen +dress and a black straw bonnet, so that she was +fitted out to go to church all summer; and go +she did with great enjoyment. It was a pleasure +to Jennie also, for with listening to the +singing as she lay in bed, and hearing about all +that was said and done from her mother, she +almost felt as though she had been at church +herself.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p> + +<p>The purple Bible was not locked up any +more, but kept handy for Miss Alice to read, +and to mark passages for Mrs. Scott to read in +the evening, for Jennie liked to hear the same +things over and over.</p> + +<p>The plan that popped into Marty's head that +day she told to Edith on the way home, after +they had left Cousin Alice.</p> + +<p>“O Edie!” she said, “wouldn't it be nice to +give Jennie a Bible for her very own?”</p> + +<p>“You mean for you and me together to give +it?” said Edith.</p> + +<p>“Yes. You know my birthday comes in +August and yours in September, and we always +get some money—” </p> + +<p>“And we could each give half, and get Jennie +a Bible,” broke in Edith.</p> + +<p>“Yes; or if we <i>couldn't</i> do it then, we might +have enough by Christmas.”</p> + +<p>“And it would be a <i>beautiful</i> Christmas gift!”</p> + +<p>“Oh! do let us do it,” said Marty, seizing +Edith and whirling her around and around.</p> + +<p>“Yes, do,” said Edith, panting for breath.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p> +<h3>“NOW DON'T FORGET!”</h3> + +<p>It was well on in June, and Mrs. Ashford +was very busy making preparations to go to the +country with the children.</p> + +<p>Two successive summers they had spent at a +very pleasant mountain farmhouse, but the last +year they had gone to the seashore. This summer +Mrs. Ashford decided for the farmhouse +again, to Marty's great delight, for it was a perfect +paradise to her.</p> + +<p>She herself had many preparations to make—deciding +which dolls to take and which to leave +at home, and getting them all ready for whatever +was to be their fate. It also took a good +deal of time to choose from her little library the +few books her mamma allowed her to take for +rainy days. It was a weighty matter, too, to +select a suitable present for Evaline, the little +girl at the farmhouse, as her father suggested +she should do, and gave her money to buy it.</p> + +<p>Then Jennie was very much on her mind.</p> + +<p>“What will she do for soup and jelly and +things when we are away, mamma?” she asked +anxiously.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I shall tell Katie to carry her something +now and then,” Mrs. Ashford replied. “Besides, +Cousin Alice will be in town until August, and +she will look out for Jennie. Then Mrs. Scott +told me the other day that she had got all her +back rent paid up now, and she expects to have +three days' work every week all summer; so they +will get on very well.”</p> + +<p>Another day Marty came home from Jennie's +in distress.</p> + +<p>“Mamma,” she said, “the doctor says Jennie +may soon begin to sit up in an easy-chair; and +they haven't got any. Their two chairs are the +most <i>uneasy</i> things I ever saw in my life. Now, +how is she going to sit up?”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford laughed as she said, “Well, I +was going to give you a surprise, but I may as +well tell you now that I have sent that old rocking-chair +that was up in the storeroom to be +mended, and am going to give it to Mrs. Scott.”</p> + +<p>Marty was overjoyed to hear this.</p> + +<p>“And, oh! mamma, wont you give them the +small table that stands in the third-story hall? +You always say it is only in the way there, and it +would be so nice beside Jennie's bed to put her +things on, instead of a chair.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I suppose they might as well have it.”</p> + +<p>“And the red cover that belongs to it, mamma?”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p> + +<p>“O Marty, Marty!” exclaimed her mother, +laughing. “How many more things will you want for +Jennie? But the red cover may go too.”</p> + +<p>These things were sent, together with some +of Marty's underclothing, a pair of half-worn +slippers, and a couple of Mrs. Ashford's cast-off +gingham dresses, to be made into wrappers for +Jennie. Edith and Cousin Alice also brought +some articles for Jennie's comfort.</p> + +<p>“She will need a footstool with that chair,” +said Cousin Alice. “I have an extra hassock in +my room; I'll bring that.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Howell sent an old but soft and pretty +comfort to spread over the chair, and which +would also be handy for an additional covering +in case of a cold night.</p> + +<p>“A curtain on the window would soften the +light on hot afternoons,” Miss Alice thought. +So she made one of some white barred muslin +she had and put it up. She also thought that as +Jennie still had not much appetite, some prettier +dishes than those Mrs. Scott had—they +were very few, and very coarse and battered—might +make the food taste better.</p> + +<p>“I know, when I am ill,” she said to Mrs. +Ashford, “the way my food is served makes a +great difference.”</p> + +<p>So she brought a cheap but pretty plate, cup,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> +and saucer, with which Jennie was extremely +delighted.</p> + +<p>“After we all go away there wont be anybody +to take flowers to Jennie,” said Edith, +“and I'm afraid she'll miss them. She does +enjoy them so much. I've a great mind to buy +her a geranium. May I, mamma? They're +only ten cents.”</p> + +<p>“Of course you may. I think it would be +very nice for Jennie and her mother to have +something of the kind growing in their room,” +said Mrs. Howell.</p> + +<p>She went with Edith to the florist's, and after +helping her to select a scarlet geranium, she +bought a pot of mignonette and another of +sweet alyssum for Edith to give to Jennie.</p> + +<p>Marty helped Edith to carry their plants to +their destination, and what rejoicing there was +over that window-garden!</p> + +<p>“It's too much! too much!” exclaimed Mrs. +Scott, wiping her eyes as she looked around the +now really comfortable room.</p> + +<p>Then when Miss Alice came in, as she did +presently, with four bright-colored Japanese +fans which she proceeded to fasten on the bare +walls, that seemed to cap the climax.</p> + +<p>“There never were kinder ladies—never!” +exclaimed Mrs. Scott, while Jennie was too +much overcome to say anything.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p> + +<p>“It wont be so hard for Jennie to be shut up +here, and she wont miss Marty and Edith so +much, if she has these little bits of bright things +to look at,” said Miss Alice.</p> + +<p>Marty took the greatest interest in helping +to arrange all these things for Jennie's comfort +and happiness, and in thinking, too, how much +pleasure they would bring into poor Mrs. Scott's +hard-working life. When she went home after +her final visit to Landis Court, she said with a sigh of +relief,</p> + +<p>“Now they're fixed comfor'ble, and we can +go as soon as we like.”</p> + +<p>All this time that she had been so engaged +with Jennie she had not neglected the mission +band, but attended the meetings regularly and +became more and more interested in what she +heard there.</p> + +<p>She still pursued the plan of giving to missions +at least a tenth of all the money she got. +During the spring and early summer she had +had two or three “windfalls” —one or two small +presents of money, and once her father had +given her a quarter for hunting out from an +enormous pile certain numbers of a magazine he +wished to consult. Besides she had made a little +money solely for the missionary-box by hemming +dusters for her mother.</p> + +<p>The meeting on the third Saturday in June<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> +was very important, as it was the last regular +meeting that would be held until September, and +there were many arrangements to be made.</p> + +<p>Most of the girls and Miss Walsh herself +expected to be away two months, but several +members were to be at home all summer and a +few were only going away for a short time. +Miss Walsh said she did not think it fair that +those remaining in town should be deprived of +their missionary meetings. It had therefore +been decided that the meetings should be continued, +though not just in the same way as during +the rest of the year. No business was to be +transacted and the girls were not to sew unless +they wished.</p> + +<p>At this “good-by” meeting, as they called +it, Miss Walsh had a few words to say both to +the stay-at-homes and to those who were going +away. To the first she said,</p> + +<p>“Dear girls, we leave the band in your hands +knowing you will do all you can for its best interests. +Mrs. Cresswell has kindly invited you +to hold your meetings at her house. I have +appointed four of the older girls to lead these +meetings—Mary Cresswell and Hannah Morton +in July, Ella Thomas and Mamie Dascomb in +August. I have given each of these leaders +some missionary reading in case you run short, +but I dare say you will find plenty of things<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> +yourselves. I also intend to write you a little +letter for each meeting, and should be glad to +have any or all of you write to me.”</p> + +<p>To the others she said,</p> + +<p>“Now when you are away having a good +time, don't forget missions. Keep up your interest +and come home ready to work more earnestly +and faithfully than ever. There are +many ways of keeping the subject fresh in your +minds and of helping along with the work even +in vacation times. But you know this as well +as I do, and I should like the suggestions as to +how to do it to come from you.”</p> + +<p>After a pause Edith said, “We all know the +subjects for the next four meetings, and we +might study and read just as we should do at +home.”</p> + +<p>“That is a good suggestion,” said Miss Walsh, +“and one I hope you will all adopt; for if you +don't, I'm afraid the go-aways will be far behind +the stay-at-homes.”</p> + +<p>“We might remember what we hear about +missions and tell it when we come back,” +said one of the others.</p> + +<p>“That would be very instructive and pleasant,” +said their leader; “and you may have +plenty of opportunity to hear, as in these days +very interesting missionary meetings are often +held at summer resorts. Besides you may meet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> +individuals who can give you much information.”</p> + +<p>“We might do as you are going to do and +write letters to the band at home,” said another.</p> + +<p>“I know the band at home would like that +very much, but you must remember that they +must be letters suited to a missionary meeting.”</p> + +<p>“We might join with others in holding +meetings,” suggested Rosa Stevenson. “In the +cottage where I was last summer there were +four other girls and two boys who belonged to +mission-bands, and we had a meeting every +Sunday.”</p> + +<p>“Good!” cried Miss Walsh.</p> + +<p>“If we meet any children who don't know +about missions, we might tell them about our +band and what we do,” said Daisy Roberts +timidly.</p> + +<p>“The very thing, Daisy!” exclaimed Miss +Walsh, patting the tiny girl on the shoulder. +“And you think that might start them up to become +mission workers, do you?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am,” replied Daisy.</p> + +<p>“I think,” said Marty, after various other +suggestions had been made, and she wondered +that no one had thought of this, “I think we all +should take our missionary boxes and banks and +barrels and jugs along with us, and put money +in regularly as we do at home.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> + +<p>“That is <i>very</i> important,” said Miss Walsh, +“because if we neglect to lay by our contributions +at the right time, trusting to make up the +amount when we return home, we may find ourselves +in a tight place and our treasury will +suffer. And now, dear missionary workers, +wherever you may be, at home or abroad, don't +forget to pray every day for the success of this +work. Remember what we are working for is +the advancement of the kingdom of our blessed +Lord and Saviour.”</p> + +<p>And then before the closing prayer they all stood up +and sang,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“The whole wide world for Jesus.”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>This meeting filled Marty with the greatest +enthusiasm and she felt as though she could do +anything for missions. <i>She</i> would not forget +the subject for a single day, she was sure.</p> + +<p>“Oh Miss Agnes,” she said, “I sha'n't forget +missions. I'll study the subjects every week +and learn lots of missionary verses. I'll save +all the money I can; and I'll tell <i>somebody</i>, if it's +only Evaline, all I know about missionary work. +I'll tell her the first thing when I get there. +To be sure she can't have a band all by herself, +but it may do good somehow.”</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p> +<h3>OFF TO THE MOUNTAINS.</h3> + +<p>“Here's your train!” said Mr. Ashford, hurrying +into the waiting-room where he had left +his wife and children while he purchased their +tickets. “I'll carry Freddie. Come, Marty.”</p> + +<p>While they were waiting their turn to pass +through the gate Marty and her mother were +jostled by the crowd against two small, ragged, +dirty boys, who had crept by the officers and +were looking through the railings at the arriving +and departing trains.</p> + +<p>“Lots of these folks are goin' to the country, +where 'ta'n't so hot and stuffy as 'tis here,” said +the larger boy. “Was you ever in the country, Jimmy?”</p> + +<p>“Naw,” replied the other, a thin, pale little +chap about seven, leaning wearily against an +iron post. “Never seed no country, but I <i>wants</i> +to.”</p> + +<p>Marty and her mother, who heard what was +said and saw the wistful look on the small boy's +face, pressed each other's hands and exchanged +a sorrowful glance. Then they were obliged to +move on; but after going through the gate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> +Marty pulled her hand out of her mother's and, +running back, took a couple of cakes from a +paper bag she carried and passed them through +the fence to the boys. How their faces brightened +at this little act of kindness!</p> + +<p>“Marty, Marty!” called her father, who had +not seen what she did and was afraid she would +get lost in the crowd, “where are you? Hurry +up, child!”</p> + +<p>Then, when he had made them comfortable +in the car and was about bidding them good-by, +he said,</p> + +<p>“Now, Marty, when you change cars stick +closely to your mother and don't be running +after strangers, as you did a moment ago.”</p> + +<p>“Why, papa,” Marty protested earnestly, +“they weren't strangers; at least I know that +littlest boy with the awfully torn hat. He is +Jimmy—” </p> + +<p>“Well, well, I can't stop now to hear who he +is, but I didn't know he was an acquaintance of +yours. However, don't run after anybody, or +you will get lost some of these days. Good-by, +good-by. Be good children, both of you.”</p> + +<p>“Who was that boy, Marty?” asked Mrs. +Ashford presently.</p> + +<p>“He's Jimmy Torrence, and he lives in Jennie's +house. Don't you remember I told you +that one day, when we were all in Mrs. Scott's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> +room singing to Jennie, a little boy came and +leaned against the door-post and listened? Mrs. +Scott told him to come in and took him on her +lap. She gave him a cup of milk, and after he +went away she said he had been sick with a +fever and his folks were very poor. There's a +good many of them, and they live in the third-story +back-room.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes, I remember. So that is the boy. +Poor little fellow! He looks as if he needed +some country air.”</p> + +<p>“<i>Doesn't</i> he!” said Marty. “O mamma, +don't you think that society Mrs. Watson belongs +to would send him to the country for a +week? That would be better than nothing.”</p> + +<p>“I fear they cannot, for Mrs. Watson told +me the other day that there are a great many +more children who ought to be sent than they +have money to pay for.”</p> + +<p>“I <i>wish</i> he could go,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>The boy's pale, wistful face haunted her for +a while, but in the excitement of the journey it +faded from her mind.</p> + +<p>After the rush and roar of the train how perfectly +still it seemed in the green valley where +stood Trout Run Station! How peaceful the +mountains! how pure and sweet the air!</p> + +<p>“Mamma,” said Marty almost in a whisper, +“everything is exactly the same as ever.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Mountains don't change much,” replied +Mrs. Ashford as she seated herself on one of +the trunks and took Freddie on her lap.</p> + +<p>“But I mean this funny little station and the +tiny river and the old red tannery over there, +and the quietness and everything! And oh, +there's Hiram! He looks just as he did summer +before last, and I believe he's got on the +very same straw hat!”</p> + +<p>Hiram, Farmer Stokes' hired man, who had +come to meet the travellers, now appeared from +the rear of the station, where he had been +obliged to stay by his horses until the train had +vanished in the distance. His sunburnt face +wore a broad smile, and though he did not say +much, Mrs. Ashford and Marty knew that in his +slow, quiet way he was very glad to see them. +He seemed to be particularly struck by the fact +that the children had grown so much, and when +Freddie got off his mother's lap and ran across +the platform, Hiram gazed at him in admiration, +also seeming highly amused.</p> + +<p>“I can't believe this tall girl's Marty, and as +for the little boy—why, he was carried in arms +the last time <i>I</i> saw him!”</p> + +<p>“Two years makes a great difference in children,” +said Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“That's so,” Hiram assented. “Well, I +reckon we'd better be moving.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span></p> + +<p>“How I dread the steep hills,” said Mrs. Ashford +as they were being helped into the wagon after the +baggage had been stowed away. “I do hope your +horses are safe, Hiram. Now, Marty, be sure to hold +on with both hands when we come to the worst +places.”</p> + +<p>“Don't you be 'fraid, Mrs. Ashford; there isn't a +mite of danger,” said Hiram, gathering up the reins. +“Get up!”</p> + +<p>“Get up!” cried Freddie, who had watched the +process of getting started with the greatest interest, +and who was now holding a pair of imaginary reins +in one tiny fist and flourishing an imaginary whip with +the other.</p> + +<p>Hiram laughed aloud. That Freddie could walk +was funny enough, but that he could talk and make +believe drive was too much for Hiram. It was some +time before he got over it.</p> + +<p>“How's Evaline?” asked Marty. “Why didn't +she come to meet us?”</p> + +<p>“She's spry. She wanted to come along down, +but her ma was afraid 'twould crowd you.”</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/ill113-clr.jpg" width="500" height="310" alt="" title="Page 113" /> +<span class="caption"> They approached an open, level place from which there +was a magnificent view. Page 113</span></div> + +<p>After a drive of about three miles among the +mountains, the winding road gradually ascending, +with here and there a somewhat steep incline, they +approached an open, level place from which there +was a magnificent view of what Marty called the +“real mountains.” For<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> +these wooded or cultivated hills they were driving +among were only the beginnings of the +range. Here was a cluster of houses and a +white frame “hotel” with green blinds.</p> + +<p>“They've been doing right smart of building +in Riseborough since you were up,” said Hiram +to Mrs. Ashford. “You see the hotel's done, +and Sims has built him a new store, and +Mrs. Clarkson's been building on to +her cottage.”</p> + +<p>“Is the hotel a success?” asked Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“First-rate. Full all last summer, and Dutton +expects a lot of folks this season. A big +party came up t'other day.”</p> + +<p>They had a chance to see the guests at the +hotel, ladies on the piazzas and children playing +in the green yard, while Hiram stopped to do +an errand at the store, which was also the postoffice.</p> + +<p>Nearly another mile of up-hill brought them +to their destination—a brown farmhouse with +its red barns and granaries standing in +the midst of smiling fields and patches of cool, dark +woods, while in the distance rose grand, solemn +mountains.</p> + +<p>There was Evaline, seated on the low gatepost, +and Mrs. Stokes and her grownup daughter, +Almira, in the doorway, all on the lookout +and ready to wave their handkerchiefs the +moment the wagon appeared.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span></p> + +<p>“It's more like going to see some cousins or +something than being summer-boarders, isn't it, +mamma?” said Marty.</p> + +<p>“Here we all are, Mrs. Stokes!” cried Mrs. +Ashford from the wagon. “Quite an addition +to your family.”</p> + +<p>“The more the merrier! I'm right down +glad to see you,” said good-natured Mrs. Stokes, +coming to lift the children down and kissing +them heartily.</p> + +<p>The travellers were very tired after their +long day's journey. Mrs. Ashford and Marty +were ready to do justice to the good supper provided, +but Freddie was only able to keep his +eyes open long enough to eat a little bread and +milk. The next morning, however, he was as +bright as a button, and took to country life so +naturally that he was out in the yard feeding +the chickens before his mother knew what he +was about.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p> +<h3>A PLAN AND A TALK.</h3> + +<p>Marty so enjoyed being back at the farm, +and there was so much to see and to do, that for +four or five days she could think of nothing else. +She and Evaline raced all over the place, climbing +trees and fences, playing in the barn or +down in the wood, paddling in the little brook, +riding on the hay-wagon, and going with the +boy to bring home the cows.</p> + +<p>In short, the delights of farm life for the +time being drove everything else out of Marty's +head, and it was not until Sunday morning that +she gave a thought to missions. Perhaps she +would not have remembered even then had not +her mother said,</p> + +<p>“Marty, here are your ten pennies. I forgot +to give them to you yesterday.”</p> + +<p>“There!” thought Marty. “In spite of what +Miss Agnes said the very last thing, I've forgotten +all about missions. I've never told +Evaline a breath about them, and I haven't +prayed or done anything.”</p> + +<p>She got out her box and put in it her tenth, +and four pennies for a thank-offering for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> +happy time she had been having. She also got +the list of subjects Miss Walsh had furnished +her with, and some of her books; but there was +no time to read then, for her mother had said +she might go to church with Mr. and Mrs. +Stokes, and she must get ready. Evaline was +not at home, her uncle having called the previous +evening and taken her to spend a couple +of days at his house.</p> + +<p>There was preaching that Sunday in the +schoolhouse at Black's Mills, a village between +four and five miles distant in the opposite direction +from Riseborough. It was quite a novelty +to Marty to go so far to church, but it was a +lovely drive and she enjoyed it extremely. It +certainly seemed strange to attend service in the +battered little frame schoolhouse, without any +organ or choir, and to eat crackers and cheese in +the wagon on the way home, as Mrs Stokes was +afraid she would be hungry before their unusually +late dinner. But Marty was so charmed +with country life and all belonging to it that she +considered the whole thing an improvement +upon city churchgoing.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon she took her Bible and some +missionary leaflets, and going into a retired +place in the garden read and studied for more +than an hour. The missionary spirit within her +was fully awake that day. She longed to talk<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> +with Evaline and could hardly wait until it was +time for her to come home. But by Tuesday, +when she did come, Marty's head was full of +other matters, such as a discovery she had made +in the wood of a hollow in an old tree which +would be a lovely playhouse, and an expedition +to Sunset Hill that was being talked of. So in +one way or another nearly two weeks of vacation +had passed before this Missionary Twig, +who had been so ardent to begin with, had +redeemed her promise of trying to interest +somebody in the work.</p> + +<p>But in the meantime she had thought of Jimmy +Torrence. The way he was brought to her +mind was this. She was with her mother on the +side porch, Monday morning, when Mrs. Stokes, +coming out of the kitchen with floury hands, +inquired,</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ashford, did you see the little boy in +the carriage that just passed 'long?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” replied Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Well, you just ought to have seen him when +they brought him up here three weeks ago—his +folks are boarding over at Capt. Smith's; such a +pale, peaked child <i>I</i> never saw! Had been +awful sick, they said, and now you see he looks +right down well.”</p> + +<p>“Why, yes, he does,” said Mrs. Ashford. “I +should never imagine he had been ill very recently.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> +The country has certainly done him +good.”</p> + +<p>“That's just it!” said Mrs. Stokes. “There's +nothing like taking children to the country a +spell after they've been sick. Makes 'em fat +and rosy in less than no time.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! mamma,” exclaimed Marty. “That +makes me think of poor little Jimmy. I wish +we could do something to get him sent to the +country.”</p> + +<p>“I wish we could, but I don't see any way to +do it. I have given all I can afford this summer +to the different Fresh-Air Funds.”</p> + +<p>“Can't you think of anything, clothes or +such things, that you were going to get me, and +that I <i>could</i> do without, and send the money to +Mrs. Watson?” pleaded Marty.</p> + +<p>“I can't think of anything just this minute,” +answered her mother with a gentle smile, “but +if you will bring Freddie in out of the hot sun, +and get something to amuse him near here, I'll +try to think.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! do, please. And mind, mamma, it +must be something for me to do without—not +you.”</p> + +<p>Marty ran down the yard to where Freddie, +with red face and without his hat, was +rushing up and down playing he was a “little +engine.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Freddie,” she called, “don't you want to +come and make mud pies?”</p> + +<p>This was a favorite amusement of the small +boy, and instantly the little engine subsided into +a baker. Marty led him up near the porch, +where there was a nice bed of mould—“ clean +dirt,” Mrs. Stokes called it—and they were soon +hard at work on the pies.</p> + +<p>Marty enjoyed this play as much as Freddie, +and it was some time before she thought of asking,</p> + +<p>“Mamma, have you thought of anything +yet?”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford smiled and nodded.</p> + +<p>“What is it?” exclaimed Marty, bounding up +on the porch.</p> + +<p>“I don't know whether you will like the plan +or not, but it is the only thing that occurs to me. +Your school coat will be too short for you next +winter, and I was going to get you a new one. +But the old one could be altered so that you +might wear it. I have some of the material, and +could piece the skirt and sleeves and trim it +with braid. As it always was a little too large +for you about the shoulders, it would fit next +winter well enough that way. Doing that would +save about five dollars as near as I can calculate.”</p> + +<p>“Then we should have five dollars for Jimmy?”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“But would it be much trouble to you to alter +the coat?”</p> + +<p>“It would be some trouble, but I am willing +to take that for my share.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! then let's do it,” cried Marty.</p> + +<p>“Wait, wait,” said her mother. “You must +think it over first. You know when you do +things in a hurry, sometimes you regret them +afterwards.”</p> + +<p>“I know I sha'n't regret this,” Marty protested; +“but I'll go and think a while.”</p> + +<p>She went and sat down on her last batch of +pies, resting her head on her knees, with her +eyes shut. In a very short space of time she +was back at her mother's side.</p> + +<p>“Oh! you have not thought long enough,” +said Mrs. Ashford. “I meant for a day or two.”</p> + +<p>“There's no use thinking any longer, for I +know I'll think just the same. I've thought all +about how the coat will look when it's pieced, +and how all the girls will know it's pieced, and +how I'd a great deal rather have one that isn't +pieced. Then I thought how pale and sick Jimmy +looks, and how much he wants to go to the +country, and how much good it would do him to +go, and how he has no nice times as I have, +and, I declare, I'd rather wear pieced coats all +the rest of my life than not have him go.” She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> +winked her eyes very hard to keep back the +tears.</p> + +<p>“Very well,” said Mrs. Ashford, stroking the +little girl's flushed cheek, “we will consider it +settled. I will write to Mrs. Watson this afternoon, +inclosing the money, and telling her about +Jimmy.”</p> + +<p>By Saturday a reply came from Mrs. Watson +saying that arrangements had been made to +send Jimmy to a kind woman in the country, +who would take good care of him, and it was +probable the money Marty had sent would pay +his board there for nearly three weeks. She +also said that Jimmy had been very poorly +again. Dr. Fisher, finding him in Mrs. Scott's +room one day when he called, had seen how +miserable the boy was, and had given him medicine, +and had said, when he heard he was going +to be sent to the country, that it would be just +the thing, better than any amount of medicine. +The letter also stated that Mrs. Fisher had fitted +Jimmy out in some of her little boy's clothes. +So he would be very comfortable.</p> + +<p>“Could anything be nicer!” exclaimed Marty. +“I'm so glad of it all!”</p> + +<p>The same mail that brought Mrs. Watson's +letter brought Marty's little missionary magazine, +which she always wanted to sit right down +and read.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Now,” said her mother, after they had got +through talking over the letter, “I wish you +would mind Freddie while I write some letters.”</p> + +<p>Marty took her magazine into the back yard +where Freddie was playing with his wheelbarrow +under the lilac-bushes. She sat down by +the big pear-tree to read, though not forgetting +to keep an eye on her little brother's proceedings. +Missions seemed as interesting as ever as +she read. Presently she saw Evaline coming +out of the kitchen with a pail of water and brush +to scrub the back steps.</p> + +<p>“Evaline,” she called, “when you get through +your work come down here where I'm minding +Freddie, wont you? I want to tell you something.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” replied Evaline, “I'll come pretty +soon. This is the last thing I've got to do.”</p> + +<p>She soon came and threw herself on the +grass beside Marty, who forthwith began showing +her the magazine and telling her in a rather +incoherent way about mission work in general +and their band in particular. She told how +many belonged to the band, what they did at +the meetings, how much money they had, and +what they were going to do with it; how this +band was only one of hundreds of bands that +were all connected with a big society; and how +the object of the whole thing was to teach the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> +heathen in foreign lands about God and try to +make Christians of them.</p> + +<p>“That must be the same thing that Ruth +Campbell was talking so much about a while +ago,” said Evaline when Marty stopped, more to +take breath than because she had nothing further +to say.</p> + +<p>“Who's Ruth Campbell? and what was she +saying?”</p> + +<p>“Why, the Campbells live in that house that +you can just see the top of from our barn. +Ruth's as old as our Almiry, but she knows a +heap more, for she went to school in Johnsburgh. +She taught our school last winter, and +is going to again next. She told us about something +they have in Johnsburgh, and it sounds +very much like yours, so it must be a mission-band. +She said she wished we could have one +here, but none of us paid much attention to it.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I think you would like it ever so much,” +said Marty; “only maybe there wouldn't be +enough children round here to make a band,” +she added doubtfully.</p> + +<p>“How many does it take?” asked Evaline.</p> + +<p>“Oh, bands are of different sizes. I s'pose +you <i>could</i> make one of four or five.”</p> + +<p>“There's a sight more children than that on +the mountain,” said Evaline with some contempt. +“But then some of 'em mightn't want<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> +to send their money away to the heathen; and +anyhow, I don't know where they'd get any +money to send. Folks up here, 'specially children, +don't have much.”</p> + +<p>“Why, I thought the country was just the +place to make money for missions,” cried Marty. +“There's 'first-fruits' and such things that are +a great deal easier got at in the country than in +town. And I have heard of children raising +missionary corn and potatoes, and having missionary +hens that laid the very best kind of eggs +regularly every day, that brought a high price.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, but who's going to buy the things up +here? Folks all have their own corn and potatoes +and hens. And how'd we children get a +few little things miles and miles to market?”</p> + +<p>Marty was rather taken aback by this view +of the subject. “The children I read about got +<i>somebody</i> to buy their things,” she said.</p> + +<p>She was rather discouraged because Evaline +was not more enthusiastic about missions, and +thought there was no use trying to further the +cause in this region; but fortunately she happened +to tell Almira what they had been talking +of, and she took up the subject as warmly as +Marty could wish, saying she thought it would +be very nice to have a missionary circle of some +sort.</p> + +<p>“Ruth has talked to me about it,” she said,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> +“and I promised to help, but we can't seem to +get the children interested.”</p> + +<p>“Aren't there <i>any</i> interested, not even +enough to begin with?” inquired Marty.</p> + +<p>“Well, there are Ruth's two brothers and +sister, and I think Joe and Maria Pratt, who +live just beyond Campbell's, might be talked +into it. Then there's Eva, but she doesn't +seem to care much about it.”</p> + +<p>“I care a great deal more since I heard Marty +tell about her band,” Evaline declared, “and I +wouldn't mind belonging to something of the +kind, only I don't see where I'd get any money +to give.”</p> + +<p>“We'd try to manage that,” said Almira.</p> + +<p>After that for a few days there was a good +deal of talk among them all on the subject, and +some reading aloud afternoons from Marty's +missionary books. Finally Mrs. Stokes said she +thought it would be a very good thing for the +young people in the neighborhood to have a +society, and proposed that Almira and the little +girls should go over and spend the next afternoon +with Ruth, when they could talk the matter +over.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE MOUNTAIN MISSION-BAND.</h3> + +<p>“I am very glad Marty came up here this +summer, for I do believe, with her to help us, we +shall get the mission-band started at last,” said +pretty, blue-eyed Ruth Campbell, after they had +all been talking for an hour or so as hard as +their tongues could go.</p> + +<p>When she had learned what her visitors' +errand was, she had called her sister and +brothers and had sent Hugh over for Maria and +Joe Pratt. Then they had quite a conference on +the shady porch, Ruth sewing busily all the +while.</p> + +<p>“I'm afraid I can't help much,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>“Why, you have helped and are helping ever +so much. You've got Evaline all worked up, and +Maria too, and by telling us what you do in your +band you have given us many hints for ours.”</p> + +<p>“Now, Ruth,” said Evaline, “let's begin the +band right away, so that we can have some +meetings while Marty's here. You must be +president, of course.”</p> + +<p>“Evaline has it all settled,” said Ruth, laughing. +Then turning to Almira she asked,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span> +“Which do you think would be best—just +start a kind of temporary band and wait until +school opens to organize, or organize now, trusting +to persuade others to join?”</p> + +<p>“I think it would be best to organize now. +It will be easier to get them to join a band +already started than it will be to get them +stirred up to begin,” was Almira's opinion.</p> + +<p>Then she wished to know what they would +do about her. She wanted to belong, but then +she was not a child.</p> + +<p>“Do you know of any band, Marty, that has +both children and young ladies?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“No,” replied Marty. “In our church the +young ladies have a band themselves.”</p> + +<p>“But this isn't a church band; it's a neighborhood +band,” Ruth interposed; “and as we +haven't many folks up here, I think it will be +well not to divide our forces, but to include all +in one organization. Of course Almira must +belong. I think, though, before organizing we +had better see and invite some of the other +neighbors. Effie, couldn't you and Maria go +over to McKay's and see what they think of it?”</p> + +<p>Effie, a gentle girl of thirteen, just as pretty +and blue-eyed as her sister, thought she could.</p> + +<p>Joe Pratt said he knew a boy he thought +might come.</p> + +<p>“How about the Smiths, Evaline? Do you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> +think any of them would be interested?” Ruth +inquired.</p> + +<p>“Sophy might,” Evaline replied rather doubtfully.</p> + +<p>“Well, you see her, wont you? They are +not far from you.”</p> + +<p>It was finally resolved that as everybody was +so busy through the week during this harvesting +season, a meeting should be held the next Sunday +afternoon. The place chosen was a grove +which was just half way between Mr. Stokes' +and Mr. Campbell's. If, however, the day was +not suitable for an out-door meeting, they were +to assemble in Mr. Stokes' barn, a fine, new +affair, much handsomer than his house, and +occupying a commanding situation from which +there was a beautiful view.</p> + +<p>When everything was settled the children +ran off to play, and Almira helped Ruth and her +mother to get supper.</p> + +<p>The next Sunday was a lovely day, not too +warm, and the meeting in the grove was a +decided success. Altogether there were fourteen +present, though two were visitors, Marty +and one of Capt. Smith's summer boarders, who +came with Sophy. Ruth had a nice little programme +made out, and after the exercises they +organized. Ruth was elected president, Almira, +for the present, secretary, and Hugh Campbell,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> +treasurer. They decided as long as the weather +remained pleasant to meet every Sunday afternoon. +In winter, of course, they could not get +together so frequently.</p> + +<p>They had already had, and continued to have, +many discussions about ways of earning their +missionary money. One thing the boys thought +of was to gather berries and sell them to the +people in the valleys, mountain blackberries +being esteemed very delicious. There would be +plenty of work about that—first climbing the +heights and then carrying their burdens for +miles.</p> + +<p>Ruth was so much taken with Marty's plan +of making tenths the basis of what she gave to +missions that she concluded to adopt the same +plan.</p> + +<p>“That's easy enough for you,” said Almira. +“You have your salary and half the butter-money, +but I have no income. You know we +don't sell much butter. I'll have to think of +some other way to earn a little money.”</p> + +<p>“Well, do hurry and think what we can do, +Almira,” said Evaline fretfully. She depended +on her sister always to do the thinking. “I'm +afraid we wont have anything to give.”</p> + +<p>“I am thinking,” said Almira.</p> + +<p>The result was she asked her father if he +would let her and Evaline have a strip of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> +field adjoining the garden next summer, where +they might raise vegetables. When he consented +she asked Mrs. Dutton at the hotel if she +would buy these vegetables. To this Mrs. Dutton, +who knew the good quality of everything +from the Stokes farm, and what a “capable” +girl Almira was, readily agreed.</p> + +<p>“There now, Eva,” said Almira, “by weeding +and gathering vegetables you can earn your +missionary money.”</p> + +<p>“But, Almira,” said Marty, “how will you +ever get the things down to the hotel?”</p> + +<p>“Well, the evenings Hiram has to go to +Trout Run to meet the market train, he can +take my baskets for the next day along. Other +days, if I can't do any better, I can harness +Nelly and take them down in the morning +myself before she is needed in the fields.”</p> + +<p>“You'd have to get up awfully early.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes!” said Almira, laughing. “I'll +have to get up about three o'clock, I suppose, to +have the things ready in time.”</p> + +<p>“Three o'clock!” exclaimed Marty in dismay.</p> + +<p>“There's going to be plenty of hard work +about your missionary money, Almira,” said +Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I'm willing to do the work,” replied +Almira. “From all Ruth says, it is a cause +worth working for.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Yes; but all that wont be till next summer—a +year off,” objected Evaline. “How are +we going to get any money sooner?”</p> + +<p>But Almira had another plan.</p> + +<p>“Father,” she said, one evening, “instead of +hiring an extra hand this fall to sort and barrel +apples, wont you let Evaline and me do it, and +pay us the wages?”</p> + +<p>“Do you think you could do as much work as +a man?” inquired the farmer good-humoredly.</p> + +<p>“I'll back Almiry for fast and good work +against any man <i>I</i> ever saw,” said Hiram emphatically.</p> + +<p>Mr. Stokes laughed quietly. “Well,” he said, +“'t will be hard work, with all else you have to +do, but I'm willing you should try.”</p> + +<p>“I can do it,” Almira answered determinedly.</p> + +<p>After another spell of thinking she said to +Evaline, “We might raise some turkeys next +summer. They bring a good price.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, turkeys are such a bother!” cried Evaline. +“They take so much running after—always +going where they might get hurt.”</p> + +<p>She had had some experience in minding +young turkeys.</p> + +<p>“But just think of the money we'd have,” +Almira reminded her. “And you know we'll +have to work for our missionary money somehow.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p> + +<p>“That's so,” said Evaline, who was not fond +of work. “It might as well be turkeys as anything +else.”</p> + +<p>“Mamma,” said Marty one morning, “Hiram +says he'd like to join the band. But a great big +man can't belong to a mission-band, can he?”</p> + +<p>“He might be an honorary member,” suggested +Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“What sort of a member is that?”</p> + +<p>“He could attend the meetings, take part in +the exercises, and contribute money, but he +could not vote.”</p> + +<p>“Well, maybe Hiram would like to join that +way. S'pose we ask him;” and off she and Evaline +flew in search of Hiram.</p> + +<p>They found him up by the barn.</p> + +<p>“O Hiram!” said Marty. “I just now told +mamma about your wanting to join the mission-band, +and she says you might join as an <i>honorary</i> +member.”</p> + +<p>Hiram stuck his pitchfork in the ground, +rested his hands on the top of it, and his chin on +his hands.</p> + +<p>“What's that kind of a member got to do?” +he asked slowly.</p> + +<p>“You may give money, but you can't vote,” +Marty instructed him.</p> + +<p>Hiram thought over it a good while, and then +said very gravely, though his eyes twinkled,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span> +“Well, I guess giving money's the main +thing after all, isn't it? I reckon I'll join if +you'll let me.”</p> + +<p>“We'll be ever so glad to have you,” said +Marty warmly. She felt as if it was partly her +band, and was interested in seeing it growing +and flourishing.</p> + +<p>They were nearly back to the house when +Evaline suddenly stopped, exclaiming,</p> + +<p>“You never told him he might come to the +meetings!”</p> + +<p>“Neither I did! How came I to forget that! +We must go right back and tell him.”</p> + +<p>When they reached the barn again, they saw +Hiram at the foot of the hill, just entering the +next field; but hearing the girls shouting, “Hiram! +Hiram!” and seeing them running to overtake +him, he strode back across the fence, and +seated himself on the top rail to wait for them.</p> + +<p>“I forgot a most important thing,” said +Marty, panting for breath. “Mamma says honorary +members may attend the meetings.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe I hadn't better attend them,” said +Hiram with a quizzical look. “I might want to +vote.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, do you think you should?” asked Marty +anxiously.</p> + +<p>Hiram bit off a piece of straw and chewed it, +slowly moving his head from side to side, appearing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span> +to meditate profoundly, while the little +girls waited in suspense.</p> + +<p>“Well,” he said, after he had apparently +thought the matter over, “I suppose I can hold +up from voting; and I reckon you can count on +me to come.”</p> + +<p>And come he did, the very next Sunday, appearing +to take great interest in the proceedings.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span></p> +<h3>A FLOWER SALE.</h3> + +<p>“Oh, look! Look over there!” exclaimed +Marty. “What are those lovely white flowers?”</p> + +<p>“Wild clematis,” replied Evaline.</p> + +<p>“O Hiram, wont you please stop and let us +get some?” pleaded Marty. “I'd like so much +to take some to mamma.”</p> + +<p>Hiram was obliged to go to Black's Mills on +an errand that morning, and Marty and Evaline +had been allowed to go with him for the ride. +Returning he had driven around by another +road, as he said one of the horses had lost a +shoe, and this road, though longer, was less +stony, and therefore easier for the horse than +the other. Besides it would take them by +McKay's blacksmith-shop, where he could get +the horse shod.</p> + +<p>It was when going through a valley, which +the country folks called “the bottom,” that they +saw the clematis. It was growing in the greatest +profusion in the meadows and the woods on +both sides of the road, rambling over bushes, +rocks, fences, everything, with its great starry +clusters of white blossoms.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I don't think you had better go after any,” +said Hiram in reply to Marty's request. “Them +low places are muddy after the rain yesterday, +and your ma might be angry if you was to go +home with your shoes all muddied. Besides, +there <i>may</i> be snakes under them bushes.”</p> + +<p>“Snakes! Oh, dear!” said Marty with a +shudder. “But I should like some of those +flowers for mamma.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Hiram, reining in the horses, “if +you promise to sit still in the wagon and not be +up to any of your tricks of climbing in and out, +I'll get you some.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, thank you ever so much! I'll sit as +still as a mouse. But then I shouldn't like the +snakes to bite you.”</p> + +<p>“I reckon they wont bite me,” said Hiram, as +he leaped over the fence, and taking out his +knife proceeded to cut great clusters of flowers.</p> + +<p>“Oh, just see the loads he is getting!” cried +Marty.</p> + +<p>Then as Hiram returned with a huge armful +which he carefully laid in the back of the +wagon, she said, “Thank you many times, +Hiram. You are very kind. How pleased +mamma will be! But half these are yours, +Evaline.”</p> + +<p>After this they had what was to Marty the +pleasure of fording a small stream, where the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> +horses were allowed to stop and drink. Presently +they had a distant view of a cascade, called +Buttermilk Falls. As the road did not approach +very near, only a glimpse could be caught of the +creamy foam; but Hiram said that some day, if +Mr. Stokes could spare him, he would drive +them all down to that point, and they could +walk from there to the falls.</p> + +<p>“I reckon Mrs. Ashford would like to see +'em,” he said.</p> + +<p>“Indeed she would,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>Altogether the drive was what Marty considered +“just perfectly lovely.” And she was +delighted also to be able to go home with such +quantities of pretty flowers. She was already +planning with Evaline what vases and pitchers +they should put them in. “How surprised the +folks will be when they see us coming in with +our arms full!” she said.</p> + +<p>When they reached a little wood back of Mr. +Stokes' barn, Hiram stopped the horses, saying,</p> + +<p>“Now, I've got to go 'round to McKay's, and +may have to wait there a considerable spell, so +you'd better just hop out here and go home +through the woods.”</p> + +<p>He helped them out, gave them the flowers, +and drove on. The girls sat down under a tree +and divided the spoils. Marty contrived to +make a basket of her broad-brimmed brown<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> +straw hat, in which she carefully placed her +flowers. Evaline's basket was her gingham +apron held up by the corners.</p> + +<p>When they came within sight of the grove +where their missionary meetings had been held, +Evaline whispered,</p> + +<p>“Look, Marty! there are some ladies sitting +on our log.”</p> + +<p>Sure enough, there were three young ladies, +evidently resting after a mountain climb, for +their alpenstocks were lying beside them, and +one, a bright, black-eyed girl wearing a stylish +red jacket, was fanning herself with her broad +hat. As Marty and Evaline drew near this +young lady called out gaily,</p> + +<p>“Well, little flower girls, where did you come +from?”</p> + +<p>“We've been to Black's Mills in the +wagon with Hiram, and when we were coming +through the bottom he got this clematis for us,” +explained Marty, who always had to be spokesman.</p> + +<p>“And it is beautiful!” exclaimed the young +lady. “What wouldn't I give for some like it! +Did Hiram leave any or did he gather all for +you?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, there's plenty left!”</p> + +<p>“Then I must have some,” said the young +lady, jumping up. “Come, girls, follow your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> +leader to this bottom, wherever it is, and let us +gather clematis while we may.”</p> + +<p>“Fanny, Fanny, you crazy thing! Sit down +and behave yourself,” cried one of her friends, +laughing. “You have no idea where the place +is, and we have been walking for three or four +hours already.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, you can't go,” said Marty earnestly to +Miss Fanny. “It's miles and miles away; +down steep hills and across the ford. Besides, +Hiram says there may be snakes among the +bushes.”</p> + +<p>“Well, that settles it,” said Miss Fanny, +reseating herself on the log, while the others +laughed heartily.</p> + +<p>Then Marty said with pretty hesitation, +“Wont you have some of my flowers? I'd like +to give you some.”</p> + +<p>“Some of mine, too,” said Evaline, her generosity +overcoming her shyness.</p> + +<p>“Oh, no, indeed!” protested Miss Fanny. +“Thank you very much, but I would not for the +world deprive you of them. Very likely you +have got it all arranged exactly how you are +going to dispose of them at home.”</p> + +<p>So they had, but neither of them was a bit +selfish. Marty had already placed her hat on +the end of the log and was busily engaged in +separating a large bunch of flowers from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> +rest, and Evaline, approaching the young ladies, +held out her apronful towards them.</p> + +<p>“Perhaps,” suggested the tall, fair girl, whom +her companions called “Dora,” “perhaps you +would be willing to play you are real flower girls +and would sell us some.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, yes,” exclaimed Miss Fanny, “let us +make a play of it. Little girls, how much are +your flowers?” and she drew forth a long blue +purse.</p> + +<p>“'T would be mean to sell what didn't cost +us anything, and what we didn't have to move +a finger to get,” said Marty. “I'd a great deal +rather you would let me give you as many as +you want.”</p> + +<p>“No, it would not be mean at all when you +are giving up what you have so much pleasure +in. It would only be fair to take something in +exchange,” said Miss Fanny. “Just think!” she +added persuasively, “isn't there something +you'd each like to have a quarter for?”</p> + +<p>Marty still held out against taking money for +the flowers, but all at once Evaline exclaimed +brightly, “Oh, the mission-band!”</p> + +<p>“Mission-band!” cried Miss Fanny. “Familiar +sound! Are you mission girls?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” they said.</p> + +<p>“Why, so are we all. We must shake hands +all around.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p> + +<p>They did so, laughing, and feeling like old +friends. Then in ten minutes' chatter the young +ladies told what cities they were from and what +bands they belonged to, found out about Marty's +home band, and the newly-formed mountain +band she took such an interest in, and which +Evaline persisted in saying Marty started. +They were particularly delighted in hearing +about this last; they thought it highly romantic +that the meetings were held in that lovely grove, +and were amused by the idea of meeting in the +barn in case of rain, and also of Hiram's consenting +to join as an honorary member.</p> + +<p>“Now,” said Miss Fanny, “you will agree to +sell some of your flowers, wont you? See how +nicely it all fits in—we want some flowers very +much, and you want some money for your mission +work. So it's a fair exchange. Girls,” she +said, turning to her friends, “you know this is +Mrs. Thurston's birthday. Wouldn't it be lovely +if we could have about half this clematis to +decorate her room with?”</p> + +<p>Marty declared if she was going to give them +a quarter apiece, she must take all, or most of +the flowers, instead of half. After much talk +it was finally arranged that the little girls were +each to keep what Miss Fanny called “a good +double-handful,” and the rest was handed over to +the young ladies.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p> + +<p>“This is my first missionary money,” said +Evaline, caressing her bright silver quarter in +delight.</p> + +<p>Marty, also, appeared very well pleased with +the unexpected increase to her store.</p> + +<p>Before separating Miss Fanny proposed another +plan. She had already stated that she and +her friends were staying at the hotel in Riseborough, +and had caused Evaline to point out +where she lived.</p> + +<p>“Day after to-morrow,” said Miss Fanny, “a +party of five or six of us are going to take a +drive to see some falls, and coming back we pass +right by your house. We shall probably be +along towards the close of the afternoon. Now +couldn't you be on the lookout for us, and have +some more missionary clematis for sale?”</p> + +<p>“It doesn't grow very near here,” said Evaline, +“and I don't believe Hiram would have +time to take us to the bottom again after any. +He's busy harvesting.”</p> + +<p>“Of course I don't wish you to go to so much +trouble about it; but cannot you get us flowers +of some kind near here—in some of these +woods?”</p> + +<p>Evaline, who was anxious for more missionary +money, said she thought there were still +some cardinal flowers down in the glen, and +Miss Fanny said they would be the very thing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span></p> + +<p>“And then it would be more like earning the +missionary money if we had to work ourselves to +get the flowers,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>“You have been brought up in the orthodox +school, I see,” said Miss Fanny, and all the young +ladies laughed.</p> + +<p>After many last words and kindly adieus, +they parted, and the children ran home to relate +their adventures.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span></p> +<h3>WEEDING.</h3> + +<p>When the plan for Thursday was announced, +both Mrs. Ashford and Mrs. Stokes objected to +the little girls going so far into the woods by +themselves; and nobody could go with them.</p> + +<p>“Then we'll have no flowers for the ladies,” +sighed Marty.</p> + +<p>“And no more missionary money,” added +Evaline.</p> + +<p>“Why not give them flowers out of the garden?” +said Mrs. Stokes. “Sakes alive! there's +plenty there. And they're just the kind I've +seen city folks going crazy over. Some of the +hotel folks were up here last summer, and deary +me! but they did make a to-do over my larkspur, +sweet-william, china pinks, candytuft, +cockscomb, and such. You just give the ladies +some of 'em, and they'll be pleased enough; for +there's hardly any flowers in Riseborough—too +shady, I guess.”</p> + +<p>“That's all well enough for Evaline,” said +Mrs. Ashford, “but Marty has no right to sell +your flowers.”</p> + +<p>“She has if I give 'em to her, hasn't she?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> +I'm sure she's welcome to every bloom in the +garden to do what she pleases with. Not that I +want my flowers sold; I'd rather give 'em to +the ladies, but as long as it is for mission +work—” and the good woman finished with a +little nod.</p> + +<p>But Mrs. Ashford still objected to Marty's +taking the flowers, and Evaline would not have +anything to do with the scheme unless Marty +could “go halves.”</p> + +<p>“Dear Mrs. Stokes,” said Marty, “can't you +think of some way I could work for the flowers, +and then mamma wouldn't object to my taking +them?”</p> + +<p>“Well, I'll tell you. The gravel walk 'round +the centre bed is pretty tolerable weedy, and if +you and Evaline'll weed it out nice and clean, +you may have all the flowers you want all summer.”</p> + +<p>That satisfied all parties, and the weeding +began that afternoon. When Marty was going +to do anything she always wanted to get at it +right away. Besides Almira advised them to do +some that afternoon.</p> + +<p>“Then maybe you can finish it up to-morrow +morning before the sun gets 'round there,” she +said. “This is a very good time to do it too—just +after the rain.”</p> + +<p>The girls were armed with old knives—not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> +very sharp ones—to dig out the weeds with, if +they would not come with pulling.</p> + +<p>“You must be sure to get them up by the +roots,” said Almira, “or they'll grow again before +you know where you are.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, we are going to do it <i>good</i>,” Marty declared.</p> + +<p>They divided the walk into sections, and set +to work vigorously. In a few moments Marty +remarked complacently,</p> + +<p>“The bottom of my basket is quite covered +with weeds. But then,” she added in a different +tone, “I don't see where they came from. I +hardly miss them out of the walk.”</p> + +<p>A few moments more of quiet work, and she +called out,</p> + +<p>“Evaline, are many of your weeds in <i>tight</i>?”</p> + +<p>“Awful tight,” answered Evaline disconsolately. +“They've got the longest roots of any +weeds <i>I</i> ever saw. 'T would take a week of rain +to make this walk fit to weed.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Marty, “of course it isn't just +as easy as taking a quarter for some clematis +that was given to us in the first place, but as it is +for missions I think we ought to be willing to do +it, even if it is a little hard.”</p> + +<p>“That's so,” Evaline replied, brightening up.</p> + +<p>“And I'm very glad your mother thought of +this,” Marty went on, “for it would be dreadful<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> +disappointing not to have any flowers for the +ladies when they come, and not to get any more +missionary money.”</p> + +<p>Again Evaline agreed with her, and the work +went on.</p> + +<p>In about half an hour there was quite a large +clean patch, and much encouraged by seeing the +progress they were making, they worked more +diligently than ever. Then Marty had a sentimental +idea that it might help them along to +sing a missionary hymn, but found upon trial +that it was more of a hindrance than a help.</p> + +<p>“I can't sing when I'm all doubled up this +way,” she said, “and anyway when I find a very +tough weed I have to stop singing and pull. +Then I forget what comes next.”</p> + +<p>“I guess it's better to work while you work +and sing afterward,” was Evaline's opinion.</p> + +<p>Here they heard somebody laughing, and +looking up saw Mrs. Ashford, who had come out +to see how they were getting on.</p> + +<p>“I think Evaline is about right,” she said; +“singing and weeding don't go together very +well. But how nicely you have been doing! +Why, you are nearly half through!”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am,” said Evaline, “and the other +side of the circle a'n't half so bad as this was. +We'll easy get it done to-morrow morning.”</p> + +<p>“Yes; and, mamma,” cried Marty, “we've<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> +got them out good. I don't believe there'll +ever be another weed here!”</p> + +<p>“They'll be as bad as ever after a while,” +said Evaline, who knew them of old.</p> + +<p>Marty was pretty tired that evening and did +not feel like running about as much as usual.</p> + +<p>“There now!” exclaimed Mrs. Stokes, looking +at Marty as she sat on the porch steps after supper +leaning back against her mother, “there +now! you're all beat out. 'T was too hard work +for you. I oughtn't to have let you do it.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! indeed, Mrs. Stokes, I'm not so very +tired,” cried Marty, “and I was glad to do it.”</p> + +<p>Another hour's work the next morning finished +the weeding, and the girls reflected with +satisfaction that they had earned their flowers. +Mrs. Stokes said the work was done “beautiful,” +and Hiram, who was brought to inspect it, said +they had done so well that he had a great mind +to have them come down to the field and hoe +corn.</p> + +<p>Thursday morning early they gathered and +put in water enough flowers for seven fair-sized +bouquets, thinking they had better have one +more than Miss Fanny mentioned in case an +extra lady came. By four o'clock these flowers—and +how lovely and fragrant they were!—with +Mrs. Ashford's valuable assistance were +made into tasteful bouquets, placed on an old<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> +tray with their stems lightly covered with wet +moss, and set in the coolest corner of the porch. +The children, including Freddie, all nicely +dressed, took up position on the steps, partly to +keep guard over the flowers and prevent Ponto +from lying down on them, and partly to watch +for their callers.</p> + +<p>Marty's bright eyes were the first to see the +carriages.</p> + +<p>“There they come around the bend!” she +exclaimed, and shortly a carryall driven by Jim +Dutton, and containing three ladies and two +children, followed by a buck-board wherein +sat Miss Fanny and Miss Dora, drew up at the +gate.</p> + +<p>Evaline's shyness came on in full force and +she hung back, but Marty, with Freddie holding +her hand, proceeded down the walk. They were +met by Miss Fanny, who had thrown the reins to +her friend and jumped out the moment the +horse stopped. She kissed Marty, snatched up +Freddie, exclaiming, “What a darling little +boy!” and called out, “Come down here, Evaline! +I want to see you.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Stokes, who was too hospitable to see +people so near her house without inviting them +in, now came forward to give the invitation, and +as they were obliged to decline on the score of +lateness, she called Almira to bring some cool<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> +spring water for them. Seeing Freddie approaching +dangerously near one of the horses, +Marty cried, “Freddie, Freddie, come away from +the horse!” and he gravely inquired, “What's +the matter with the poor old horse?”</p> + +<p>This made every one laugh and brought Mrs. +Ashford from the porch to take his hand and +keep him out of danger. So they were all +assembled at the roadside, and quite a pleasant, +lively time they had.</p> + +<p>The flowers were asked for and Evaline +brought them, while Marty explained why they +were garden instead of wild flowers, and Mrs. +Stokes told how the girls earned them. The +bouquets were extremely admired. When proposing +the plan in the woods, Miss Fanny had +suggested “ten-cent” bouquets, but everybody +said ten cents was entirely too cheap for such +large, beautifully arranged ones, that fifteen +cents was little enough. There was one composed +entirely of sweet peas, as Mrs. Ashford +said those delicate flowers looked prettier by +themselves. This Miss Fanny seized upon, +insisted on paying twenty cents for, and presented +to a pale, sweet-faced lady in mourning.</p> + +<p>She drew Marty to the side of the carriage +where this lady was, and said in a low voice,</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston, this is the little girl I told +you of—the Missionary Twig who doesn't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span> +leave her missionary zeal at home when she +goes away in vacation.”</p> + +<p>The lady smiled affectionately as she pressed +Marty's hand, and said,</p> + +<p>“I am glad to meet such an earnest little +comrade.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! but you don't know,” protested Marty. +“I came very near forgetting the whole thing. +Indeed, it went out of my head altogether from +Tuesday till Sunday.”</p> + +<p>The ladies laughed, and Miss Fanny said,</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston was a missionary in India +for many years, Marty, and would be there yet +if she was able.”</p> + +<p>“India!” exclaimed Marty, with wide-open +eyes. “In Lahore!”</p> + +<p>She had heard more about Lahore than any +other place, and to her it seemed like the principal +city in India.</p> + +<p>“Oh, no!” replied Mrs. Thurston. “Far +from there, hundreds of miles. Lahore, you +know, is in Northern India, in the part known +as the Punjab, while my home was in the extreme +south near a city called Madura. Are you +especially interested in Lahore?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, ma'am. It's where our band sends its +money. We have a school there. That is, we +pay the teacher. It is one of those little schools +in a room rented from a poor woman, who does<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> +her work in one corner while the school is going +on, and the teacher is a native.”</p> + +<p>“Ah, yes; I understand.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. C—— is the missionary who superintends +it, along with a lot of other schools. Do +you know her?”</p> + +<p>“No, but I have seen her name in the missionary +papers.”</p> + +<p>“Did you have some of those little schools +when you were a missionary, Mrs. Thurston?” +Marty inquired.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I did some school work, but more zenana +work.”</p> + +<p>“What is zenana work?”</p> + +<p>Just then Mrs. Thurston noticed that preparations +were being made to drive on, so she merely +replied,</p> + +<p>“Come down to the village and see me, and +we will have a good missionary talk.”</p> + +<p>“Thank you ever so much,” said Marty. “I +do hope mamma will let me go.”</p> + +<p>Evaline was quite overcome when she learned +that Mrs. Thurston was a “real live missionary,” +and said,</p> + +<p>“She's the first one I ever saw. I wonder if +they're all as nice as that.”</p> + +<p>After consultation with her mother, Marty +decided to give half her “flower money” —which +altogether amounted to eighty cents—to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> +mountain band, and keep the other half for the +home band. “Because, you see, this is all out-and-out +missionary money; there's no tithing to +be done,” she said.</p> + +<p>Evaline never felt so large in her life as she +did when going to the band meeting the next +Sunday, with her eighty cents ready to hand to +Hugh Campbell.</p> + +<p>The Saturday following that memorable +Thursday, Miss Fanny and Miss Mary again +presented themselves at the farmhouse, where +they were welcomed like old friends. After +some pleasant chat, and a lunch of gingerbread +and fresh buttermilk, Miss Fanny said,</p> + +<p>“We came this morning chiefly to bring you +an invitation from Mrs. Thurston. She wants +you all, or as many as possible, to come to an all-day +missionary meeting at the hotel next Tuesday.”</p> + +<p>“All day!” exclaimed Almira.</p> + +<p>“Yes. That sounds formidable, doesn't it?” +laughed Miss Fanny. “But I'll tell you about +it. We are going to sew for a home missionary +family. You must know that Mrs. Thurston, +after spending the best part of her life and the +greater part of her strength in the foreign field, +still does all, in fact, more than her poor health +will allow her to do for missions both at home +and abroad. She heard the other day that a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> +missionary family, acquaintances of hers, in Nebraska, +had been burnt out, and lost everything +but the clothes they had on. She told us about +them with tears in her eyes, and some of us discovered +she was laying aside some of her own +clothes for the missionary's wife and planning +how she could squeeze out a little money—for +she is not rich by any means—to buy some +clothes for the children. Well, the result was +we took up a collection of clothes and money at +the hotel, and Mrs. Thurston got Mr. Dutton to +go to Trout Run and telegraph to the Mission +Board that this missionary is connected with +that we would send a box of things in a few days +that will keep the family going until some +church can send them a good large box.”</p> + +<p>“But how will you know what kind of garments +to send?” asked Mrs. Ashford. “I mean, +what sizes?”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston knows all about how many +children there are, and their ages, so we can +guess at their sizes.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford, discovering there was a little +girl near Freddie's age, and as he was, of course, +yet in “girl's clothes,” said she could spare a +couple of his suits, having brought an ample +supply. Some of Marty's clothes also were +found available.</p> + +<p>“We have had some things given us for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> +lady,” said Miss Fanny, “a wrapper, a jersey, a +cashmere skirt, a shawl; also two or three children's +dresses. We have bought nearly all the +muslin in Mr. Sims' store, with some flannel and +calico. He is going to Johnsburgh Monday, and +will get us shirts for the missionary, stockings, +and such things. Monday is to be a grand cutting-out +day. Tuesday we are to have three +sewing-machines. Several of the village ladies +are coming to help, and we shall be very glad if +some of you will come. Mrs. Thurston particularly +desires that the little girls shall come.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, do let us go,” Marty said, while Evaline +looked it.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ashford could not leave Freddie, and it +was not possible for both Mrs. Stokes and Almira +to go, so it was settled that the latter, the little +girls, and Ruth Campbell, whom Miss Fanny +wished Almira to invite, should walk down pretty +early in the morning, and Hiram should bring +the light wagon for them in the evening.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE HOTEL MISSIONARY MEETING.</h3> + +<p>“It was an elegant sewing-meeting,” Marty +confided to her mother when she got home +Tuesday evening, “and it wasn't a bit like that +one Aunt Henrietta had the last time we were in +Rochester. I liked this one best. There, you +know, the ladies came all dressed up, carrying +little velvet or satin work-bags, and we just had +thin bread and butter and such things for tea—nothing +very good. Here some of the ladies—of +course I mean the ones from the village—came +in calico dresses and sun-bonnets. And +they were so free and easy—sewed fast and +talked fast while they were there; and then if +they had to go home a little bit, they'd just pop +on their bonnets and off they'd go. Mrs. Clarkson +thought it was going to rain, and she ran +home to take in her wash, and another lady went +home two or three times to see how her dinner +was getting on.</p> + +<p>“Some of them stayed at the hotel to dinner, +and all that did stay brought something with +them, pies mostly, though some brought pickles, +preserves, and frosted cake. And every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> +time Mrs. Dutton saw something being smuggled +through the hall she'd call out,</p> + +<p>“'Now I told you not to bring anything. The +dinner is <i>my</i> part of this missionary meeting.'</p> + +<p>“Then they'd all laugh. They were all real +kind and pleasant. And such a dinner! I do +believe we had some of <i>everything</i>. And supper +was just the same way.”</p> + +<p>The hotel, though the boast of the surrounding +country, was a very plain establishment, +being nothing more than a tolerably large, simply +furnished frame house accommodating about +forty persons. But it was bright and home-like +and beautifully situated.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston's meeting,” as they called it, +was held in the large, uncarpeted dining-room, +and the dinner tables were set in the shady back +yard.</p> + +<p>The sewing-room was a busy scene, with +Miss Dora and two other ladies making the +machines whir and groups of workers getting +material ready for the machines or “finishing +off.” Mrs. Thurston, appealed to from all sides, +quietly directed the work,—while Miss Fanny was +here, there, and everywhere, helping everybody. +Almira heard, in the course of the day, that Miss +Fanny was quite wealthy, that she had contributed +a great deal towards getting up the box, +and was going to pay the freight.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span></p> + +<p>There were several children besides Marty +and Evaline. They were employed to run +errands, pass articles from one person to +another, and fold the smaller pieces of clothing +as they were completed. As the day wore on +and the novelty of the thing wore off, most of +the children got tired and went out to play; but +Marty, though she ran out a few minutes occasionally, +spent most of the time in the work-room, +keeping as close as possible to Mrs. +Thurston, to whom she had taken a great fancy.</p> + +<p>Soon after dinner Miss Fanny came to Mrs. +Thurston and said,</p> + +<p>“Now, Mrs. Thurston, if you don't get out of +this commotion a while you will have one of +your bad headaches. Do go out in the air. We +can get on without you for an hour.”</p> + +<p>So Mrs. Thurston took Marty and went into +the grove back of the house, and it was while +sitting there on a rustic seat, with the magnificent +view spread out before them, that they had +their missionary talk.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 312px;"> +<img src="images/ill158-clr.jpg" width="312" height="500" alt="" title="Page 158" /> +<span class="caption">While sitting there on a rustic seat ... they had their +missionary talk. Page 158.</span></div> + +<p>Mrs. Thurston described her home in Southern +India, and spoke of the kind of work she +and her husband did there—how he preached +and taught in the city and surrounding villages; +how she instructed children in the schools, and +visited the ignorant women, both rich and poor, +in their homes. Often, when not able to leave +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>home on account of her children, she had classes +of poor women in her <i>compound</i>, as the yards +around the houses in India are called. She also +spent a good deal of time giving her servants +religious instruction.</p> + +<p>“You know,” she said, “it is very, very hot +there, and we Americans can only endure the +heat by being very careful. At best we sometimes +get sick, and we must do all we can to +save ourselves up to teach and preach. That's +what we go there for. If we should cook or do +any work of that kind, we should die; so we +employ the natives, who are accustomed to the +heat, to do these things for us. Then, these servants +will each do only one kind of work. That +is, the sweeper wont do any cooking or washing; +the man who buys the food and waits on the +table wont do anything else.”</p> + +<p>“That's very queer,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>“Yes, but it is their way. So we are obliged +to have several servants. But then the wages +are very low. Altogether it does not cost any +more, perhaps not as much, as one good girl +would in this country. They are a great deal of +trouble, too. They are not, as a rule, very honest +or faithful, and they have, of course, all the +heathen vices, and sometimes we have much +worry with them. But what I was going to say +is, that we do our best to teach these servants<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> +about God. We used to have them come in to +prayers every day, and on Sunday I would collect +them on the veranda and try to teach them +verses of Scripture, which I would explain over +and over again. On these occasions a good +many poor, lame, blind people from the neighborhood +would also come. These people were +so densely ignorant that it was hard to make +them understand anything, but in some cases I +think the light did get into their minds.”</p> + +<p>Then Mrs. Thurston told of the death of her +three dear little children, and Marty felt very, +very sorry for her when she spoke of the three +little graves in that distant land.</p> + +<p>“Haven't you any living children?” she +asked.</p> + +<p>“Yes, two. One of my sons is a missionary +in Ceylon, and the other, with whom I live, is a +minister in New York State.”</p> + +<p>Then, it appeared, after many years of labor +in that hot climate, the health of both Mr. and +Mrs. Thurston broke down, and they were +obliged to leave the work they loved and come +back to America. In a short time Mr. Thurston +died.</p> + +<p>Marty found out, somewhat to her surprise, +that the “big society” her band was connected +with was not the only one. Mrs. Thurston +belonged to an entirely different one, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> +young ladies, Fanny, Dora, and Mary, to still +another.</p> + +<p>“You see we belong to different religious +denominations,” said Mrs. Thurston, “and each +denomination has its own Society or Board.”</p> + +<p>“This Nebraska missionary, now,” suggested +Marty, “I suppose he belongs to your de—whatever +it is.”</p> + +<p>“Denomination,” said Mrs. Thurston, smiling. +“No, he belongs to yours.”</p> + +<p>“Yet you are all working for him!” exclaimed +Marty.</p> + +<p>“Of course. It would not do for these different +families of Christians to keep in their own +little pens all the time and never help each +other. But as yet it has been found best for +each denomination to have its own missionary +society, though there are some Union Societies, +and perhaps in coming years it may be all +union.”</p> + +<p>“Now there's this mountain band,” said +Marty reflectively. “The people in it are not all +the same kind. I mean some are Methodists, +and some are Presbyterians, and the Smiths are +Baptists. I heard Ruth say she didn't know +what would be best to do with their money.”</p> + +<p>She afterwards heard Ruth consulting Mrs. +Thurston about the matter, and the latter spoke +of one of these union societies. Ruth said she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> +would speak to the others and see if they would +wish to send their funds there.</p> + +<p>By half-past four a great deal of work had +been done, and the new garments were piled up +on a table in the corner of the room. Though +needles were still flying, taking last stitches, the +hard-driven machines were silent, having run +out of work, as Miss Fanny said. In the comparative +quiet Ruth was heard singing softly +over her work.</p> + +<p>“Sing louder, Ruth,” said Almira, and Ruth +more audibly, but still softly, sang,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“From Greenland's icy mountains.”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>One voice after another took up the refrain, +and by the time the second line was reached the +old hymn was sent forth on the air as a grand +chorus. The children came up on the porch, the +girls came out of the kitchen to listen. The +customers in Sims' store and the loungers around +the blacksmith's shop stopped talking as the +sound reached them.</p> + +<p>When the last strains died away, and before +talking could be resumed, Ruth said,</p> + +<p>“Marty, wont you say those verses you said +at our last band meeting?”</p> + +<p>“I'll say them if the ladies would like to +hear them,” said Marty, who was not at all +timid, and knew the verses very thoroughly,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> +having recited them at the anniversary of her +own band.</p> + +<p>The ladies desired very much to hear them, +and, taking her stand at one end of the room, she +repeated very nicely those well-known lines beginning,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“An aged woman, poor and weak,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">She heard the mission teacher speak;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The slowly-rolling tears came down<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Upon her withered features brown:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">'What blessed news from yon far shore!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Would I had heard it long before!'” <br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>“How touching that is!” said one of the hotel +ladies, and Mrs. Sims was seen to wipe her eyes +with the pillow-slip she was seaming.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston,” said Miss Fanny, who saw +that a good start on a foreign missionary meeting +had been made, and was not willing to let the +opportunity be lost, “when you were in India +did you meet many persons who were anxious to +hear the gospel, or were they mainly indifferent?”</p> + +<p>In replying to this question Mrs. Thurston +told many interesting things that had come +under her observation, and this led to further +questions from others, so they had quite a long +talk on missionary work both in India and other +countries. Finally one of the boarders asked,</p> + +<p>“Well, do you think the world ever will be +converted to Christianity?”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p> + +<p>“I know it will,” replied Mrs. Thurston; and +she quoted, “All the ends of the world shall remember +and turn unto the Lord; and all kindreds +of the nations shall worship before thee.”</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Fanny.</span> “For it is written, As I live, saith the +Lord, every knee shall bow to me, and every +tongue shall confess to God.”</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Dora.</span> “The earth shall be full of the knowledge +of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.”</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Ruth.</span> “He shall have dominion also from +sea to sea, and from the river unto the ends of +the earth.”</p> + +<p>“Dora, Dora,” said Miss Fanny, with an imperative +little gesture, “'Jesus shall reign'” —</p> + +<p>Miss Dora obediently began to sing,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“Jesus shall reign where'er the sun<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Does his successive journeys run,”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>and was at once joined by the others.</p> + +<p>“Now, dear friends,” said Mrs. Thurston, +when the hymn was finished, “upon this, the +only occasion we are all likely to be together, +shall we not unite in asking God to hasten the +coming of this glorious time, and ask for his +blessing on our humble attempts to work in this +cause?”</p> + +<p>Work was dropped and every head bowed, as +Mrs. Thurston uttered fervent words of prayer +that the Lord would fill all their hearts with love<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> +for missions, and that he would permit them to +do something towards helping in the work. She +prayed especially for the children who were +engaged in missionary work, and asked that +they might have grace given them to devote +their whole lives to the service of God.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Mrs. Clarkson, as she was leaving, +“this has been a right down pleasant meeting, +and I think the last part was just about the +best.”</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE GARDEN MISSIONARY MEETING.</h3> + +<p>Two or three days afterwards Miss Fanny, +with one of her young friends, came up to tell +the farmhouse people that the box had gone. +She said that Mr. Sims had given them a box, +and had also kindly attended to sending it off.</p> + +<p>The day after the meeting, when Hiram +went down to the postoffice, Marty and Evaline +had each sent by him a book for the missionary +children, and Miss Fanny said that this prompted +some of the children at the hotel to send books.</p> + +<p>During the remainder of the summer there +was frequent intercourse between the hotel and +the farmhouse, and the “mission workers,” particularly, +learned to love each other very much. +Marty felt very proud to be numbered among +these workers, though she was only a “twig.” +She said,</p> + +<p>“I'll have a great deal to tell Miss Agnes +and the girls when I go home—sha'n't I, mamma?”</p> + +<p>Some new members joined the mountain +band, and by the last of August it numbered +twenty-one. Ruth said she wished very much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> +that before Mrs. Thurston left they might have +her meet with the band. She thought they would +all take greater interest in mission work if they +could hear something of it from one who had +spent so many years in the midst of it. Mrs. +Thurston said she would be very happy to attend +a meeting and talk with the members. So arrangements +were made to have her do so.</p> + +<p>It would be impossible for her to reach the +grove, as she could not walk so far, and the drive +from the hotel to Mr. Campbell's was very rough +and quite long.</p> + +<p>“Mother,” said Almira, when they were trying +to settle the matter, “couldn't we have a +meeting here? It would be easier for Mrs. +Thurston to get here, and convenient enough +for everybody else.”</p> + +<p>“Why, of course they may meet here,” her +mother replied. “Our parlor's a plenty big +enough to hold 'em.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! dear Mrs. Stokes,” protested Marty, +“don't let us meet in the house when there's +so much lovely out-of-doors. That grassy place +in the garden near the currant-bushes would be +just an elegant place for a meeting.”</p> + +<p>“I vote with Marty for out-of-doors,” said +Ruth. “We'll have enough times for in-door +meetings after a while.”</p> + +<p>“Suit yourselves,” said kind Mrs. Stokes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> +“You're welcome to any place I've anything to +do with.”</p> + +<p>“And may some of the rest of us from the +hotel come?” asked Miss Fanny, who happened +to be present when this talk was going on.</p> + +<p>“Yes, indeed. The more the—.” Mrs. Stokes +was just going to say, as she so often did, “the +more the merrier,” when she recollected that it +would be Sunday and the meeting a religious +one. But she let them all know she would like +them to come. Mrs. Ashford and Ruth had +great difficulty in persuading her not to bake a +quantity of cake on Saturday and serve refreshments +to the band.</p> + +<p>“You must remember, dear Mrs. Stokes,” said +Ruth, “it isn't a party, and nobody will expect +anything to eat. Now you must not think of +going to any trouble.”</p> + +<p>“The idee of having a lot of people come to +your house and not give 'em a bite of anything!” +exclaimed Mrs. Stokes.</p> + +<p>Sunday afternoon chairs were carried out to +the grassy spot Marty had selected, among +them a comfortable arm-chair for Mrs. Thurston. +Marty insisted on farmer Stokes' special +arm-chair being carried out for him, and with +the help of Wattie Campbell contrived to get it +there. Hiram, before he drove down to the +hotel for the ladies, made a couple of benches of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> +boards placed on kegs. These were for the +girls. The boys, he said, could sit on the +ground, and that is where he sat himself.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Thurston brought with her a cloth map +of India which the young ladies fastened to two +trees. She also had some photographs of people +and places in India which were passed around +among the company. Mr. Stokes was particularly +struck with the beautiful scenery these +pictures showed.</p> + +<p>“Well,” he said, “I never knew much about +India, but I had no idea it was such a handsome +place.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes,” said Mrs. Thurston, “the scenery +in some parts of these tropical countries is very +fine, the foliage is so luxuriant, the flowers so +gorgeous, the skies so brilliant. Indeed, a photograph +only gives the merest hint of the +beauties.”</p> + +<p>She described certain mountain and forest +views, also some parks and gardens she had +visited.</p> + +<p>“Don't you remember those lines in the +missionary hymn, Mr. Stokes,” Miss Dora +asked,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“'Where every prospect pleases,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">And only man is vile'?”<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Mrs. Thurston told them that the people in +India do not live on farms as many do in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> +country, but crowd together in towns and villages, +going out from there to work in the fields. +She briefly described the large city of Madras, +with its mingled riches and poverty, its streets +crowded with all sorts of people, some of them +with hardly any clothing on, its temples and +bazaars, or shops. Then she spoke of Madura, +where her home had been so long.</p> + +<p>It was hard to get her listeners, as they sat in +this cool, shady garden, fanned by mountain +breezes, to understand how hot it is in India, especially +Southern India. They thought the <i>punkahs</i>, +or huge fans, that are in all the churches +and larger houses, and which a man works +constantly to cool the air, must be very queer +contrivances. The idea of having to stay indoors +during the middle of the day, keeping +very still, lying down, perhaps, did not strike +Mrs. Stokes very favorably.</p> + +<p>“That wouldn't suit me,” she said—“ to lie +down in the daytime and be fanned. I'd want +to be up and doing.”</p> + +<p>“I fear even your energy would flag in +that climate,” replied Mrs. Thurston, laughing. +“Foreigners are obliged to be very careful or +they could not live there at all. Of course we +missionaries were not idle at the time I speak +of. We were studying, writing, or making +arrangements about our work.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p> + +<p>She then told a good deal about the way the +missionaries work among the people, taking her +hearers with her in imagination to some of the +mission-schools, and to the Sunday services +in the little church where her husband had +preached. In doing this she repeated a passage +of Scripture and sang a hymn in the Tamil +language—the language used in that part of +India.</p> + +<p>“Now I will tell you something of zenana +visiting,” she said.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Thurston,” said Ruth, “wont you +please first tell us exactly what a zenana is?” +Ruth knew herself, but she was afraid some of +the others did not.</p> + +<p>“The word zenana,” replied Mrs. Thurston, +“strictly means women's apartment, but as it is +generally used by us it means the houses of +the high caste gentlemen, where their wives live +in great seclusion. These high caste women +very seldom go out, except occasionally to worship +at some temple. They live, as we would +say, at the back of the house, their windows +never facing the street. Sometimes they have +beautiful gardens and pleasant rooms, but often +it is just the other way. They have few visitors +and no male visitors at all, never seeing even +their own brothers. The low caste women, +though they lack many privileges the others<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span> +have, yet have more freedom and are not +secluded in this way.”</p> + +<p>“I'd rather be low caste,” said Marty.</p> + +<p>“You wouldn't rather be either if you knew +all about it,” said Miss Fanny.</p> + +<p>“In visiting the poorer people,” Mrs. Thurston +went on to say, “when I was seen to enter a +house the neighbors all around would flock in, so +that I could talk with several families at once. +But in visiting a zenana I only saw the inhabitants +of that one house. To be sure there was +generally quite a crowd of them, for the rich +gentlemen often have several wives. Then +there would be the daughters-in-law, for the +sons all bring their wives to their father's +house. Then all these ladies have female servants +to wait on them and who are constantly +present, so altogether there would be quite a +company.”</p> + +<p>“I suppose they would be glad to see you,” +suggested Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes. They welcome any change, their +lives are so dull.”</p> + +<p>“What do they do with themselves all day +long?” inquired Miss Fanny. “I suppose they +don't work, as they have plenty of servants to +do everything for them. They don't shop or +market or visit. They have no lectures or concerts +to attend. They are not educated, at least<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> +not many of them; and even if they could read, +they have no books. Oh, what a life!”</p> + +<p>“What do they do, Mrs. Thurston?” Marty +asked.</p> + +<p>“Well, they look over their clothes and +jewels, spend a great deal of time every day in +being bathed in their luxurious way, and being +dressed. Then they lounge about, gossip, and +quarrel a good deal, I suspect. They are very +fond of hearing what is going on, and the servant +who brings them the most news is the +greatest favorite.”</p> + +<p>“And that's the way so many women have +lived for centuries!” sighed Ruth.</p> + +<p>“Things are improving somewhat now,” said +Mrs. Thurston. “Education for women is very +much more thought of than in former years. A +great many girls are now allowed to attend the +Government and other schools, and many men +in these days are anxious to have their wives +educated. Some employ teachers to come to +their houses and teach the inmates. If only all +these women could receive a Christian education, +India would soon be a delightfully different +place.”</p> + +<p>“How do the missionaries get into these +zenanas?” Ruth inquired. “Do they go as +teachers or visitors or—what?”</p> + +<p>“In some cases missionary ladies have gained<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> +admission by going to teach these shut-in ladies +fancy-work or something of the kind. Other +times they contrive to get introduced in some +way, going as visitors. But in every case they +aim to make their visit the means of carrying +the gospel to these women.”</p> + +<p>“Are they willing to have you talk on religious +subjects?” asked Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“Some of them are not. You know there is, +of course, as much diversity among them as +among any other women. But after they have +got used to our coming, and have examined our +clothes and asked us all sorts of questions, some +of them very childish ones, they generally listen +to what we wish to say and become interested in +the Bible and the story of the cross.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Thurston then spoke particularly of +some of the houses she used to visit, told about +the pretty little children and their pretty young +mothers, what they all did and said, in a way +that interested her hearers very much. She also +told how some of these friends of hers had received +the gospel message and were converted +to Christ. “And if you only understood the +position of these people under this dreadful +caste system, you would see what difficulties they +have to contend with before they can come out +on the Lord's side,” she said. “But it is our +duty and privilege to show them the right way,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span> +the way of life, and shall we not do all in our +power to send them the gospel? Those of them +who know about free and happy America are +looking to us for help. Did you ever hear some +verses called 'Work in the Zenana'? I can +repeat a couple of them.”</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“'Do you see those dusky faces<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Gazing dumbly to the West—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Those dark eyes, so long despairing,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Now aglow with hope's unrest?<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">“'They are looking, waiting, longing<br /></span> +<span class="i2">For deliverance and light;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Shall we not make haste to help them,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Our poor sisters of the night?'” <br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>There was a great deal more talk about India, +Mrs. Thurston being besieged with questions, +until Ruth feared she would be worn out, and +said the meeting had better close.</p> + +<p>“Oh! I like to talk about my dear India,” +said Mrs. Thurston with a tearful smile; “and if +it is any help to you all in your work, I am only +too willing to give you the help.”</p> + +<p>“You have helped us ever so much,” replied +Ruth, “and we are very grateful. I'm sure we +shall always feel the greatest interest in that +wonderful old India, with its sore need of the +gospel.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Almira, “I feel now that every +cent of money we can scrape together should be +used for India.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Unfortunately it is not the only needy +place in the world,” said Miss Mary.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said Ruth, “we must just work hard +and do all we can for heathen lands.”</p> + +<p>Then they sang several hymns, Hiram and +Hugh Campbell having carried Almira's melodeon +out to the garden, and closed by repeating +the Lord's prayer in concert.</p> + +<p>During the singing Mrs. Stokes had slipped +away, and Mrs. Ashford and Ruth exchanged +smiling glances when they saw her standing by +the garden-gate as the friends passed out, insisting +that they should take some cookies and drop +cakes from a basket she held. She would not +hear of the hotel ladies getting into the carriage +until they had partaken of the sliced cake and +hot tea she had ready for them on the side +porch.</p> + +<p>“Ah, this is the way you get around it, Mrs. +Stokes!” said Ruth.</p> + +<p>“Now, Ruth,” exclaimed the good woman, +“don't you say a word. I a'n't going to have +these folks go back home all fagged out when a +cup of tea will do 'em good.”</p> + +<p>“This is another perfectly elegant missionary +meeting,” said Marty. “I wonder if Edith and +the other girls are having as good a time as I +am.”</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span></p> +<h3>COUSIN ALICE'S ZENANA WORK.</h3> + +<p>Mr. Ashford came up to the farmhouse +about the first of September, and spent a week +before taking his family home. So Marty did +not arrive in time to be present at the first meeting +of the band, but on the third Saturday of +the month she was on hand with her budget of +news. She had much to hear as well as to tell, +and it would take a long time to relate all the +missionary experiences of those travelled Twigs. +Indeed for several weeks something new was +constantly coming up. It would be, “O Miss +Agnes, I forgot to tell about such a thing.” Or, +“I just now remember what I heard at such a +place. May I tell it?”</p> + +<p>Edith had attended a grand missionary meeting +at the seaside, and Rosa had gone with her +mother and elder sister to a missionary convention, +where she saw and heard several missionaries +who were at home for rest, and also several +new ones who were going out soon. Others of +the girls had attended band meetings where +they were visiting, or had joined with other +young workers in holding meetings in hotels<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> +and cottages. But no one had, like Marty, been +present at the forming of a band and helped it +start. Nor had they, like her, become well +acquainted with a real missionary.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I just had the nicest long talks with +her!” said Marty, meaning of course Mrs. Thurston. +“I could ask her anything I wanted, you +know. I even sat in her lap sometimes and +hugged her real hard; and she would pat me +and smooth my hair with the very same hands +that used to do things for the little girls in +India.”</p> + +<p>“How elegant it must have been to have a +missionary meeting in that pretty old garden, +and such a nice missionary there to tell you +things!” said one of the girls.</p> + +<p>“It <i>was</i>,” replied Marty briefly but fervently.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I wish I could help start a band as +Marty did!” exclaimed Daisy.</p> + +<p>“Perhaps you have helped, though you may +not be there to see it start,” said Miss Walsh. +“Perhaps what you told those little girls from +Georgia about our band and missions in general +will bear good fruit, and there may be after a +while a brand-new band in that far-away Southern +town, that little Daisy helped to start.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, I do hope so,” said Daisy, smiling and +pressing her hands together.</p> + +<p>“I think it would be nice to ask Marty's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> +mountain band to write to our band and tell us +what they're doing, and we'll tell them what +we're doing,” suggested Edith.</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes, yes!” cried some of the girls.</p> + +<p>After a little talk the suggestion was adopted. +They all wanted Marty to be the one to write; +but she said, though of course she was going to +write to Evaline, she could not write a good +enough letter to be read at the band, and would +rather Mary Cresswell wrote. Miss Walsh decided +that would be the better way, as Mary was +so much older and more accustomed to writing. +It was too much to expect Marty to do.</p> + +<p>So Mary wrote a very nice letter—the Twigs +were very proud of their bright secretary—inclosing +a note of introduction from Marty. In +course of time a reply was received from Almira +thanking them all for their kind interest in the +mountain band, and accepting the invitation to +enter into a correspondence. This correspondence +proved to be very pleasant and profitable +to both parties.</p> + +<p>What pleased the Twigs particularly was +that Almira told them the mountain band was +very much indebted to one of their members, +and it was likely the band would not have been +formed that summer if it had not been for that +member's help. Of course she meant Marty.</p> + +<p>It must not be supposed Marty had boasted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> +that she had done much towards getting the +band organized. She only told in her childish +way how it had come about, and the girls could +not help seeing she had given all the aid possible.</p> + +<p>Some of the other girls heard from members +of bands they had met during the summer, and +in this way several suggestions of ways of doing +things were gathered up and acted upon. Miss +Walsh said the whole summer experience had +been very helpful.</p> + +<p>One of Marty's earliest visits after her return +was paid to Jennie in company with Cousin +Alice. They found the invalid sitting up in the +comfortable rocking-chair, looking very much +better. She was overjoyed to see them and had +a great deal to say. She was so pleased that she +happened to be up, and insisted on showing +how she could take the three or four steps necessary +to get from the bed to the chair. She told +them the doctor said that after a while, if she +was very careful, she would be able to walk. +“Not, of course, that skippy way you do,” she +said to Marty, “but to kind o' get along.”</p> + +<p>She also showed the crocheting she had +done, and it was really very well done. As she +seemed so much better, Miss Alice asked the +doctor if it would hurt her to study a little. He +said it would not, and Miss Alice undertook to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> +teach her to read better, so that she could enjoy +reading to herself. Jennie was glad of the +chance to learn and made good progress, so that +by Christmas, when Marty and Edith gave her +the Bible they had talked of in the summer, she +could read it quite well.</p> + +<p>“I think, after a while, when Jennie gets still +stronger,” said Miss Alice one day at Mrs. Ashford's, +“I will teach her something of arithmetic +and writing, because she will never be able to go +to school, and some knowledge of the kind will +be useful to her. I will teach her to sew nicely, +too, and when she is older she may be able to +earn her living, even if she is lame and delicate.”</p> + +<p>“What a good work you will be doing, +Alice,” cried Mrs. Ashford, “if you help a poor, +sickly, ignorant child to develop into an intelligent, +self-helpful, and I hope Christian woman. +Jennie will bless the day she first saw you.”</p> + +<p>“Ah, but she never would have seen me but +for you and Marty. In fact I don't think I +should have taken much interest in her if my +attention had not been attracted to her by +Marty's self-denying gift of that doll.”</p> + +<p>“And I don't believe <i>I'd</i> have taken much +interest in her if it hadn't been for hearing +about the poor foreign children at the mission-band,” +said Marty.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Everything comes around to the mission-band +first or last, doesn't it?” said Cousin Alice, +laughing.</p> + +<p>“Pretty near everything,” replied Marty seriously. +“And then there's Jimmy Torrence,” +she added presently. “I don't believe I'd have +been willing to have my ulster pieced for his +sake if I hadn't been hearing about those other +forlorn children.”</p> + +<p>She was glad to see Jimmy looking so much +brighter and better. Though he did not know +he owed his country visit to her, he remembered +the cake she had given him and the kind words +she had more than once spoken to him, so he +often lingered on the stairs to see her as she +passed in and out of Mrs. Scott's room, always +greeting her with a bright smile.</p> + +<p>One Sunday Mrs. Scott made him and his +next older sister as clean and respectable as possible, +and took them to church with her. The +result was, some of the ladies of the church came +around to see the Torrences, fitted the older +ones out with decent clothes, and gathered them +into the Sunday-school.</p> + +<p>Soon after this, one afternoon Miss Alice came +into Mrs. Ashford's sitting-room, half laughing, +and exclaimed as she sank into a chair, +“Oh, Marty, how you and your mission work +are getting me into business!”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span></p> + +<p>“Why, how?” demanded Marty.</p> + +<p>“Oh, those Torrences!” said Miss Alice, still +laughing.</p> + +<p>“What about them? Do tell us,” Marty +insisted.</p> + +<p>“Well, one day as I was going to see Jennie, +I saw the two little girls younger than Jimmy on +the stairs, and they did look so cold this kind of +weather in their ragged calico frocks, and not +much else on. So I just went home, got my old +blue flannel dress, bought a few yards of cotton +flannel, and took them to Mrs. Torrence to make +some comfortable clothes for those poor children. +And, Cousin Helen, will you believe it? +I found the woman didn't know the first thing +about cutting and making clothes!”</p> + +<p>“That is very strange,” said Mrs. Ashford. +“How has she been getting along all this time +with such a family?”</p> + +<p>“She depends on people giving her things, +and on buying cheap ready-made clothing.”</p> + +<p>“That is very thriftless.”</p> + +<p>“Yes. But I've heard it is the way so many +poor people do. A great many of those women +work in factories or shops before they are married, +and afterwards, too, sometimes, and they +have no time to learn to sew. When I found +out about Mrs. Torrence I thought I would +offer to show her how to cut and make those<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> +things. I thought doing that would be far +greater charity than making them for her would +be.”</p> + +<p>“So it would.”</p> + +<p>“To be sure she goes out washing now and +then, but she has time enough to sew other +days, as she only has those two little rooms +to take care of, and she hasn't been taking +much care of them evidently.”</p> + +<p>“I thought they only had one room,” said +Marty.</p> + +<p>“They have taken another now, as Mr. Torrence +has steady work. Father got him a place +in a livery stable, and he's not a drinking man, +so they ought to get along.”</p> + +<p>“Well, how did Mrs. Torrence take your offer +of help?” asked Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“She did not seem to like it at first. I suspect +she thought I ought to make the garments +myself. But after a while she came around +and—” </p> + +<p>“Your pleasant ways would make anybody +come around,” exclaimed Marty warmly.</p> + +<p>“Thanks for the compliment,” replied Miss +Alice, smiling. “Well, the amount of it is I +have been giving her lessons, and she is really +beginning to do right well. The little tots look +a great deal more comfortable, and now I am +going to show her how to alter some of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> +clothes the Methodist Sunday-school ladies gave +her, so that she will have something decent to +wear herself.”</p> + +<p>“I think you are getting into business!” +exclaimed Mrs. Ashford. “It is certainly very +good of you to take all that trouble. And I +should imagine it is not the most comfortable +place in the world in which to give sewing or +any other kind of lessons. Now Mrs. Scott is +different. Her room is always as neat as a pin.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, yes!” cried Miss Alice, “that reminds +me there's more to my story. These sewing +lessons are actually making Mrs. Torrence +cleaner and more tidy. The first day I went +the table was all cluttered up, and when she +cleaned it off for me to cut out on she looked +rather ashamed of its dinginess, and muttered +some excuse as she wiped it over with an old +cloth. The next day that table looked as if she +had been scrubbing it all night—it was so +startlingly clean. She had scrubbed a chair, too, +for me to sit on. Then I suppose she thought +the clean table and chair put the rest of the +room out of countenance, for on my next visit I +found the floor had been scrubbed and the windows +washed. When I told mother about it she +said the woman should be encouraged, and sent +her that striped rug that used to be in our dining-room, +you remember. It was to spread down<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> +before the stove. The result of that was the +old stove has been polished up within an inch of +its life. Yesterday I took to the children those +gay pictures that came last Christmas with the +Graphic, and tacked them on to the wall. Now +the next time I go I expect to see the walls +scoured or whitewashed or something,” and Miss +Alice finished with a laugh.</p> + +<p>“If you keep on you will work quite a change +in their way of living,” said Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“There's plenty of room yet for improvement,” +replied her cousin; “for although it must +be pretty hard for such a large family to live in +such a small space and be cleanly, still they +might try to be.”</p> + +<p>“I should think the narrow space would be +bad enough without the dirt.”</p> + +<p>“Well, things have been and are yet pretty +forlorn. But I am glad I have been able to effect +a little change for the better.”</p> + +<p>“But you said I got you into it,” said Marty, +“and I don't see what I have to do with it, nor +what mission work has either.”</p> + +<p>“I should have told you that one reason I +thought of offering this help to Mrs. Torrence is +that it may perhaps give me an opportunity to +say something to her on religious subjects. +She takes no interest in such matters, never +goes to church, and only allows her children to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> +go to Sunday-school for what people give them. +The Bible-reader of that district tells me that +Mrs. Torrence wont listen to her, wont let her +go into the room. She is a sullen, ill-natured +kind of woman—I mean Mrs. Torrence—and +hard to get at. So I thought I might possibly +get at her in this way, and your account of missionary +ladies going to zenanas to teach fancy-work +in order to get a chance to tell the women +of God and the Bible, put it into my head that I +might try something of the same kind.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, it is just the same,” cried Marty, “except +that it's altering and mending instead of +fancy-work. How curious it is that zenana work +away off in India should make you think of helping +a poor woman close by in Landis Court!”</p> + +<p>“Have you got Mrs. Torrence to listen to +you yet?” asked Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“I haven't ventured to say anything directly +to her yet, but I have been talking to the children +about the Sunday-school lesson, explaining +it to them and teaching them the Golden Text, +and their mother is obliged to hear, whether she +wants to or not.”</p> + +<p>“That's just the way Mrs. Thurston says it +is in those zenanas,” said Marty. “Many of the +women at first don't care to listen to good reading +and teaching, and want to talk about all +sorts of other things, so the missionaries have to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> +work it in the best way they can, and after a +while the women get interested and want to +hear. It seems as if they couldn't get enough +Bible-reading and talk. Maybe that'll be the +way with Mrs. Torrence.”</p> + +<p>“We will hope so,” replied Cousin Alice.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXI" id="CHAPTER_XXI"></a>CHAPTER XXI.</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span></p> +<h3>ROSA STEVENSON'S SISTER.</h3> + +<p>As Christmas drew near Marty found herself +very busy, for besides some little presents +she was making for her “own folks,” she and +her mother set to work to mend some of her old +toys, to dress some new cheap dolls, and to make +a few picture-books of bright pretty cards pasted +on silesia and yellow muslin, for the little Torrences +and other poor children they knew of.</p> + +<p>Edith, also, was engaged in the same way, +and the little girls often worked together.</p> + +<p>Though they had received some money on +their birthdays, they concluded to wait until +Christmas to give Jennie her Bible, as everybody +appeared to think it would be a very +suitable Christmas gift for her. They got Mrs. +Ashford to go with them to buy it, and with her +aid succeeded in getting a very nice one, good +size, clear print, and pretty cover, for the money +they had set aside for the purpose.</p> + +<p>Their mothers gave them permission to run +down the afternoon before Christmas to carry +the Bible to Jennie, as there would not possibly +be time to go Christmas day when there was so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> +much going on. They were to call and ask +Cousin Alice to go with them; but when they +stopped at her house they found she had already +gone over to Landis Court, but had left word for +them if they came to follow her.</p> + +<p>When they arrived at Mrs. Scott's room they +found Miss Alice very busy indeed, hanging up +some wreaths of green and otherwise decorating +the room. She was hurrying to get it all in +order before Mrs. Scott returned from her work, +as it was to be a surprise to her. Jennie, sitting +in the rocking-chair with the doll in her arms, +was watching the operation with the greatest +interest, every now and then exclaiming, “Oh, +that's splendid! What'll mother say to that!”</p> + +<p>When Marty and Edith appeared something +else seemed to occur to her, and turning from +the decorations she cried eagerly to them, +“Oh, did you get—!” and then glancing at +Miss Alice, covered her mouth with her hand, +laughed very much, but would not finish what +she had begun to say.</p> + +<p>She nearly went wild over the beautiful Bible +and could hardly thank the givers enough.</p> + +<p>“And I can read it my own self too, 'cepting +of course the long words,” she said. “How +queer it'll be to be sitting up reading a chapter +to mother 'stead of her reading to me!”</p> + +<p>“You might read to her those Christmas<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> +verses in Luke to-morrow that I read to you not +long ago,” Miss Alice suggested.</p> + +<p>“Oh! I will. Where are they, I wonder?” +said Jennie.</p> + +<p>Edith found the place, while Marty snipped +off a little bit of her blue hair-ribbon for a +mark.</p> + +<p>Some cakes and fruit Mrs. Howell and Mrs. +Ashford sent Jennie were also highly appreciated. +They had also sent some small but +useful and pretty presents for her mother, +which Jennie was to have the pleasure of giving +to her. Thus they all tried to bring some +Christmas joy into the poor little girl's life.</p> + +<p>When Marty and Edith went home they each +found a small parcel that Jimmy Torrence had +left for them. They contained nicely crocheted +bureau-covers for their dolls' houses, and were +marked in Miss Alice's handwriting, “For Marty, +from Jennie,” and “For Edith, from Jennie.”</p> + +<p>“Ah! this was the secret she had with Cousin +Alice,” exclaimed Marty. “Just look mamma! +isn't it a pretty cover?”</p> + +<p>Edith was equally pleased with hers, and Jennie +seemed much pleased with their hearty +thanks.</p> + +<p>“I really believe she enjoyed making and +giving those little things more than any other +part of Christmas,” said Miss Alice. “I suppose<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> +it made her feel as if she was in the Christmas +times.”</p> + +<p>Marty never enjoyed any Christmas season so +much as this one, when she worked so hard to +give happiness to the poor. She had her temptations +to overcome, too; for when the stores were +filled with beautiful things that she would like +to buy for herself or her friends, it was very hard +to keep from entrenching on the money she had +saved up for a special Christmas missionary +offering. But her year's training in missionary +giving had not gone for nothing, and she was +able to make a missionary offering a part of her +Christmas celebration.</p> + +<p>The members of the band had not forgotten +the talk they had had over Mrs. C——'s letter, +when they resolved to try very hard to double +their usual amount. The most of them were +trying, and the sum was “rolling up,” the treasurer +said. Whether or not they would succeed +in what they were aiming at, remained to be +seen, but Miss Walsh encouraged them by saying +that they would certainly come much nearer success +by making continual efforts than by making +no effort at all.</p> + +<p>One morning when the holidays were over, +and the little girls were on their way to school, +Edith had a great piece of news to tell.</p> + +<p>“What do you think!” she said. “Rosa<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> +Stevenson's grownup sister is going away next +month to be a missionary!”</p> + +<p>“<i>Is</i> she really?” exclaimed Marty.</p> + +<p>“Yes; going to Japan, and Miss Agnes has +asked her to come to the meeting next Saturday +and tell us about it.”</p> + +<p>The news spread, and the next Saturday +every one of the Twigs was there, gazing with +wide-open eyes at the fair young girl who was +going so far from home to carry the gospel to +her ignorant sisters. Sitting there with tearful +Rosa's hand clasped in hers, she told the girls +that when she was studying in college, God had +put it into her heart to carry the tidings of his +salvation to the people who knew him not. She +said that though it was very hard to leave home +and friends, she felt it was her duty and privilege +to go, and she was thankful that the way was +open for her.</p> + +<p>Then she showed them on the map what city +she was going to, and told them something of +the school in which she was to teach. She promised +to write to the band some time, and in closing +she earnestly appealed to them to do all they +could for missions.</p> + +<p>“Even be ready to go yourself if God calls +you,” she said. “When I was a little girl in a +mission-band, saving up pennies and learning +about these foreign lands, I never thought that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> +one day I should be going to teach the girls of +one of these countries and try to win them to +Christ. So there may be some among you whom +God will call to this work, and I hope none of +you will slight his call, but be ready to do his +will in this matter as in all others.”</p> + +<p>Marty was very deeply impressed by what +Miss Stevenson said. She thought it would be a +grand thing to go away off as a missionary. She +wondered if God would call her to go. She +hoped he would. Only she would not wish to go +to such a civilized country as Japan; the very +worst part of Africa or the wildest part of Asia +would be what she would choose.</p> + +<p>Her mind was so full of the subject that she +did not want to talk about anything else, or to +talk at all, and was glad that Edith was going to +her aunt Julia's from the meeting, so she could +walk home alone. She concluded that as soon as +she reached home, she would go into her room +and pray that she might be a missionary. Then +she could not wait until she got home, and being +on a quiet street, she slipped behind a tree-box +and offered this little prayer: “Dear Lord, if +missionaries are still needed by the time I grow +up, I pray thee let me be one. For Jesus Christ's +sake. Amen.”</p> + +<p>She walked in home very soberly for her, +and going directly to her mother, asked,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> +“Mamma, should you like me to go away +over the seas and be a missionary?”</p> + +<p>“No, indeed!” said her mother emphatically. +“I should not like it at all. You mustn't think +of such a thing.”</p> + +<p>“But if God calls me to go?” said Marty, with +quivering lip.</p> + +<p>It would be hard, after all, to leave this dear +home. She scarcely knew whether she wanted +her prayer answered or not.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?” inquired Mrs. Ashford, +drawing her on her lap.</p> + +<p>Then Marty told all about the meeting, and +what she had been thinking, and how she had +prayed to be a missionary.</p> + +<p>“I want to be one if God wants me to, but I +don't see how I <i>can</i> go away and leave you all,” +she said, half crying.</p> + +<p>“Well,” said her mother soothingly, seeing +she was trembling with excitement, “we need +not talk about it yet. It will be a long time until +you are old enough or know enough to go. You +will have to go to school many years yet, and +then, perhaps, to college, for you know the better +missionaries are educated the more good they +can do. Then you must learn to make your own +clothes and take care of them, and it is well to +know a good deal about housekeeping also, for +missionaries have to know how to be independent,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> +and be ready for any kind of life. You +would hardly be prepared to go before you are +twenty, anyway, and that is ten years yet.”</p> + +<p>“Nine and a half,” put in Marty.</p> + +<p>“In the meantime you can be doing as much +as possible for missions at home.”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” said Marty, wiping her eyes and looking +comforted, “that's so. We needn't think of +my going away yet, and I s'pose the right way is +to do as Miss Agnes says. She says the best way +in mission work, as in everything else, is just to +do the nearest thing and do it as well as we possibly +can, and then be willing to let God lead us +along from one step to another.”</p> + +<p>“She is certainly right,” said Mrs. Ashford.</p> + +<p>“I have taken some steps since Edith got me +started, haven't I? I've learned a good deal +about missions, and I find it a great deal easier +to give money regularly now than when I began. +Don't you remember how at first I either +wanted to give every cent I had or else not to +give anything? But I found out that wasn't the +best way to do.”</p> + +<p>“And another thing,” said Mrs. Ashford, +“you have been the means of some of the rest +of us taking steps. Seeing how well your systematic +giving is working, I have started in to +do the same way.”</p> + +<p>“Oh! <i>have</i> you, mamma?” exclaimed Marty.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> +“Are you going to have a box for tenths? How +delightful!”</p> + +<p>“No, not a box—my square Russia-leather +pocketbook. And not tenths exactly, but what +you call the New Testament way.”</p> + +<p>“That's just lovely!” said Marty, caressing +her. “I'm so glad. So we'll both be mission +workers the rest of our lives, wont we?”</p> + +<p>“With God's help, we will,” replied her mother.</p> + +<p>“And p'r'aps dear little Freddie will begin, +too, when he gets old enough. You know there +are boy bands. But where is Freddie? He was +here when I came in.”</p> + +<p>Just then a high-pitched little voice from the +next room called, “Whoop! Marty!”</p> + +<p>“There he is. I wonder what sort of a funny +place he's hiding in this time,” said Marty, +laughing and running to see.</p> + +<p>Freddie had taken one of his papa's large +handkerchiefs out of the lower drawer of the bureau, +and spreading it out over his head was +standing in the middle of the room, hiding. +How he laughed when Marty found him!</p> + +<p>Soon after Mrs. Ashford and Marty began +studying the Bible with the help of the concordance, +they agreed that it would be pleasant to +read a chapter together every night before Marty +went to bed. Sometimes she was too sleepy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> +to read more than a few verses, but generally she +tried to get ready in good time so that she would +be wide enough awake to read a whole chapter, +unless it was a very long one.</p> + +<p>They were reading in Luke's Gospel now, +but the evening of this day Marty said,</p> + +<p>“Mamma, mayn't we read that chapter that +has in it, 'Here am I; send me'? Miss Stevenson +read that verse to us to-day when she was +talking about us going, any of us. Do you know +where it is?”</p> + +<p>“I think I can find it pretty easily,” Mrs. +Ashford replied. “I know it is in Isaiah. Here +it is—the sixth chapter.”</p> + +<p>They read it, and the eighth verse coming to +Marty, she read slowly and reverently,</p> + +<p>“Also I heard the voice of the Lord saying, +Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? +Then said I, Here am I; send me.”</p> + +<p>After they had finished reading, she said,</p> + +<p>“I think that is a very hard chapter. The +only verses in it that I understand are this one +where it says, 'Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of +hosts,' and the eighth verse about 'Whom shall +I send?'” </p> + +<p>“Well,” said her mother, “if you understand +those two, they will give you plenty to think of, +and when you are older you will be able to +understand more.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p> + +<p>After a moment's silence Marty said,</p> + +<p>“You were saying a while ago that I'd have +to go to school and learn a great deal before I +could be a missionary. I s'pose I'll have to +study the Bible a great deal too.”</p> + +<p>“Oh, of course. I didn't mention that particularly, +because I took it for granted you would +know that any one who undertakes to show +others the way of life must know the way herself, +and the Bible is the book that points out +that way. You remember Jesus says, 'Search +the Scriptures; they are they which testify of +me.'” </p> + +<p>“But how am I ever to learn? Some people +seem to know just where everything is, all the +verses that explain other verses, and so on. +They can so easily find something in the Old +Testament that exactly fits into something in +the New Testament. I often wonder how they +do it.”</p> + +<p>“They love the Word of God, study it, and +pray over it.”</p> + +<p>“I want to love it too,” said Marty, pressing +her face against the open Bible on her mother's +knee. “Whether I'm a missionary or not, I +want to be a Christian and do some work for the +Lord.”<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<h2><a name="Devotional_Books" id="Devotional_Books"></a><b>Devotional Books.</b></h2> + +<ul> <li>DAILY LIGHT ON THE DAILY PATH. 32mo. Size, 4¾ by 3¼ by +¾ inches.</li> + +<li>Morning or Evening Hour, each, in cloth, 40 cts.; cloth gilt, 50 cts.; +morocco gilt, $1; kid-lined, $3.</li> + +<li>Morning and Evening Hour, <i>combined</i>. 32mo edition. Cloth, 60 cts.; cloth +gilt, 75 cts.; Seal Russia, $1 20; morocco, $1 40; morocco, red and gold +edges, $1 60; seal extra, gold edges, $2; calf, $2; kid-lined, $4.</li> + +<li><span class="smcap">Large Print Edition.</span> 16mo. Size, 5¾ by 4½ ins.</li> + +<li>Morning or Evening Hour, each, cloth gilt, 75 cts.; morocco, gilt, $1.</li> + +<li>Morning and Evening Hour, <i>combined</i>. Morocco gilt, $2; calf, $2 50; +Levant gilt, $3; kid-lined, $5.</li> + +<li>ANCHOR OF THE SOUL. By Dr. Arnot. 24mo. 48 pp. Cloth, 40 cts.; gilt, 60 +cts. Cloth limp, 20 cts.</li> + +<li>BIBLE PRAYERS. By Jonas King, D. D. 32mo. 182 pp. Cloth, 25 cts.</li> + +<li>CHRISTIAN HOME LIFE. 12mo. 299 pp. $1.</li> + +<li>DAILY COMMUNION WITH GOD. By J. R. Boyd, D. D. 18mo. 104 pp. Cloth, 30 +cts.; gilt, 50 cts.; morocco, $1 25.</li> + +<li>DEVOTIONAL THOUGHTS. By D. A. Harsha, M. A. 12mo. 566 pp. 7 portraits. +Cloth, $1 50.</li> + +<li>DROPS FROM THE BROOK BY THE WAY. 24mo. 196 pp. Cloth, 50 cts.</li> + +<li>PASSION FLOWERS. By Rev. C. S. Hageman, D. D. 24mo. Illuminated. 64 pp. +Cloth gilt, 50 cts.</li> </ul> + +<span class="totoc"><a href="#toc">Top</a></span> +<center><i>AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY</i>,<br /><br /> +150 NASSAU ST. and 304 FOURTH AV., NEW YORK.</center> + +<p> </p> +<div class="trans-note"> +<p class="center">Transcriber's note</p> + +<small>The original spelling of "wont" for "won't" was retained.<br /> +<br /> +Punctuation was corrected where appropriate.<br /> +<br /> +Captions for the illustrations were created by the transcriber. +</small></div> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A MISSIONARY TWIG***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 23992-h.txt or 23992-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/3/9/9/23992">http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/9/9/23992</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eff3917 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr_t.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr_t.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0422cb --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill-cover-clr_t.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill000-clr-frontis.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill000-clr-frontis.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb4f2e --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill000-clr-frontis.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill058-clr.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill058-clr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c827167 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill058-clr.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill113-clr.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill113-clr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0624f93 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill113-clr.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/ill158-clr.jpg b/23992-h/images/ill158-clr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7682568 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/ill158-clr.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/p001.jpg b/23992-h/images/p001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ac4646 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/p001.jpg diff --git a/23992-h/images/p003.jpg b/23992-h/images/p003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c122b94 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992-h/images/p003.jpg diff --git a/23992.txt b/23992.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e854b31 --- /dev/null +++ b/23992.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5516 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Missionary Twig, by Emma L. Burnett + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: A Missionary Twig + + +Author: Emma L. Burnett + + + +Release Date: December 25, 2007 [eBook #23992] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A MISSIONARY TWIG*** + + +E-text prepared by David E. Siegel, Marcia Brooks, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 23992-h.htm or 23992-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/3/9/9/23992/23992-h/23992-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/3/9/9/23992/23992-h.zip) + + + + + +A MISSIONARY TWIG. + +by + +EMMA L. BURNETT. + + + + + + + +[Illustration: A Missionary Twig. FRONTISPIECE.] + + +[Illustration: Editor's arm] + + +American Tract Society, +150 Nassau Street, New York. + +Copyright, 1890, +American Tract Society. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER I. + Edith Tries to Explain 5 + + CHAPTER II. + What Mrs. Howell told them 14 + + CHAPTER III. + Marty Gets Started 21 + + CHAPTER IV. + Wholes instead of Tenths 29 + + CHAPTER V. + The Ebony Chair 39 + + CHAPTER VI. + The Empty Box 46 + + CHAPTER VII. + How Missions Helped the Home Folks 54 + + CHAPTER VIII. + "Not in the Good Times" 61 + + CHAPTER IX. + Jennie 72 + + CHAPTER X. + Laura Amelia 82 + + CHAPTER XI. + The Good Shepherd 91 + + CHAPTER XII. + "Now Don't Forget!" 99 + + CHAPTER XIII. + Off to the Mountains 108 + + CHAPTER XIV. + A Plan and a Talk 115 + + CHAPTER XV. + The Mountain Mission-Band 126 + + CHAPTER XVI. + A Flower Sale 135 + + CHAPTER XVII. + Weeding 144 + + CHAPTER XVIII. + The Hotel Missionary Meeting 156 + + CHAPTER XIX. + The Garden Missionary Meeting 166 + + CHAPTER XX. + Cousin Alice's Zenana Work 177 + + CHAPTER XXI. + Rosa Stevenson's Sister 189 + + + + +A MISSIONARY TWIG. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +EDITH TRIES TO EXPLAIN. + + +"I do think Edith is the queerest girl I ever saw in all my life!" said +Marty Ashford. + +"Don't jump up and down behind my chair that way, Marty," said her +mother; "you shake me so that I can scarcely hold my needle. What does +Edith do that is so queer?" + +"Oh, she's always putting ten into things." + +"Putting ten into things?" + +"Yes'm. I mean when she gets any money she always says ten will go into +it so many times, and then she takes a tenth of it--you know we learn +about tenths in fractions at school--and goes and puts it in a blue box +she has." + +"I should call that taking ten out of things." + +"Well, whatever it is, that's what she does. Every time she gets ten +cents she puts one cent in her blue box." + +"What does she do if she only gets five cents?" + +"Oh, she keeps it very carefully till she gets another five, and then +she takes her tenth out of it. And would you believe it, when we were +all at Asbury Park last summer--" + +"Marty," interrupted her mother, "can't you tell me just as well sitting +still? You fidget so that you make me dreadfully nervous. Can't you sit +still?" + +"I don't believe I can, but I'll try real hard," said Marty, crowding +herself into Freddie's little rocking-chair and clasping her arms around +her knees, as if to hold herself still. + +"Well, what about Asbury Park?" Mrs. Ashford asked. + +"Why, when we were at Asbury Park and Edith's father was going to New +York, he gave her a whole dollar to do what she pleased with. Now you +know it would be the easiest thing in the world to spend a dollar there. +I could spend it just as easy as anything." + +"I dare say you could," said Mrs. Ashford, laughing. + +"And any way you know it was vacation, and even if you save tenths other +times you oughtn't to feel as if you must do it in vacation. But Edith +had to go and get her dollar changed and put ten cents of it in the old +blue box." + +"So she would not take a vacation from her tenths?" + +"No, indeed. And the other day when her uncle from Baltimore was here, +he gave her fifty cents, and it would just pay for a perfectly lovely +paintbox that she wants; but she couldn't buy it because five cents of +the fifty was tenths; and now she'll have to wait till she gets some +more money." + +"What does she do with all the money in the blue box?" Mrs. Ashford +inquired. + +"Oh, she gives it to some mission-band!" replied Marty in a tone of +disgust. + +"Is that the mission-band Miss Agnes Walsh wanted you to join?" + +"Yes, ma'am; but I didn't want to take up my Saturdays going to a thing +like that, I'd rather play." + +"Let me see," said Mrs. Ashford, "what is the name of that band?" + +"_Missionary Twigs_," replied Marty. "Funny kind of a name, isn't it?" + +Then presently she said, "I don't think Edith always takes the tenths +out fair; for when her grandma was away lately for six days she paid +Edith three cents a day for watering her plants, and of course that was +eighteen cents. So the tenth was a good deal over one cent and not +quite two, and yet Edith put two cents of it away." + +"I think that was more than fair." + +"Well, I suppose it was," Marty admitted. She actually sat quite still +for two or three minutes thinking, and then asked, + +"Mamma--I never thought of this before but what do you suppose is the +reason she saves _tenths_? Why doesn't she save ninths or elevenths or +something else?" + +"Why don't you ask her?" suggested Mrs. Ashford. + +"I will," exclaimed Marty. "I'll ask her the very next time I go over +there." + +Which was in about five minutes, for Edith lived in the same block and +the little girls were constantly visiting each other. This being +Saturday, of course there was no school. Marty ran in at the side gate +and through the kitchen with a "How do, Mary?" to the cook. Edith heard +her coming and called over the stairs, + +"O Marty, come right up! I was just wishing you would come over and help +me." + +Marty flew up stairs and into the nursery. Edith's dolls were sitting in +a row on the little bureau, some dressed and some undressed, and Edith +was standing in front of them looking very much perplexed. + +"Oh! I'm so glad you've come," she said. "Now you can help me with these +troublesome dolls." + +"What's the matter with them?" + +"Why, we've just heard that Aunt Julia and Fanny are coming to tea this +evening, and of course I want the dolls to look decent. I wouldn't have +Fanny see them in their everyday clothes for anything; and they don't +seem to have enough good clothes to go around." + +"Let's see what they've got," said Marty, plunging into business with +her usual energy. + +"Well," said Edith, "Queenie has her new white Swiss, so she's all +right, and she can have Virginia's surah sash. Louisa Alcott can wear +her black silk skirt and borrow Queenie's blue cashmere waist. But +Harriet has nothing fit for an evening." + +"Let her wear the sailor suit she came in, and say she's just home from +the seaside," suggested Marty, after a moment's meditation. + +"Yes, that will do," replied Edith. "But what about Virginia? Her white +dress is soiled, her red gauze is badly torn, and she can't borrow from +the others because she's so much larger. To be sure she has this pale +blue tea-gown I made myself. Do you think it would be good enough?" and +she held it up doubtfully. + +"No," said Marty candidly, "I don't think it would. It isn't made very +well. It's kind of baggy. Hasn't she anything else?" + +"Nothing but a brown woollen walking dress and a Mother Hubbard +wrapper." + +"Neither of those will do," Marty decided. + +Then she put her finger to her lip and thought. + +A bright idea occurred to her presently. + +"Put her to bed and make believe she's sick. She can wear the best +nightdress, trimmed with lace, and we can put on the ruffled +pillow-cases and fix up the bed real nice." + +"That will be splendid!" cried Edith. "I knew you'd think of something!" + +They went to work on the plans proposed, and soon had the whole family +in presentable condition. So busy were they with the dolls that Marty +would have forgotten the errand she came on, had she not happened to +catch a glimpse of the blue box when Edith opened a drawer. Then she +exclaimed, + +"Oh! Edie, what I came over for was to ask you why you save tenths." + +"Why I do what?" said Edith, wondering. + +"Why you put tenths away in your box. Why don't you save eighths or +ninths or something else?" + +"Because the Bible says tenths," Edith replied. + +"The Bible!" cried Marty. "Does the Bible say anything about saving +tenths for a mission-band?" + +"No, not just that; but it says--wait, I'll get my Bible and show you +what it does say." + +She ran into her room, and bringing her Bible, sat down on a low chair +and eagerly turned the leaves. Marty knelt close beside her, bending +over the book also, so that her brown curls pressed against Edith's wavy +golden hair. + +"Here's one of the verses," said Edith. "Leviticus twenty-seventh +chapter and thirtieth verse: 'And all the tithe of the land, whether of +the seed of the land or of the fruit of the tree, is the Lord's; it is +holy unto the Lord.'" + +"There's nothing about tenths in that," said Marty. + +"Tithes means tenths--the tenth part," Edith explained. + +"Oh! does it? Well, you see, I didn't know." + +"Yes; here it is in the thirty-second verse: 'And concerning the tithe +of the herd or of the flock, even of whatsoever passeth under the rod, +the tenth shall be holy unto the Lord.'" + +"But there's nothing in all that about money," Marty objected. "It's all +fruit and flocks and herds." + +"I know," Edith replied, "but mamma says that flocks and herds and money +are all different kinds of property. The Jews hadn't much money; their +property was flocks and herds and such things. Giving tenths of what +they had for the Lord's service was a very important part of their +religion." + +"Yes, but you are not a Jew," said Marty. "Besides, you give your tenths +to a mission-band." + +"But the mission-band sends the money to a big society that uses it to +send people to tell the heathen about God." + +"Is that what mission-bands are for--to send people to teach the +heathen?" asked Marty. + +"Yes, and to tell us about the heathen, so that we shall want to send +the gospel to them," said Edith. "Giving to help teach people about God +is giving to him, isn't it?" + +"And does the Bible say that everybody must give tenths?" asked Marty. + +"No," said Edith, "there is another plan in the New Testament. Mamma +says that it is good for older people, but for little children who +haven't good judgment, the Jewish plan of giving tenths is better." + +"It must be pretty hard to have to give some of your money away, whether +you want to or not," said Marty. + +"Oh! but I always want to," Edith declared. "The longer I do this way +the better I like it." + +"Well," remarked Marty consolingly, "a tenth isn't much any way; you'd +hardly miss it. Neither would the Jews, for I guess they were pretty +rich." + +"Oh! the tenth wasn't all they gave, and it isn't all I give. For me it +is just the--the--beginning, the _sure_ thing. The Jews had other ways +of giving--first-fruits and thank-offerings and praise-offerings and +free-will-offerings. And sometimes I give thank-offerings and +praise-offerings too, but they are extra; the tenths I give always." + +"It's all dreadfully mixed up," said poor Marty. + +"I suppose it is, the way I tell it," Edith candidly admitted. "Let us +go and get mamma to tell you, the way she told me." + +Marty willingly agreed, and they went into the sitting-room where Mrs. +Howell was sewing. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +WHAT MRS. HOWELL TOLD THEM. + + +"Mamma," cried Edith, "I've been trying to tell Marty about tenths and +offerings, and why I give my money that way, but I can't do it so that +she can understand. Wont you tell her, and show her some of the verses +you showed me?" + +"Good-morning, Marty," said Mrs. Howell pleasantly to the little girl +who ran to kiss her. "What is it you don't understand?" + +"I don't quite understand why the Jews gave tenths, nor why Edith has to +do what the Jews did." + +"Well, bring your Bible, Edith, and give Marty mine, and I will show you +some of the passages about giving. The first mention in the Bible of +giving tithes to the Lord is when Jacob was at Bethel." + +"Wasn't that when he slept on a stone pillow, and had the beautiful +dream of angels going up and down a ladder that reached to heaven?" +Edith asked. + +"Yes; and you remember the Lord appeared to him in the dream, and +promised to be with him wherever he went. And Jacob made a vow to the +Lord, in which he said, 'And of all that thou shalt give me, I will +surely give the tenth unto thee.' You will find it all in the +twenty-eighth chapter of Genesis." + +"Yes," said Marty, after turning the leaves a few minutes. "Here it is: +I never noticed it before." + +"Then," Mrs. Howell went on, "you know when God brought the children of +Israel out of Egypt into the promised land, he gave them a great many +laws, for they were just like children, and had to be told exactly what +to do on every occasion. Among other things he told them how to give. +Edith, find the eighteenth chapter of Numbers and the twenty-first +verse." + +Edith found the place and read, "And behold, I have given the children +of Levi all the tenth in Israel for an inheritance, for the service +which they serve, even the service of the tabernacle of the +congregation." + +"Why should the children of Levi have it?" asked Marty. + +"Because the tribe of Levi was set apart for the service of God in the +tabernacle, and afterward the temple, and had no 'inheritance' of land +to till and pasture flocks upon like the other tribes; so the rest of +the nation was instructed to provide for them. So you see these tithes +were for what we should call the support of the gospel; and Levi was the +ministering tribe." + +Then Mrs. Howell showed the children passages in Second Chronicles and +Nehemiah where bringing tithes is spoken of, and in Malachi where the +people are rebuked for not bringing them. Then she bade them turn to +places in the Gospels of Matthew and Luke where our Saviour commends the +giving of tithes, though he says that there are "weightier matters of +the law, judgment, mercy, and faith." + +"But tithes were not all the Israelites gave," Mrs. Howell resumed, +after the little girls had read the verses. "They gave in many other +ways. Let me take that Bible a moment, Marty. Here in Deuteronomy, +twelfth chapter and sixth verse, you see that many things are mentioned +besides tithes--vows and free-will-offerings and the firstlings of the +herds and of the flocks. Then at their feast times, three times in the +year, they were told, in the sixteenth chapter of the same book, the +sixteenth and seventeenth verses, that every man was to give as he was +able." + +"Seems to me they must have been giving all the time," observed Marty. + +"Yes, it has been estimated that a truly devout Jew gave away about a +third of his income. That is more than three-tenths, you know. Giving +freely to the Lord's service and to the poor was part of a Jew's +religion." + +"That's what Edith says," Marty remarked. "'Tisn't part of ours, is it?" + +"Oh, yes it is," said Mrs. Howell, smiling a little; "though perhaps not +as much as it should be. All through the Bible we are taught the duty of +giving, and though, of course, those particular directions in the Old +Testament were intended especially for the Jews, we may learn from them +that the best way of giving is to give systematically." + +"What do you mean by systematically?" asked Marty. + +"I mean not giving just when we happen to feel particularly interested +in some object, or when we don't want the money for something else, but +having some plan about it and giving regularly, intelligently, and, +above all, prayerfully." + +"Tell Marty the New Testament plan for giving, mamma," Edith requested. + +"St. Paul tells the Corinthians in the sixteenth chapter and second +verse of the first epistle: 'Upon the first day of the week let every +one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him.' You see that +is somewhat different from tenths. No particular portion is mentioned, +but we are to regularly set aside for religious purposes as much as we +can afford, and the amount is to be increased as our means increase." + +"Why doesn't Edith do that way?" Marty inquired. + +"When she is older and better able to judge how much she ought to give, +she may adopt that plan. But it is simpler and easier just to give a +tenth, and it is well for little people who are learning to have a plain +and easy rule to go by." + +"And why does Edith give her tenths to foreign missionary work instead +of to something else?" asked Marty. + +This led to a long talk about the duty of obeying Christ's last command +to carry the gospel to all nations; and Mrs. Howell explained how +missionary societies are trying to obey this command, and how important +it is that Christians should be very prompt and regular with their +contributions, so that the good work may not be hindered. + +"You see," said Mrs. Howell, "in order to send the gospel to these +far-away people, we must send missionaries to them. There is no other +way, while there are a good many ways in which even children may help +people near by. For instance, they can persuade other children to go to +church and Sunday-school. And then they can be kind to the poor, and +can help them in other ways beside giving money to them. Edith mends her +old toys for poor children. She keeps her bright cards and picture books +as nice as possible, and when done with them carries them to the +Children's Hospital or to the Almshouse; and she is very careful of her +clothes, so that when she has outgrown them they will do for poor little +girls. There are children now down town going to Sunday-school in her +clothes. So you see that even if your money goes to the missionary work, +you need not neglect other ways of doing good." + +"I think it's grand!" said Marty with long-drawn breath. "I've a great +mind to begin trying to do somebody some good, and not keep everything +myself. I have a dime every week to do what I please with, and sometimes +I get other money besides." + +"I am sure you would find a great deal of satisfaction in helping +others," said Mrs. Howell. + +"Mrs. Howell," asked Marty, after studying the verse in First +Corinthians for some time, "what does it mean about laying by in store +the first day of the week?" + +"The first day of the week is the Sabbath, and that is a fitting time to +consider how God has prospered you and to lay aside your offering." + +"I think if I had a box and saved tenths I'd like to do that way," said +Marty. "I suppose papa could give me my dime just as well Saturday as +Monday. I do believe I'd like to belong to that band and give some money +to send Bibles and teachers to the heathen." + +"Oh! do, do join our mission-band," urged Edith. "You'll like it ever so +much," and she went on so enthusiastically telling how delightful it +was, that Marty at once decided, if her mamma approved, she would "join" +at the very next meeting. Of course she could not have been so +constantly with Edith without already having heard much about the band, +but she had never been so interested in it as this morning, and was now +very anxious to go to the meeting the coming Saturday. + +"I'll run right home and ask mamma," she said. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +MARTY GETS STARTED. + + +"O Mamma!" cried Marty, bursting into her mother's room, "may I have--" + +Then she stopped suddenly, for she saw her mother was sitting in the +rocking-chair with Freddie in her arms, evidently trying to put him to +sleep. He looked around when Marty came in so noisily, and Mrs. Ashford +said, in a vexed tone, + +"O Marty! why do you rush in that way? I have been trying for half an +hour to put Freddie to sleep, and have just got him to lay his head +down." + +"Now I will lay my head up," Freddie announced, and sat up with his eyes +as wide open as if he never meant to go to sleep in his life. + +"I'm so sorry, mamma," said Marty, "but I didn't know he'd be going to +sleep at this time." + +"It is sooner than usual, but he seemed so sleepy and was so fretful, I +thought I would just give him his dinner early, and put him to sleep +before our lunch." + +"Maybe he will lie on the bed with me, and go to sleep that way, as he +did the other day," suggested Marty, who was always very ready to make +amends for any mischief she had caused. "Wont Freddie come and lie down +beside sister?" + +"No, no, no!" said Freddie, shaking his curly head and pushing Marty +away with his foot. + +"I'll tell you a pretty story," said Marty coaxingly. + +"No, no," said the little boy. + +"Pretty story about the three bears." + +At this mention of his favorite story Freddie began to relent, and +presently stretched out his arms to Marty. Mrs. Ashford put him on the +bed, and he cuddled up to Marty while she told him the thrilling story +of the Great Huge Bear, the Middle-sized Bear, and the Little Small Wee +Bear; but long before she came to the place where little Silver Hair was +found, Freddie was fast asleep. + +"What were you going to ask me, Marty?" inquired her mamma, when they +were seated at lunch. + +"Oh, yes!" said Marty, in her excitement laying down her fork and +twisting her napkin. "I was going to ask you if I might have a box to +put tenths in, and if I mayn't belong to the mission-band." + +"I thought you didn't want to belong to the band." + +"Well, I didn't before, but I do now. I didn't know till this morning +how nice it is. Mrs. Howell and Edith have been telling me all about +giving money systematically, and showing me verses in the Bible; and so +I thought I'd like to give some of my money, and go with Edith to the +mission meeting next Saturday, if you will let me." + +"Of course you may go if you wish." + +"And may I have a box to put my money in?" + +"Yes." + +"Where shall I get it?" + +"I'll give you one," said Mrs. Ashford, laughing. "Will that cardinal +and gilt one of mine be suitable for the purpose?" + +"_Will_ you give me that beauty? Thank you ever so much," and Marty flew +around the table to kiss her mother. + +When they went up stairs Mrs. Ashford got out the pretty box, and, at +Marty's desire, wrote on the bottom of it, "Martha Ashford," and the +date. Marty, after excessively admiring and rejoicing over it, made a +place for it in the corner of one of her drawers. Then she consulted her +mother how to begin with the tenths. + +"I haven't any of this week's money left," she said--in fact she seldom +had any of her weekly allowance over--"but I have twenty-seven cents of +my Christmas money yet. Had I better take a tenth of that, or wait and +begin with my next ten cents?" + +Her mother thought it would be best, perhaps, to keep the twenty-seven +cents for "emergencies," and begin the tenths with the next week's +money. + +"But one penny will be very little to take to the meeting," said Marty. +"How would it do to put in two more as a thank-offering for something or +other?" + +"That is a very good idea." + +In the evening her father came in for his share of the requests. + +"Papa," she asked, "would you just as soon give me my ten cents this +evening as Monday?" + +"Certainly," he replied, taking a dime out of his pocket. "What's going +on this evening?" + +"Oh, nothing's going on, but I've begun to have a box for missionary +money--that lovely cardinal one of mamma's with gilt spots on it--and +I'm going to put tenths and offerings in it and take them to the +mission-band to help send missionaries to the heathen." + +"Well, that's good. But what are you going to do about candy and such +things?" + +"Oh, I don't put all my money in the box; just some of it. I'm going to +learn to give--what was it I told you mamma?" + +"Systematically?" + +"Yes, ma'am, that's it. You know, papa, that means giving just so much +of your money and giving it at a certain time and never forgetting to +give it. That's the reason I wanted my ten cents now, so that I can put +some of it in the box to-morrow morning. And, O papa! would it trouble +you to give it to me all in pennies?" + +"Not at all," said her father gravely, and he counted out ten pennies, +taking back the dime. "Now how much of that goes in the cardinal box?" + +"One penny for tenths and two as a thank-offering, because I'm thankful +that I've got started. So to-morrow morning three pennies will rattle +into the box." + +"Why to-morrow?" + +"Because it's the first day of the week. That's the New Testament plan, +'lay by in store on the first day of the week.'" + +Then she climbed on her father's knee and told him all her day's +experience. He approved of her plans and said he hoped she would be able +to carry them out. + +"I think," he said, "it is a very good thing for small folks to learn to +spend their money wisely, and a better thing to learn to be willing to +share the good they have with those not so well off. But you will have +to watch yourself very carefully, for it wont be so easy to do all this +when the novelty wears off as it is now." + +"Oh! I'm always going to do this way," said Marty very determinedly, +"all my life." + +She always entered with heart and soul into whatever interested her, and +all that week she could hardly think of anything but the mission-band +and the money she was saving for it. By Wednesday she had dropped two +more pennies into the box--a free-will-offering she told her mother--and +did not spend a cent for anything, though one of her dolls was really +suffering for a pink sash. + +She was a great deal of the time with Edith, who gave her the most +glowing accounts of what they did at the band--how they had recitations +and dialogues and items, how they made aprons and kettle-holders and +sold them, and how Miss Agnes read most interesting missionary stories +to them while they sewed. She also told of a beautiful letter the +secretary, Mary Cresswell, had written to the lady missionary in the +school in Lahore, India, which the Twigs supported, and how they were +anxiously looking for a reply. Miss Agnes said they must not expect a +reply very soon, for missionaries were very busy people and had not +much time for letter-writing. But the girls thought that Mrs. C----, the +missionary, would be so pleased with Mary's letter she would certainly +make time to write, at least a tiny answer. + +"Does the band support a whole school?" Marty inquired in surprise. "It +must take a lot of money." + +"What we do is to pay the teacher's salary, and that's only about twenty +or twenty-five dollars a year," Edith replied. "You see it's this kind +of a school: the missionary ladies rent a little room for a school and +hire a native teacher, somebody perhaps who attends one of the mission +churches." + +"But how can any one afford to teach for so little money?" + +"Oh, that's a good deal for them, for the natives of those countries can +live on very little, Miss Agnes says. So the missionaries sometimes have +a good many of these schools in different parts of the city, and they +visit each one every two or three days to see how the children are +getting on and to give them religious instruction. Miss Agnes says in +that way the missionaries can do something for a great many children, +and the more money we bands send to pay teachers the more of these +little schools there may be." + +Marty could hardly wait for Saturday to come. She asked her mother to +select a verse for her to say at the meeting. + +"For Edith says they all repeat verses when their names are called." + +Her mother chose this one for her: "The silver is mine, and the gold is +mine, saith the Lord of hosts." + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +WHOLES INSTEAD OF TENTHS. + + +When Marty came home from the meeting the next Saturday evening, and +entered the sitting-room in her usual whirlwind style, she found her +father there having a romp with Freddie. + +"Why, here is little sister! Well, missy, where have you been?" he +asked. + +"Why, papa!" exclaimed Marty reproachfully. "To the mission meeting, of +course. I told you this morning I was going." + +"So you did; and you have told me every morning this week that this was +the important day. I don't know how I came to forget it. Well, how did +you like the meeting?" + +"Oh, ever so much! I heard a great many sad things." + +"That's a new reason for liking a thing," said her father. + +"I mean," replied Marty, "I liked it because it was so nice and +interesting, but I did hear some sad things. Don't you think it's sad to +hear of a little school in one of those big, bad Chinese cities, where +the children were beginning to learn about Jesus, being broken up +because the folks in this country don't send money enough to pay a +teacher? And it would only take a little money, too." + +"That is certainly very sad." + +"Yes; and Miss Agnes told us of other schools that have to send the +girls and boys away because there isn't possibly room for them, and +there is no money to make the buildings larger. I asked her why the big +society in this country--the one where the money from all the bands is +sent, you know--didn't just take hold and build plenty of schools, so +that all the heathen children might be taught; and she said that the +Board--that's the big society--has no money to send but what the +churches and Sunday-schools give them, and lately they haven't been +giving enough to build all the schools that are wanted. Isn't it awful!" + +"A very sad state of affairs," said Mr. Ashford, but he could hardly +help smiling a little at Marty's profound indignation. + +"I should think the people in this country couldn't sit still and see +things going on in such a way," she said. "Why, do you know, Miss Agnes +says there are places where the poor people are asking for missionaries, +and there are none to send, because there's not money enough to support +them. I should think that people would just go and take all their money +out of the banks and send it to the Board. Then there would be so much +money pouring in that the Board would have to sit up nights to count +it." + +"No, no; that wouldn't do," said her father. "Little girls don't +understand these matters." + +"Well, but, papa," she said, coming close to him, dragging her coat +after her by one sleeve, "don't you think if everybody were to give as +the Lord has prospered them, there would be nearly enough money to do +the right thing by the heathen?" + +"Yes, there's something in that," answered Mr. Ashford, looking with a +queer kind of a smile at his wife, over Marty's head. "But you can't +compel every one to do what is right. All you can do is to attend to +your own contributions." + +"Well," said Marty, half crying in her earnestness, "I started out to +give tenths; but as long as there are so many heathen, and so few +missionaries, I'm going to give halves or wholes. I can't stand tenths." + +And she marched off and put every cent she had in the red box. When she +got her weekly allowance, that also went in. Her mother suggested that +she would better not give all her money away at once. + +"I think," she said, "it would be much better to do as you started to +do, and not give in that impulsive way." + +But Marty was sure she should not regret it, and declared she was going +to give every bit of money she ever should have to send missionaries to +the heathen. She was very full of ardor for about two days, though on +Monday something occurred that made her feel very bad. She was playing +with Freddie in the morning, and when schooltime came he began to +whimper, and holding her dress, pleaded, + +"Don't go, Marty; play wis me." + +She was very fond of her little brother, and proud that he seemed to +think more of her than he did of any one else, so she was usually quite +gentle with him. She now petted him and coaxed him to let her go, saying +when she came home she would bring him a pretty little sponge cake. She +often brought these tasty little cakes to Freddie, and he considered +them a great treat. The prospect of one quite satisfied him, and after +many last kisses he let her go peaceably. + +On the way home from school she stopped at the bakery, and it was not +until the cake was selected and wrapped up that she remembered she had +no money. It was all in her missionary box. + +"Oh! I can't take it after all," she said regretfully. "I forgot I have +no money." + +"That makes no difference at all," said the kindly German woman, who +knew Marty, as Mrs. Ashford generally dealt at the shop: "you take it +all the same, and bring the penny to-morrow--any day." + +"No, thank you, mamma wouldn't like me to do that," answered Marty, +hastening out to hide her tears. She was so sorry for Freddie's +disappointment; and disappointed he was, for he had a good memory and +immediately asked for his cake. Then there was a great crying scene, for +Marty cried as heartily as he did, and their mamma had to comfort them +both. + +"I think, mamma," said Marty, when Freddie had condescended to eat a +piece of another kind of cake and quiet was restored, "I think, after +all, I'll not put _every_ cent of my money in the box, but will keep a +little to buy things for dear little Freddie--and you," giving her +mother a squeeze. + +"That will be best," said Mrs. Ashford. "I know you enjoy bringing us +things sometimes." + +This was quite true. Marty was very generous, and nothing pleased her +more than to bring home some modest dainty, such as her small purse +would buy, and share it with everybody in the house, not forgetting +Katie in the kitchen. + +But her penniless condition brought her a harder time yet. The next day +in school a sudden recollection flashed upon her that nearly took her +breath away. She could hardly wait until school was dismissed to race +home to her mother, to whom she managed to gasp, + +"Oh, mamma! next Friday is Cousin Alice's birthday!" + +"Is it?" said Mrs. Ashford calmly. "What then?" + +"Why, you know that letter-rack of silver cardboard that I have been +making for her birthday, and counted so on giving her, isn't finished." + +"It is all ready but the ribbon, isn't it? It wont take long to finish. +I will make the bows for you." + +"But the ribbon isn't bought yet, and I haven't got a cent!" exclaimed +Marty despairingly. + +There were two very strict rules in connection with the money Marty +received each week. One was she was never to ask for it in advance, and +the other that she was not to borrow from any one, expecting to pay when +she got her dime. If she spent all her money the first of the week, she +had to do without things, no matter how badly she wanted them, till the +next allowance came in. This was to teach her foresight and carefulness, +her father said. Now she had no money and no expectation of any until +Saturday, when the birthday would be over. Of course there was all the +money in the red box, but she did not dream of touching that. It was +just as much missionary money as if it was already in the hands of the +Board that Miss Agnes talked about. + +"If I had any ribbon that would suit," said Mrs. Ashford, "I would give +it to you; but I haven't. Besides, for a present it would be better to +have new ribbon. How much would it cost?" + +"Rosa Stevenson paid eight cents a yard for hers, and it takes a yard +and a half--narrow ribbon, you know." + +"Then you will want twelve cents. I am sorry I cannot lend you the +money, but it is against the rule, you know." + +"Yes, ma'am, I know," Marty replied sorrowfully. + +She was sadly disappointed, as she had been looking forward for several +weeks to the time when she should have the pleasure of presenting the +nicely-made letter-rack to her cousin. She did not grudge the money she +had devoted to missions; she would like to have given much more if she +could; but she began to see that Edith's way of giving according to +system was the best. She was still very much interested in the heathen, +but they seemed a little farther off than on Saturday, while Cousin +Alice and the letter-rack now absorbed most of her thoughts. She stood +dolefully gazing out the window, not paying any attention to Freddie's +invitation to come and play cable cars. + +"Well, cheer up!" said her mother. "We will find some way out of the +difficulty. You try to think of some plan to get twelve cents, and so +will I. Between us we ought to devise something." + +Marty brightened up instantly and looked eagerly at her mother, sure +that relief was coming immediately. "What is your plan, mamma?" she +asked. + +"Oh! I didn't say I had one yet," said Mrs. Ashford, laughing. "You must +give me time to think; and you must think yourself." + +That was all she would say then, and Marty spent a very restless +afternoon and evening trying to think of some way to earn or save that +money, but could think of nothing that would bring it in time for +Friday. At bedtime her mother inquired, "Have you got a plan yet?" + +"No, indeed. I can't think of a thing," answered Marty, nearly as +doleful as ever. + +"How do you like this plan?" said Mrs. Ashford. "I have some rags up in +the storeroom that I want picked over, the white separated from the +colored, and if you will do it to-morrow afternoon, I will give you +fifteen cents." + +"Oh, I'll do it! I'll do it!" cried Marty in delight, kissing her +mother. "You're the best mamma that ever was!" + +"It is not pleasant work, and will probably take all your playtime," +cautioned her mother. + +"Oh! I don't mind that," said Marty. + +So, although the next afternoon was remarkably pleasant, and it would +have been delightful to be playing with her sled in the snow-heaped +little park near by, where the other girls were, she very cheerfully +spent it in the dull storeroom with an old calico wrapper over her +dress, sorting rags. There were a good many to do--though she candidly +said she didn't think there was more than fifteen cents' worth--and she +got pretty tired. Katie offered to help, but Marty heroically refused, +and earned her money fairly. + +The letter-rack was completed in good time, and presented. Cousin Alice +said it was the very prettiest of all her gifts, besides being extremely +useful. + +"Mamma," said Marty that evening, "I believe after all I'll go back to +Edith's plan of giving 'tenths' and 'offerings' to missions." + +"I think that would be the better way," said her mother. + +"Not that I'm tired of the heathen or the mission-band, or of giving, +you know, but just because--" + +"Yes, I understand," said her mother, as she hesitated; "you are just as +much interested in the matter as ever, but you now see that there are +more ways than one of doing good with money, and that it is better to +give systematically, as Mrs. Howell says. Then you know what you are +doing, and I dare say, taking it all in all, you will give more that way +than by giving a good deal one time and nothing at all another." + +"Oh! I'll _never_ come to the time when I wont give anything," Marty +declared emphatically. + +And she then truly believed she never should. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE EBONY CHAIR. + + +For a few weeks everything went smoothly. Marty attended the meetings of +the band, in which she took great interest, and put two or three pennies +in her box every Sunday morning. But there came a time when she began to +find it hard to give even that much. There seemed to be so many little +things she wanted, and it was just the season of the year when she had +very few presents of money. She generally got some on her birthday, in +August, and again at Christmas; but as she could not keep money very +well, that was soon spent, and during the latter part of the winter she +was very poor. Once or twice nothing went in the box but the strict +tenth, and once she had a hard struggle with herself before even that +went in; in fact, she had a very bad time altogether. It was all owing +to a tiny chair. + +"O girls!" exclaimed Hattie Green, one day at recess, "have you seen +those lovely chairs in Harrison's window?" + +"What chairs?" inquired the girls. + +"Oh, such lovely little dolls' chairs! Carved, you know, and with +_beautiful_ red cushions. I came by there this morning, and that's the +reason I was late at school, I stopped so long to look at those cunning +chairs." + +"Let's all go home that way," suggested Marty, "and then we can see +them." + +"All right," said Hattie. + +So after school quite a crowd went around by Harrison's toy-store to see +the wonderful chairs. + +There they were, rather small, to be sure, but ebony--at least they +looked like ebony--and crimson satin. The girls were in raptures with +them. + +"They are beauties!" cried Edith. + +"How I should love to have one!" said Marty. + +"I wonder how much they are," said Rosa Stevenson. + +"You go in and ask, Rosa," said Edith. + +"Yes, do, do," urged the others. + +Rosa went, and came back with the information that they were twelve +cents apiece. + +"Well, that isn't so much," said Edith. "I think I can afford to get +one. I'll see when I go home." + +"I know I have enough money to buy one," said Rosa, "but I never buy +anything without asking mamma about it first." + +"She'll let you get it," said Edith. + +"Oh, you girls always have some money saved up, and I never have," +sighed Marty. "And I do want one of those chairs so badly." + +"So do I," said Hattie, "and I haven't any money either, but I'm going +to tease mamma night and day till she gives me twelve cents." + +"It's no use to tease my mamma," said Marty. "If she wont let me do a +thing, she wont, and that's the end of it. But of course I'll tell her +about the chairs, and see what she says. Maybe she'll let me have one." + +As soon as she reached home Marty gave her mother a glowing description +of the chairs, winding up with, + +"And, O mamma! I do want one awfully." + +"But you have so many playthings already, Marty," objected her mother. +"Just look at those closet shelves! Besides, you got a complete set of +dolls' furniture Christmas." + +"Oh, I know I don't _need_ another chair at all, but those red ones are +so cunning, and one would look so well mixed in among my blue ones. I +should _love_ to have one." + +"I am sorry your mind is so set on it," said Mrs. Ashford, "for I +dislike to have you disappointed, but when you have so many playthings, +I really don't feel like giving you money, even if it is only a +trifle." + +"May I buy a chair if I have money enough of my own?" Marty asked. + +"Oh, yes--if you wish to spend your money that way; but I would rather +save it for something else if I were you." + +Marty had no very clear idea where "money of her own" was to come from +just at that time, but thought it possible the necessary amount might +appear before the chairs were all sold. + +The next morning Rosa and Edith came to school with money to buy chairs, +and at recess all their special friends went with them to Harrison's to +make the purchase. When Marty had a nearer view of the chairs and +handled them, she was more anxious than ever to possess one. This +anxiety increased as the days passed and the chairs gradually +disappeared. + +Nobody gave her any money and her mother did not offer her any more +"paid" work. She was very, very sorry that she had spent all of her +allowance on Monday morning--at least all but two cents and the one in +the red box. That, of course, she took with her to the meeting Saturday +afternoon. + +Saturday evening she received her next week's supply, and that, with the +two cents she had over, was exactly enough to get the longed-for toy. +But one cent was tenths. + +"That just spoils the whole thing," she said to herself. "I might as +well have none at all as only eleven cents." + +Then she wondered if it would not do to borrow that tenth. She had not +thought of taking out any of the money when she was in such straits +about Cousin Alice's ribbon, but this seemed different. It was only one +penny, and she was sure of being able to replace it. + +But borrowing was against the rule, and it must be especially wrong to +borrow missionary money. She felt ashamed and her cheeks burned when the +thought came to her. + +"I s'pose I'll have to give up the chair," she sighed; "at least unless +I get a little more money somehow. I wish papa wasn't so strict about +borrowing. A penny wouldn't be much to borrow." + +Sunday morning she took out her money and counted it over again very +carefully. Yes, there was exactly twelve cents. Then she slowly took up +one cent to drop in the box. As she did so the temptation to borrow it +came again. + +"No, I wont do that," she said resolutely, but after looking at the +penny for a while, concluded not to put it in the box until after she +came from Sunday-school. + +After Sunday-school she tried it again, but still hesitated. + +"I'll wait till bedtime," she thought. + +By bedtime she had decided not to put it in at all. + +"I b'lieve I'll borrow it. It wont do any harm to let the box go empty +for one week. I'll get the chair to-morrow, and make the tenth all right +next Sunday." + +So she got into bed and covered herself up, but she could not go to +sleep. She tossed and tumbled for what seemed to her a long time. "It's +all because that penny isn't in the box," she thought. Finally she could +stand it no longer. She got up, and feeling around in the drawer, found +the penny and put it in the box. Then she went to bed, and was soon +asleep. + +Having decided she could not have what she so ardently desired, Marty +should have kept out of the way of temptation, but every day she went to +look at the chairs, and seeing them, she continued to want one. By +Thursday they were all gone but two, and Hattie triumphantly announced +that at last her mamma had given her money to buy one. Then Marty felt +that she _must_ have the other. + +When she had her wraps on that afternoon ready to go out to play, she +went to the missionary box, and, with hands trembling in her excitement, +took out the solitary penny. Then without stopping to think she ran down +stairs. Just as she was opening the street-door she repented, and after +meditating a while in the vestibule, standing first on one foot and then +on the other, she slowly retraced her steps and put the penny back. + +"Now it's safe," she said. "I'll just dash out without it, and of course +when I haven't got it, I can't spend it." + +She dashed about half way, when all at once the vision of the lovely +chair rose up before her, and the desire to possess it was greater than +ever. She stopped again to think, and the result was, she returned and +got the penny--it was not quite so hard to take it out the second time +as it was the first--and started for the street once more. + +Perhaps she might have repented and gone back again, had not her mother, +who was entertaining some ladies in the parlor, called to her, "Marty, +don't race up and down stairs so," and then Marty went out with the +penny in her hand. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE EMPTY BOX. + + +So the chair was bought and Marty tried to think she was perfectly +satisfied, but it was strange how little she cared for it after all. She +showed her purchase to her mother, who said it was quite pretty, but not +very substantial; that she feared it would not last long. + +Marty put it in her dolls' house and played with it, trying hard to +enjoy it, but her conscience was so ill at ease that she soon began to +hate the sight of the chair, and by Friday evening she had pushed it +away back on the shelf behind everything. The sight of the red box, too, +was more than she could stand, it seemed to look so reproachfully at +her; even after she had laid one of her white aprons over it she +disliked to open the drawer. + +There was a special meeting of the band that Saturday, as they were +getting ready for their anniversary. No contributions were expected, so +that it did not matter about Marty having no money; but she was feeling +so low-spirited and ashamed that she simply could not go among the +others nor take part in missionary exercises. + +"Are you going for Edith this afternoon or is she coming for you?" +inquired Mrs. Ashford. + +"I'm not going to the meeting," replied Marty in a low voice. "I told +Edith I wasn't going." + +"Not going!" exclaimed Mrs. Ashford in surprise. "Why, you are not tired +of it already, are you?" + +"No, ma'am," Marty answered, "but I don't want to go to-day." + +Mrs. Ashford thought perhaps Marty and Edith had had a little falling +out, though it must be said they very seldom quarreled; or that Marty +was beginning to tire a little of her new enterprise, for she was rather +in the habit of taking things up with great energy and soon becoming +weary of them. Mrs. Ashford had not expected her missionary enthusiasm +to last very long; and as she herself was not at that time much +interested in such matters, she was not prepared to keep up Marty's +zeal, but was inclined to allow her to go on with the work or give it +up, just as she chose, as she did in matters of less importance. + +However, Mrs. Ashford knew that, whatever the trouble was, it would all +come out sooner or later, for Marty always told her everything. So she +merely said, + +"Well, as it is so bleak to-day and you have a cold, perhaps it would +be just as well for you not to go out." + +Marty, disinclined to play, took one of her "Bessie Books" and sat down +by the window. Though so cheerless out-doors, with the wind whistling +among the leafless trees and blowing the dust about, that sitting room +was certainly very cosey and pleasant. + +Marty's "pretty mamma," as she often called her, in her becoming +afternoon gown of soft, dark red stuff, sat in a low rocker in front of +the bright fire busy with her embroidery and softly singing as she +worked. Freddie, on the rug at her feet, played quietly with a string of +buttons. The only sounds in the room were Mrs. Ashford's murmured song +and an occasional chirp from the canary. But all at once this cheerful +quietness was broken by loud sobbing. + +Poor Marty had been so unhappy the last two days, and now added to what +she felt to be the meanness of appropriating that missionary penny, was +the disappointment of not being at the meeting, for she was longing to +be there, though not feeling fit to go. Besides, it was a great load on +her mind that she had not told her mamma how she got the chair, nor what +was the reason she did not want to go to the meeting. And now she could +endure her wretchedness no longer. + +"What's the matter, Marty?" exclaimed Mrs. Ashford, much startled. "Are +you ill? Is your throat sore? Come here and tell me what ails you?" + +"Oh, mamma, I'm very, very wicked," sobbed Marty, and running to her +mother's arms she tried to tell her troubles, but cried so that she +could not be understood. + +"Never mind, never mind," said her mother soothingly. "Wait until you +can stop crying and then tell me all about it." + +Freddie was dreadfully distressed to see his sister in such a state and +did all he could to comfort her, bringing her his horse-reins and a +whole lapful of building-blocks, and was rather surprised that they did +not have the desired effect. + +When Marty became quieter she told the whole story of the dolls' chair +and the missionary penny. "That's the reason I didn't want to go to the +meeting," she said. "I don't feel fit to 'sociate with good missionary +children. I'm so sorry and so ashamed. I wish I had let the penny stay +in the box and the chair stay in the store." + +"We cannot undo what is done," said her mother gravely. "We can only +make all possible amends and try to do better in future. You can replace +the penny this evening, and this lesson you have had may teach you to +be more self-denying. You know you cannot spend all your money for +trifles and yet have some to give away. If you want to give you must +learn to do without some things. But, Marty, if it is going to be so +difficult to devote some of your money to missions, you had better just +give up the attempt and go back to your old way of doing." + +"Oh, no, no!" exclaimed Marty earnestly. "Please let me try again. I +know I'll do better now, and I do want to help in missionary work." + +"Well," said Mrs. Ashford, "just as you wish. I don't like to see you +beginning things and giving them up so soon, but at the same time I +don't think you need feel obliged to give to these things whether you +want to or not." + +"Oh, but I do want to ever so much," Marty protested. + +She felt better after telling her mother all about the matter, and now +was quite ready to brighten up and start afresh. The next morning +besides dropping in two pennies for tenths she put in another, which she +said was a "sorry" offering, but did not know the Bible name for it. She +would have liked to make amends by putting in the whole ten cents, but +her mother would not allow it. + +"Things would soon be as bad as ever," were her warning words, "if +that's the way you are going to do. The next thing you will want to +take some of it out, as you did the penny for the chair." + +"No, no, mamma! I don't b'lieve I ever _could_ be so mean again," Marty +declared. + +"I don't believe either that you would do it again. But you will +certainly save yourself a great deal of worry, and will be likely to do +more good in the work you have begun, by following Mrs. Howell's advice +of having a plan of giving and keeping to it." + +"Well, I'm going to try that way in real earnest now," said Marty; "but +I wish it was as easy for me to be steady about things as it is for +Edith. She never seems to get into trouble over her tenths." + +A few days after this, when she was spending the afternoon with Edith, +Marty told Mrs. Howell what a time she had had, and added, + +"Doesn't it seem strange that I can't give my money regularly?" + +"Perhaps," suggested Mrs. Howell, "you have not asked God to help you in +your new enterprise." + +"Why, no, I haven't," replied Marty. "I never thought of it." + +"My dear child, we are nothing in our own strength. We should always ask +God to help us, in what we attempt, and ask for his blessing. Unless he +blesses our work, it cannot prosper." + +"But I don't know how to ask him," said Marty, speaking softly. "The +prayers I say every night are 'Our Father,' and 'Now I lay me,' and +there's nothing in them about mission work. I should have to say another +prayer, shouldn't I?" + +"If you more fully understood the Lord's Prayer, you would know that +exactly what you want is included in it. But why cannot you ask for what +you desire in your own words? Just go to God as trustingly as you would +to your mother, when you want something you know she will let you have, +if it is good for you to have it. And that would be really praying, for, +Marty, don't you know there's a great difference between saying prayers +and praying? You may say a dozen prayers and not pray at all." + +"Don't I pray when I kneel beside the bed and say those two prayers?" + +"You do if you make the petitions your own, and really desire what you +ask for, and if you ask in the right spirit. But if you just say the +words over without thinking what you are saying, or whom you are +speaking to, it is not praying at all. It is mocking God." + +"I'm sure I wouldn't do that," said Marty, looking frightened. + +"I know you would not willfully, my dear, but I just want to show you +that saying over certain words is not praying. We don't realize what a +blessed privilege it is to pray. God's ear is open night and day to any +of us, even the smallest child. He is as ready to hear anything you may +have to say as he is to hear Dr. Edgar when he gets up in his pulpit and +prays." + +"Then it wouldn't be wrong to ask God to help me give missionary money +regularly, would it?" + +"It would be very right." + +That night when Marty knelt beside her bed she really prayed. She felt +that God was listening to her, and when she came to the words, "Now I +lay me down to sleep," she realized that she was committing herself to +his care, and was sure that in that care she was safe. After her usual +prayers she paused a moment and then added, "And, O Lord, please help me +to be steady in giving missionary money." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +HOW MISSIONS HELPED THE HOME FOLKS. + + +The mission work that Marty had entered upon was teaching her to pray. + +She really wished to be a mission worker in her small way and she tried +hard to be faithful, but owing to her forgetfulness or impatience or +selfishness, things sometimes went wrong. Once or twice she forgot to +learn a verse to say at the meeting, and was much mortified. Once she +got very impatient with a piece of sewing and spoiled it, and then was +angry because some of the girls laughed at her. And she still found it +hard to give her money regularly; some weeks she wanted it so much for +something else. + +But all these little trials she carried to God and was helped. This led +to the habit of bringing all her little troubles to him. + +One day Miss Agnes remarked that we don't put enough thanks in our +prayers. We ask that such and such things may be done, but we don't +thank God half enough for what he has done and is constantly doing for +us. We come to him with all the miseries of our lives, but don't tell +him about the happy and joyous things. Afterward Marty put more thanks +in her prayers, and she told Miss Agnes that it was astonishing how many +thankful things there were to say. + +Marty also used her Bible a great deal more after she joined the band +than before. + +Besides the verse they were expected to repeat at roll-call, Miss Agnes +sometimes asked them to bring all the texts they could find bearing upon +a certain subject. The golden text for Sunday-school might be learned +from the lesson-paper, but it was necessary to search the Bible for +these other verses. At first Marty did not know how to begin to find +them and appealed to her mother for help. Mrs. Ashford gave all the +assistance in her power, though saying with a half-sigh, + +"I'm afraid I don't know much about these things, Marty." + +One day Mrs. Ashford had been out shopping and in the evening several +parcels were sent home. These she opened in the sitting-room. As she +unwrapped quite a large one Mr. Ashford inquired, + +"What is that huge book?" + +When his wife handed it to him he whistled and exclaimed, + +"A concordance! What in the world do you want with this? Are you going +to study theology?" + +"No," replied Mrs. Ashford, laughing, "but Marty comes to me with so +many questions that I found I could not get on any longer without that." + +"What's a concordance, mamma?" asked Marty, "and has it anything to do +with me?" + +"It is a book to help us find all those verses in the Bible you have +been asking me about. You see I'm not as good and wise as your friend +Mrs. Howell, and don't know as much about the Bible as she does." + +"You're every bit as good," declared Marty, who by this time had got +both arms around her mother's waist as she stood on the rug, and was +looking up in her face lovingly, "and you will be as wise when you are +as old, for she is a great deal older than you." + +Her father and mother both laughed at Marty's earnestness, and Mr. +Ashford said, + +"That's right, Marty. Stand up for your mother." + +They found the concordance very useful, and from time to time spent many +happy hours searching the Scriptures with its aid, comparing passages +and talking them over. Not only did they find texts for the band, but +other subjects were traced through the sacred pages. Occasionally Marty +saw her mother busy with the concordance and Bible when she had not +asked her assistance about verses. + +It was while Marty was giving wholes instead of tenths and the red box +was so well filled, that it met with an accident that disfigured it for +life. Though the occurrence was a sad and humiliating one for Marty, it +led to good results. + +She had the box out one day and was counting the money, although she +knew precisely how much there was. As a good deal of it was in pennies +it made quite a noise, so that Freddie, attracted by the bright outside +and noisy inside, thought he would like to have the box to play with. He +asked Marty to give it to him, but she, busy with her counting, answered +rather sharply, + +"No, indeed; you can't have it. Go away, now. Don't touch!" + +But Freddie was very quick in his movements, and before she could get it +out of his reach he had seized it and shaken the contents all over the +floor. Marty, very angry at having her beautiful box treated so roughly, +and seeing the money rolling about in all directions, cried in loud +tones, + +"Let go, you naughty boy! You'll break it!" + +Freddie, now angry also, and determined to have what he wanted, held on +manfully, screaming, "Dive it to me! dive it to me!" and in the struggle +a small piece was broken off the lid. + +Mrs. Ashford, hearing the loud tones, hurried into the room, and arrived +in time to see Marty strike Freddie with one hand while she held the box +high above her head with the other. Freddie was pounding her with all +his little strength and crying uproariously. + +"Marty, Marty!" called Mrs. Ashford, "don't strike your little brother. +What is the matter? Come here, Freddie." + +But Freddie stamped his foot and screamed, "Will have it! Will have +pretty box!" and Marty wailed, "Oh! he's broken my lovely box and +spilled all my money." + +It was some time before peace was fully restored, though Marty was soon +very repentant for what she had done and Freddie's ill-temper never +lasted very long. After standing a while with his face to the wall, as +was his custom on such occasions, crying loudly, the little tempest was +all over. He turned around, and putting up his hands to wipe his eyes +said pitifully, + +"My teeks are so wet, and I have no hamititch to dry them." + +"Come here and I'll dry them," said his mother, taking him on her knee. + +[Illustration: Mrs. Ashford, hearing the loud tones, hurried into the +room. Page 58] + +"My chin is all wet," he said. + +"So it is, but we'll dry all your face." + +"And my hands are all wet." + +"What a poor little wet boy!" said his mother tenderly, but cheerfully +too. + +After making him comfortable she said, + +"Now are you sorry you were such a naughty boy?" + +He nodded his head, and turning to Marty, who was crawling around +gathering up her money, he said, "Sorry, Marty." + +Marty crept up to him, and kissing over and over the little arm she had +struck, said with eyes full of tears, + +"You dear little darling, you don't know how awfully sorry Marty is for +being so bad to you!" + +Then they rubbed their curly heads together until Freddie began to +laugh, and in a few moments he was playing with his tin horse as merrily +as if nothing had happened, while Marty gathered up and put away her +treasures. + +"Now, Marty," said her mother, "you must keep that out of Freddie's +sight. He is nothing but a baby, and doesn't know that it is any +different from any other box. Let me see where it is broken. Perhaps I +can mend it." + +"No, mamma," said Marty, "I don't want it mended. I am going to let it +be this way to remind me of how naughty I was to my dear little +brother, and maybe it will keep me from getting so angry with him again. +It does seem dreadful, too, to think that just when I'm trying to be +good to children away over the sea, I should be partic'lerly bad to my +own little brother, doesn't it?" + +"I sha'n't say a word," replied her mother, "for I see you can rebuke +yourself." + +So the broken missionary box was a constant reminder to Marty that her +work for those far away should make her all the more loving to the dear +ones at home. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +"NOT IN THE GOOD TIMES." + + +One Saturday afternoon as Edith and Marty entered the room where the +meetings of the band were held, half a dozen girls rushed to them, +exclaiming, + +"Oh, what do you think! Mary Cresswell has a letter from Mrs. C----!" + +How eager they all were to hear that letter! As soon as the opening +exercises were over, Miss Walsh told Mary she might read it. The young +secretary looked quite proud and important as she unfolded the letter, +very tenderly, indeed, for it was written on thin paper, as foreign +letters are, and she was afraid of tearing it. + +After speaking very nicely of the letter she had received from them, +Mrs. C---- went on to tell them something about Lahore and about the +school they were interested in. She said: + +"You must not imagine a well-arranged schoolroom with desks, maps, +black-boards, and so on. We cannot afford anything like that, and in any +case it would be useless to the kind of pupils we have. We pay a woman a +little for the use of part of the room in which she lives, and while +the school is in session she goes on with her work in one corner. This +room is quite dark, as, having no windows, all the light it receives is +from the door. It has no furniture to speak of. The teacher and pupils +sit on the earth floor." + +She then described the dress of the little girls, which certainly did +not appear to be very comfortable for the cool weather they sometimes +have in North India, and said, "No matter how poor and scanty the +clothing, they must have some kind of jewelry, even if it is only glass +or brass bangles. They are anything but cleanly, as they are not taught +in their own homes to be so; besides, some of their customs are +considerably against cleanliness. For instance, they must not wash +themselves at all for a certain length of time after the death of +relatives. So it sometimes happens the children come to school in a very +dirty condition." + +These children, Mrs. C---- said, were bright and learned quite readily. +She mentioned some of the hymns and Scripture verses they knew, and some +of the answers they had given to questions she put to them. + +"But the great difficulty is," she wrote, "they are taken away from +school so young to be married and thus lost to us. Still it is good to +think that they receive some religious instruction, and matters in +regard to girls and women in India are gradually improving. Not quite so +much stress is laid on child-marriage; indeed, some native societies are +being formed for the purpose of opposing this custom, and many more +girls are allowed to attend school than used to be the case. + +"But there is room yet for great improvement. You, my young friends, in +your happy childhood and girlhood, cannot conceive the miseries of these +poor little creatures. Thank God your lot is cast in a Christian land, +and oh! do all you can to send the gospel light into these dark places +of the earth." + +The girls had a great deal to say about this letter, and as it was +sewing afternoon, Miss Walsh allowed them to talk over their work +instead of having any reading. + +"Somebody told me," said little Daisy Roberts, "that in India they don't +care as much about girls as boys, and sometimes they kill the girl +babies. Is that so?" + +"Yes," replied Miss Walsh. "It used to be a very common custom, and is +still so to some extent, though the British Government has done much to +stop it." + +"They must be very cruel to want to kill their own dear little babies. +Why, if anybody should hurt our little Nellie, we'd all fly at him and +nearly tear him to pieces," and Daisy's face got very red and she +doubled up her little fist at the very thought of such a thing. + +"It isn't always, nor perhaps often, done in a spirit of cruelty. +Sometimes it is because the parents are poor and cannot afford to marry +their daughters, for weddings cost a great deal, and according to the +notions of the country everybody must be married. Often it ruins a man +to get his daughters married, and he lives in poverty all the rest of +his life. Then very ignorant and superstitious parents sometimes +sacrifice their children to please their gods, and as girls are not as +much thought of as boys, it is frequently the girls who are killed. But, +as I told you, the Government does not allow such doings, and when +people are found breaking the law they are punished. Besides, as +Christianity spreads these wicked things cease." + +"I think that way they have of making little girls get married is +awful," said Edith. "Just think of being dragged off to be married when +you're only a little mite of a thing, and having to leave your own mamma +and live with a cross old mother-in-law who abuses you!" + +"Don't their fathers and mothers love them at all, Miss Agnes, that they +send them off that way and allow them to be miserable?" asked Marty, +who was ready to cry over the miseries of the poor little India girl. + +"Of course there are many cruel parents--heathenism, you know, does not +teach people to be kind and loving--but many love their children as much +as your parents love you. In fact they are over-indulgent to them, and +let them do just what they please when they are small. And you may +imagine that the mother especially has a very sore heart when her little +daughter is taken from her and when she hears of her being ill-treated +in her new home. But it is considered a disgrace if girls are not +married when mere children; and a loving mother wishes to keep her +daughters from disgrace." + +"And how if the little girl's husband dies?" Rosa Stevenson inquired. + +"Oh, then the poor little widow leads a miserable life." + +"Why, how?" Marty asked. "Can't she go back home then?" + +"No," Miss Walsh answered. "She has to live on in the father-in-law's +house, where she is treated shamefully, made to do hard work, is half +starved, and not allowed clothes enough to keep her comfortable. She is +not taken care of when sick, and is treated worse in every way than you +have any idea of or ever can have." + +"It's perfectly dreadful!" declared one of the girls. + +"Didn't they use to burn the widows on their husbands' funeral pile?" +asked another. + +"Yes, but the British Government put a stop to that." + +"I believe I'd rather be burnt up and done with it than have to lead +such a miserable life," said Mary Cresswell. + +"Oh, no, it would be dreadful to be burnt," said Rosa. + +"Seems to me it's dreadful all around," said Marty, sighing. + +"You may be thankful you don't have to make the choice," said Miss +Walsh. + +"Then the poor children are not even made comfortable when they go to +school," Rosa went on, "so dirty and forlorn!" + +"How queerly they're dressed," said Hannah Morton. + +"They seem to be dressed principally in earrings and bracelets," +remarked Marty. + +"Miss Agnes," inquired Mary, "aren't there other kinds of schools +besides these little day-schools?" + +"Oh, yes. One of the first things that the missionaries try to do is to +establish boarding-schools, so as to get the boys and girls altogether +away from the influence of their heathen homes. This is the way many +converts are made. There are now many such schools and much good has +been done by them. You remember we sent the extra ten dollars we had +last year to help build an addition to a boarding-school in China." + +"Are Chinese little girls treated as badly as the ones in India?" Marty +asked. + +"Why, yes," said Hannah, before Miss Walsh could reply. "Don't you +remember the 'Chinese Slave Girl,' that Miss Agnes read to us?--at least +read some of it. And don't you know how they are tortured by binding +their feet?" + +"That isn't done on _purpose_ to torture them," said Mary. "That's a +custom of the country." + +"Most of their customs appear to be tortures," said Marty. + +"Yes," said Miss Walsh, "the customs of barbarous and half-civilized +nations are very hard on the women and girls." + +"Well, it all makes me feel very sorrowful," Marty declared. "I never +thought before, when I've had such good times all my life, that there +are so many little girls who are not--a--" + +"Not in the good times?" said Miss Walsh, helping her out. + +"Yes, ma'am; and I do wish I could do something for some of them." + +"So do I," said several of the others. + +"I suppose," suggested Edith, "the faster we send the gospel to those +countries the better it will be for the girls and everybody." + +"Couldn't we raise more money this year, enough to support another +school, or to pay for a girl or boy in a boarding-school somewhere?" +Rosa proposed. + +"In that case we should have to double, or more than double, our usual +amount," said Miss Walsh. "The question is, can we do that?" + +"Oh, do let us try!" exclaimed several of the girls. + +Then they began forthwith to make plans for raising more money. + +"Of course the more members we have, the more money we'll raise," said +Mary Cresswell, "so I think we'd better try again to get others to join +our band. I have asked the Patterson girls two or three times, but I'm +going to ask them again." + +"Better not ask them _plump_ to join," suggested Bertie Lee. "Just get +them somehow to come to one meeting, and then they'll be sure to want to +belong." + +"There's some wisdom in that," said Miss Walsh, laughing. + +"Yes'm," said Bertie, "and I believe I'll try that way with Annie +Kelley." + +"I'm going to ask that new girl in our Sunday-school class," said +Hannah. + +"I'm going to try to get _somebody_ to come," said Marty. + +"So am I," "And I," cried the others. + +"That's right," said Miss Walsh. "We want to get as many people as +possible interested in missionary work, and, as Mary says, the more that +are interested and belong to societies, the more money will be raised, +and, of course, the more good will be done. So, don't you see, you are +aiding the cause very much when you try to make our meetings attractive, +and so induce others to join the band." + +"I've thought of a way to make some missionary money, if it would be +right to do it," said Edith. + +"What is it?" asked Miss Walsh. + +"Well--you know those prizes Dr. Edgar and Mr. Stevenson give at the +Sunday-school anniversary for learning the Psalms and chapters--would it +do to ask them to give us money instead of books or anything else, so +that we might have it for missions?" + +"We certainly might ask our pastor and superintendent what they think of +the plan. I have no doubt they would be willing to adopt it when they +know what the money is to be used for. I think myself, your idea is a +very good one." + +"Yes," said Rosa, "we should not only be studying the Bible for our own +sakes, but be helping missions at the same time." + +"We'd be working for our missionary money then, shouldn't we?" remarked +one of the girls. + +"Yes, _indeed_!" replied another, with a laugh and shrug. She was not +fond of committing to memory. + +"It's a good way, though," said Marty, standing up for Edith's +suggestion, "and I'm going to start right in and learn something. Miss +Agnes, I wonder how much they'd give for the 119th Psalm?" + +Marty asked this in real earnest, and although Miss Walsh felt like +smiling, she answered gravely, + +"I don't think it is quite the right spirit in which to study the Bible, +Marty--doing it only for the sake of the money, even if the money is for +missions." + +"Oh! I shouldn't do it _just_ for the money, but I thought if I could +get more for a long Psalm than for a short one, I'd rather learn the +long one, and have more missionary money. But I shouldn't want to do it +if it was wrong, you know," Marty added, looking distressed. + +"I know you would not," said Miss Walsh kindly. "I have no doubt your +motives are all right, though you can hardly explain them. I can +understand that you would be willing to do considerable hard work for +missions, and I am glad of your willingness and enthusiasm. They help +me." + +Then Marty looked radiant. + +There were other plans proposed, and every one had so much to say that +Miss Walsh had some trouble in getting the meeting to break up. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +JENNIE. + + +"I do b'lieve," said Marty one day, after she had been a member of the +mission-band for several months, "I do b'lieve that hearing so much +about the poor little children in India and China and those places, and +trying to do something to help them, makes me feel far more like helping +poor children here at home. Now, there's Jennie--I know I shouldn't have +thought much about her if I hadn't been thinking of those far-away +children." + +This was after she had made some sacrifices for the benefit of poor +little Jennie, and this is the way she first came to know of her. + +When the spring house-cleaning was going on, Mrs. Ashford's regular +helper one day could not come and sent another woman. In the evening +when Mrs. Ashford went into the kitchen to pay this Mrs. Scott for her +day's work, Marty, who had a great habit of following her mother around +the house, went also. Mrs. Scott had just finished her supper, and after +receiving her money and replying to Mrs. Ashford's pleasant remarks, she +said hesitatingly, pointing to a saucer of very fine canned peaches +which was part of her supper, but which she had apparently only tasted, +"Please, mem, may I take them splendid peaches home to my sick little +girl? She can't eat nothin' at all hardly, and she would relish them, I +know. If you'd jist give me the loan of an old bowl or somethin--" + +"Oh! have you a sick child?" said Mrs. Ashford sympathizingly. "She +shall certainly have some peaches, but you must eat those yourself. +Katie, get--" + +"Oh! no, mem," protested Mrs. Scott, "that's too much like beggin'. I +jist wanted to take mine to her." + +"No, it isn't begging at all," said Mrs. Ashford. "I'm very glad you +told me about your little girl. Katie, fill one of those small jars with +peaches." + +Then Mrs. Ashford went into the pantry, and returning with two large +oranges and some Albert biscuit, asked, + +"Can you carry these also?" + +Mrs. Scott was full of thanks, and said she knew such nice things would +do Jennie a world of good. + +"I can make enough to keep her warm in winter and get her plain vittles, +but it isn't at all what she ought to have now, I know," she said +sorrowfully. + +Mrs. Ashford asked what was the matter with Jennie and how long she had +been ill. Mrs. Scott replied that she had hurt her back more than a year +ago; and though she had been "doctored" then and appeared to get a +little better, since they moved to their present abode--for they came +from a distant town--she had become worse and was now not able to walk +at all, but was obliged to lie in bed, sometimes suffering much pain. + +"How was she hurt?" Mrs. Ashford inquired. + +"She fell down the stair," was all the reply given, but Katie said +afterward that she had heard that Jennie was thrown or pushed down +stairs by her drunken father. She said poor Mrs. Scott had had a very +hard life with this shiftless, drunken husband, who abused her and the +children. All the children were dead now except Jennie, who was about a +year older than Marty, and early in the winter "old Scott," as Katie +called him, died himself from the effects of a hurt received in a fight +while "on a spree." As Mrs. Scott had been ill part of the winter and +unable to work much, she had got behind with her rent, and altogether +had been having a very hard time. + +Marty was very much interested in what Mrs. Scott said, and asked a +question or two on her own account. + +"Who stays with your little girl when you are away?" + +"Bless your sweet eyes! nobody stays with her. She just lies there her +lone self, unless some of the other children in the house run in and +out, but mostly she doesn't want their noise." + +"How long has she been in bed?" + +"Most of the time for eight months, miss," replied the poor mother with +a sigh. + +"Doesn't she ever sit up in the rocking-chair?" + +"We have no rocking-chair, but sometimes when I go home from work, or +the days I have no work, I hold her in my arms a bit to rest her." + +"Has she got anything to amuse her?" + +"Yes, she has a picture-book I got her last Christmas." + +"Mamma!" exclaimed Marty, as soon as the door closed behind Mrs. Scott, +"just think of lying in bed since Christmas, and now it's the first of +May, with nothing but _one_ picture-book!" + +"Ah! Marty," said her mother, "there are many people in the world who +have very hard times." + +"Well, I don't know them all, and I couldn't help them all if I did; but +I feel that I know Jennie real well, and mayn't I give her some of my +books and playthings? a whole lot, so that she wont be so lonesome when +her mother's away." + +"I was thinking of going to see her soon, and if you wish you may go too +and carry her a picture-book or something of the sort." + +Marty in her usual wholesale way would have carried half her possessions +to Jennie, but Mrs. Ashford prevailed upon her to limit her gift to a +small book and a few bright cards. + +"You would better see Jennie first," she said. "She may not care for +books and may be too miserable to care much for playthings." + +It happened the day they fixed upon to go Mrs. Ashford brought home from +market a small measure of strawberries, though they were yet somewhat +expensive. Marty, seeing them on the lunch-table, nearly went wild over +them, being very fond of the fruit, but her mother noticed that after +she was served she barely tasted them, and then sat with the spoon in +her hand gravely thinking. + +"Don't you like them after all, Marty?" + +"O mamma, they're perfectly delicious! I was just thinking how good they +would taste to Jennie. Can't we take her some of them?" + +"I am afraid there are none to spare. You know Katie must have some, and +I want to save a few for your papa." + +"I might take her mine," said Marty slowly. "I've only eaten one." But +she looked at the berries longingly. + +"That would be too much of a sacrifice, I fear," said Mrs. Ashford, "but +I'll tell you what we will do if you are willing. You set yours aside +for Jennie and I will give you half of mine, and then we will all have +some." + +Marty was afraid it would not be fair to have her mother make a +sacrifice also, but Mrs. Ashford declared she should like it of all +things, and was very glad Marty had thought of taking some berries to +Jennie. + +So the strawberries were put in a basket with two glasses of jelly, some +nice rusks that Katie was famous for making, and a closely-covered dish +of chicken broth. Marty had her parcel ready, and they set out on their +expedition. + +When they reached the house and knocked at the door of the room Mrs. +Scott had directed them to, a weak but shrill voice cried out, "Come!" + +They entered a neat but poorly furnished room, of which the only +occupant was a pale, thin girl, lying in what appeared to be a very +uncomfortable position in bed. + +"I suppose you are Jennie," said Mrs. Ashford, with her pleasant smile. + +"Yes, ma'am," answered the girl, staring. + +"I am Mrs. Ashford. My little girl and I have come to see you." + +Jennie probably had few visitors, and she certainly did not know how to +treat them. She did not ask her present ones to be seated, and merely +continued to stare at them as well as she could stare in the doubled-up +way she was lying. + +"Your mother is out to-day, is she?" said Mrs. Ashford. + +"Yes, but she's only gone for half a day. She ought to be home now," and +then the poor child broke into a whining cry, saying, + +"I wish she'd come and fix me, for I'm all slid down, and give me some +dinner." + +It is very hard to be polite and pleasant when you are faint, sick, and +generally miserable. + +"Wont you let me fix you?" asked Mrs. Ashford. She put the basket on the +table, and taking off her gloves, approached the bed. + +"Now, Marty," she said, "as I raise Jennie, you beat up the pillows." + +Marty beat them with a will, and the sick girl was soon comfortably +placed. She appeared greatly relieved and sighed from satisfaction. Mrs. +Ashford, seeing a tin plate on the shelf, covered it with one of the +napkins from her basket, and placing on it the small glass saucer of +strawberries and a rusk, gave it to Marty to carry to Jennie. The wan +face of the invalid flushed with pleasure when she saw the dainty food. + +"For me!" she exclaimed. + +"Of course it's for you," replied Marty, settling the plate on the bed. + +Just then Mrs. Scott entered, almost breathless from her hurried walk, +having been detained, and knowing Jennie would need her. She was +exceedingly grateful when she found Mrs. Ashford and Marty ministering +to her sick child. + +"O mother!" cried the latter. "The lady lifted me up in bed; and see the +strawberries! Some are for you." + +"No, no," protested her mother, but Jennie persisted in forcing at least +one upon her. When Marty saw how the berries were enjoyed she felt very +well repaid for having been satisfied with a smaller portion herself. + +Mrs. Ashford inquired what had been done for Jennie, and found she had +had no doctor since coming to the city. + +"I have no money to pay a doctor," said poor Mrs. Scott, wiping her +eyes, "and I can't go to a stranger and ask him to attend her for +nothing. I give her the medicine the doctor told me to get when she was +first hurt, but it don't seem to do any good now." + +Mrs. Ashford said she would speak to a doctor not far from there, with +whom she was well acquainted, and she was sure he would be willing to +come and see what could be done for the child. + +"It is very hard that you have to be away from her so much, when she is +sick, and almost helpless." + +"It is hard, mem, but what can I do? I must work to pay the rent and get +us bread, and glad enough I am to have the work. And she's not always so +forlorn as you found her, for mostly she can move herself. She's a bit +weak to-day. Then when I go for all day, I leave things handy on a chair +by the bed, and the people in the house are real kind, coming in to see +if she wants anything and to mend the fire." + +In the meantime the children were not saying much, for Jennie, besides +being somewhat shy, appeared tired and weak. She was greatly pleased +with the book and cards, holding them tenderly in her hands. Marty sat +in silence a while, and then asked, + +"Have you a doll?" + +"No," replied Jennie. "I never had one." + +"Never in your whole life!" exclaimed Marty, extremely astonished. + +"No," said Jennie quietly. "But wunst we lived next door to a girl who +had one, and sometimes she let me hold it. It was the very beautifulest +kind of a doll, _I_ think," she added with great animation: "had light +curly hair and big blue eyes." + +Marty was so overcome that she could do nothing but stand and gaze at +the little girl who never had a doll, and nothing more was said until +her mother was ready to go home. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +LAURA AMELIA. + + +On their way home Mrs. Ashford stopped at Dr. Fisher's, and finding him +in his office, made her plea, and readily obtained his promise to see +Jennie. + +All the way Marty was unusually silent and appeared to be thinking +intently. When they were nearly home she said impressively, + +"Mamma, do you know, Jennie never had a doll--never in her whole life!" + +"Indeed!" + +"No, ma'am; and I've been thinking I'd like to give her one of mine." + +"Do you think you could part with any of yours?" + +"I love them all dearly, but I think I _could_ do it to make Jennie +happy. I know she'd like to have a doll, and it would be a long time +before I could save money enough to buy her one." + +"Well," said Mrs. Ashford, "I'm sure she would be very happy with one of +yours, but you had better take time to think it over well, and not do +anything you would afterward regret." + +Marty thought it over until the next evening, and then said she still +wished to give Jennie the doll. + +"Very well, then," said her mother, "I am willing you should do it. +Which doll do you think of giving her?" + +"Laura Amelia." + +"Why, she is your third largest and one of your prettiest! Why do you +choose her?" + +"Because Jennie would like a fair doll, and she's the only fair one I +have except the one Grandma Brewster gave me, and I shouldn't like to +give that away." And then she repeated what Jennie had said about the +next-door girl's doll. + +So it was settled that Laura Amelia was to leave home the next Saturday. +Her clothes were put in good order, and Mrs. Ashford made her a +travelling dress. + +On Friday night when Marty, in her little wrapper and worsted slippers, +made her appearance at the sitting-room door to say "Good-night," she +had Laura Amelia clasped in her arms. + +"Halloa! Miss Moppet," said her papa. "Are you off? What's the matter +with that dolly? Do you have to walk her to sleep?" + +"Oh, no. She's very good, but she's going to sleep with me, because it's +the last night she'll be here." + +Marty tried to reply steadily, but her voice trembled. + +"Ah!" said her papa sympathizingly. "Where is she going?" + +"I'm going to give her to Jennie." + +Of course Mr. Ashford had heard all about Jennie. He approved of her +being helped, but did not like to see Marty in distress, and he noticed +her eyes were full of tears. + +"It is a shame for the child to give away playthings she is fond of," he +said to his wife. + +"I didn't tell her to give it," replied Mrs. Ashford. "It was her own +notion." + +"Here, Marty," said her father, putting his hand in his pocket, "you +keep that doll yourself and I'll give you some money to get Jennie +another one." + +"Oh! no, papa," said Marty earnestly. "Thank you ever so much, but I +want to give Jennie a doll all myself, and I've quite made up my mind to +give her this one. I thought it over a whole day--didn't I, mamma? You +mustn't s'pose I don't _want_ to give Laura Amelia to Jennie, because I +do, but you know such things make one feel a little sad for a while." + +"I presume they do," said Mr. Ashford, smiling as he lifted both Marty +and the doll to his knee. "How many dolls have you?" + +"Seven, counting the two little china ones." + +"Well, that's a pretty numerous family for one small girl to care for. I +guess you can spare Lucy Aurelia." + +"Lucy Aurelia!" Marty laughed heartily. "O papa, what is the reason you +never can remember my dolls' names?" + +"I don't see how you can remember them yourself." Then as he kissed her +goodnight he said, + +"I am glad my little girl is learning to be kind to the poor and +friendless." + +The next day there was some prospect that Marty would not get to +Jennie's after all, as Mrs. Ashford could not very well go with her and +would not let her go alone. Marty was preparing to be dreadfully +disappointed, but her mother said, "Wait until after lunch and we will +see what can be done." + +Just then there was a tap at the door, and a tall, dark-eyed, smiling +young lady entered. + +"Why, here's Cousin Alice!" exclaimed Marty, and the warm welcome the +visitor received from them all showed what a favorite she was. + +"I've come to stay to lunch if you will have me," she announced, +throwing her wrap and gloves on the couch. Marty immediately invited her +to stay for ever, and Freddie began building a wall with his blocks all +around her chair so that she could not possibly get away. + +"Alice," said Mrs. Ashford, after there had been a good deal of talk and +play, "I am going to ask you to do something for me." + +"I shall be only too happy to do it, Cousin Helen," said Miss Alice in +her bright way. "You have only to speak." + +"Marty wants to do an errand down near the old postoffice this +afternoon. I don't like to have her go into that part of the town by +herself, and I can't go with her. Would you be willing to go with her?" + +"Most certainly," was the cordial reply. + +"Oh! that will be splendid," cried Marty. + +Then both she and her mother proceeded to tell their cousin all about +Jennie, after which Marty dressed the doll and packed its clothes in a +box. + +"What a good idea it is of Marty's to give that doll and all its +belongings to Jennie!" said Miss Alice. "It will be such amusement and +occupation for her when she is alone so much. It must be perfectly +dreadful to lie there all day, and day after day, with nothing to do and +nothing to interest her. I suppose she cannot read." + +"Not very well, I fancy, for her mother said they had moved about so +much before she was hurt that she had very little chance to go to +school. I suppose there is really not much of anything she could do now, +as she is so weak and miserable, but it has just occurred to me that if +she gets stronger under Dr. Fisher's treatment, you might help her to a +light, pleasant occupation which would enliven her dull life." + +"I? How? I'm sure I should be very glad to do anything possible for the +poor girl." + +"You might teach her to crochet or knit. You do such work to perfection +and know so much about it. I know you have plenty of odds and ends of +worsted and other materials, and I can furnish you with a good deal +more. If she is able to learn, I think it would be a charming work for +her, and might be very useful in coming years." + +"That is an excellent suggestion. I shall be very glad to teach her, or +at least try to teach her, for I don't know how I should succeed in the +attempt." + +"Oh! you would succeed beautifully, and it need not take up much of your +time, as Landis Court is nearer you than it is to us, and you could run +over for a little while any time. But you can see when you go whether it +is worth while to speak of the matter." + +"It would be just lovely!" was Marty's opinion. + +"Now, Marty," cautioned her mother, "don't you say anything about it to +Jennie. Just let Cousin Alice do it in her own nice way." + +"A thousand thanks," said Cousin Alice with her gay laugh. "I'll be sure +to do my prettiest after that." + +When they made the visit, however, it was found useless to mention +crocheting or any other subject to Jennie. Her attention was altogether +absorbed by the doll. Mrs. Scott happened to be at home, and while she +was bustling around getting chairs for her visitors and Marty was +introducing her cousin, Jennie never took her eyes from Laura Amelia. +Presently she said in a trembling voice, + +"May I hold your doll a minute?" + +"I brought her for you," said Marty, handing the doll. + +"For me to hold a minute?" + +"No; to keep. She's your dolly now." + +Jennie looked perfectly bewildered at first, and then when she began to +understand the matter she clasped the doll in her arms and burst into +tears. + +Marty was very much frightened. "Oh! don't let her cry," she said to +Mrs. Scott. "It will make her sick." + +"Never mind, missy; she'll soon be all right. Come now Jennie, don't +cry. Sit up and thank the little lady for the beautiful present. But +it's too much to give her. Who'd ha' thought of you bringing such a +handsome doll! And just what she's always wanted but never looked to +having. I'm sure I don't know how to thank you," and the poor woman +threatened to follow Jennie's example, and cry over their good fortune. + +Then Cousin Alice came to the rescue by suggesting that Marty should +tell Jennie the doll's name and show her wardrobe. The little girls were +soon chattering over the contents of the box, and Miss Alice learned +from Mrs. Scott that the doctor had been to see Jennie. He said he saw +no reason why with proper treatment she should not become well again, +though it was likely she would always be somewhat lame and perhaps never +very strong. He had sent her strengthening medicine and said she must +drink milk every day. + +Then began better times for Jennie than she had ever had in her life +before. First, as she would have said herself, there was the doll to +love and cherish, to dress and undress, to talk to and to put to sleep. +Then there were the books and pictures, for between Marty and Edith, who +also came, her stock of them increased rapidly. Then there was the +decrease of pain and the increase of strength, for what with the +bathings and rubbings that the doctor ordered, and the nourishing food +that Mrs. Ashford and Miss Alice sent, she began to get greatly better. + +When she arrived at the point of sitting propped up in bed for several +hours at a time, Miss Alice spoke of the crocheting and found her +exceedingly willing to learn. She took it up quite rapidly too, and very +much enjoyed working with the bright worsteds. + +Miss Alice was greatly interested in her pupil and sometimes made quite +long visits, teaching her or reading to her, and her visits made the +little invalid so happy that she got better all the faster. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +THE GOOD SHEPHERD. + + +Marty and Edith often accompanied Miss Alice when she visited Jennie. +Sometimes they each took a doll to visit Laura Amelia, also carrying +some of their dishes and having a dolls' tea-party. This always pleased +Jennie very much, though at first she scarcely knew how to play in this +quiet, lady-like fashion, as she had only been accustomed to playing in +the street with rough children before she was hurt. Of course she had +had no chance at all to play during the last year. + +Sometimes the girls read little stories to her. This she viewed as a +surprising accomplishment, as she could only spell her way along, not +being able to read well enough to enjoy it. So in one way or another +they entertained her, making her forget her weakness. + +Sometimes they talked about other things, telling her of the +mission-band, though, as it was something so outside of her experience, +she could, with all their explanation, hardly form any idea of it. She +took more interest in descriptions of the country, the green fields, +shady woods, and pretty gardens. She was very fond of flowers, and +during the early summer her friends kept the poor room quite bright with +them. An old lady living near Mrs. Ashford, and having an unusually +large yard for the city, had a great many flowers, and hearing of +Marty's sick friend in Landis Court, told her whenever she was going +over there to come and get some flowers for Jennie. This delighted both +little girls extremely. + +One day when they were all with Jennie, she picked up one of her cards +that had on it a picture of a shepherd leading his flock and carrying a +lamb in his arms. She wanted to know what it meant, and what a shepherd +was, and what sheep were. After it had been explained, she said, + +"'Shepherd' makes me think of a hymn they used to sing in the +Sunday-school down in the Harbor." + +"Did you ever go to Sunday-school?" asked Marty. + +"I went a little while when we lived down in the Harbor. My teacher had +a lovely velvet cloak trimmed with fur." + +"Didn't she tell you about the Good Shepherd?" Edith inquired. + +"No. She didn't seem to know about any kind of shepherd. Leastways she +never let on that she did. But they used to sing beautiful hymns, and +one was about a shepherd." + +"Was it 'Saviour, like a shepherd lead us'?" asked Marty. + +"That was the very one!" exclaimed Jennie in delight. "How did you know +that was it?" + +"I thought it might be." + +"Would you like to have us sing it now?" Miss Alice inquired. + +"Oh, yes, indeed!" + +So they sang it, Jennie joining in whenever they came to the words, +"Blessed Jesus," which, besides the first line, was all she knew. + +"Is blessed Jesus a shepherd?" she asked. + +"He is the Good Shepherd," replied Edith. + +"Where's his sheep?" + +"All who believe on Him are his sheep, for the Bible says, 'My sheep +hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me.'" + +Miss Alice saw that Jennie did not altogether understand Edith, so in a +few simple words she explained that Jesus, our Lord and Saviour, speaks +of himself as the Good Shepherd, and calls us to follow him. Then taking +up the picture again she repeated what she had said about shepherds and +their flocks, and also went over some of the hymn they had been singing, +until Jennie began to get into her little muddled brain quite a clear +idea of Jesus, our Shepherd. + +"Where is your Bible? I will show you the chapter about the Good +Shepherd." + +"I ha'n't got one. Mother has one, but I guess it's locked up in that +little black trunk. It's a purple one with clasps that somebody gave her +long ago, and she always had to keep it hid for fear papa'd sell it for +whiskey." + +Jennie said all this very coolly, she was so much accustomed to the kind +of life in which there was more whiskey than Bible; but Edith and Marty +looked much shocked. + +"Never mind," said Miss Alice, "I will bring my Bible the next time I +come and read the chapter to you." + +Just then a beautiful plan flashed into Marty's head, and as Edith was +included in it, she could not resist reaching over and giving her arm a +tiny squeeze. Edith must have partly understood, for she answered with a +smile. + +In the meantime Miss Alice was saying to Jennie, + +"Did you ever hear the Psalm beginning, 'The Lord is my Shepherd'?" + +"I don't b'lieve I ever did," said Jennie. + +"Marty, can't you and Edith repeat it for her?" + +Marty was not sure she remembered it all, but Edith knew it, and the +beautiful Psalm was reverently recited. + +That evening as Mrs. Scott, wearied with the labors of the day, was +seated in one of the stiff, hard chairs doing some mending by the +uncertain light of a smoky lamp, Jennie told her all that had been said +and done in the afternoon, and then asked, + +"Mother, can't you find that about the shepherd in your purple Bible and +read it over to me?" + +"I'll try, but I'm a poor reader, Jennie, and anyways I don't know as I +can find the place you want." + +She unlocked the trunk and bringing forth, wrapped in soft paper, an +old-fashioned, small-print Bible that had once been handsome, but was +now sadly tarnished, she screwed up the smoky lamp and began to turn the +leaves. + +"I don't know where the place is, child. I'm none so handy with books, +and there's a great many different chapters here." + +"It was about green pastures and quiet waters. Miss Alice said a pasture +is a field, and it minded me of that grassy field where Tim took me the +summer before he died. You know there was a pond in it, and we paddled +along the edge. It was the prettiest place I ever saw, and on awful hot +days I wish I was there again. I think it must be just such a place the +Bible shepherd takes his folks to." + +Mrs. Scott turned the leaves back and forth, anxious to please Jennie, +but unable to find what she wished. + +"Now I mind," exclaimed Jennie presently: "Miss Alice didn't call the +green pasture piece a chapter; she called it a Psalm." + +"Oh! now I'll find it," said her mother. "I know about Psalms, for my +good old grandfather used to be always reading them, and I used to think +it was queer the way they was spelt--with a 'p' at the beginning. I saw +them over here a minute ago." + +Then after a little more searching she inquired, + +"Is this it? 'The Lord is my Shepherd: I shall not want.'" + +"The very thing!" Jennie exclaimed joyfully. + +Mrs. Scott, though with some difficulty, managed to read it, while +Jennie listened with closed eyes and clasped hands, thinking of the +delightful places into which the Shepherd leads his flock. + +"They're sweet verses," said Mrs. Scott, as she closed the book, after +laying a piece of yarn in to mark the place, "and it rests a body to +read them. I call to mind now that many's the time I've heard my +granddad read 'em. And I've heard 'em in church, too, when I used to +go." + +"Why don't you go to church sometimes now, mother?" Jennie asked. +"There's nobody to rail at you for going. You might borrow Mrs. +O'Brien's bonnet after she's been to mass, and go round to the church on +the front street, where we hear the singing from every Sunday." + +Mrs. Scott began to think she should like to go. She cleaned off her old +black alpaca as well as possible, and the next Sunday, borrowing her +kindly Catholic neighbor's bonnet, she went to church for the first time +in many years. + +She came home delighted, and had much to tell Jennie about the pleasant +gentleman who gave her a seat and invited her to come again, about the +good sermon that she could understand every bit of, and the rousing +hymns, which indeed Jennie could hear with the window open. + +Not long after this, one of the ladies Mrs. Scott worked for gave her a +partly-worn sateen dress and a black straw bonnet, so that she was +fitted out to go to church all summer; and go she did with great +enjoyment. It was a pleasure to Jennie also, for with listening to the +singing as she lay in bed, and hearing about all that was said and done +from her mother, she almost felt as though she had been at church +herself. + +The purple Bible was not locked up any more, but kept handy for Miss +Alice to read, and to mark passages for Mrs. Scott to read in the +evening, for Jennie liked to hear the same things over and over. + +The plan that popped into Marty's head that day she told to Edith on the +way home, after they had left Cousin Alice. + +"O Edie!" she said, "wouldn't it be nice to give Jennie a Bible for her +very own?" + +"You mean for you and me together to give it?" said Edith. + +"Yes. You know my birthday comes in August and yours in September, and +we always get some money--" + +"And we could each give half, and get Jennie a Bible," broke in Edith. + +"Yes; or if we _couldn't_ do it then, we might have enough by +Christmas." + +"And it would be a _beautiful_ Christmas gift!" + +"Oh! do let us do it," said Marty, seizing Edith and whirling her around +and around. + +"Yes, do," said Edith, panting for breath. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +"NOW DON'T FORGET!" + + +It was well on in June, and Mrs. Ashford was very busy making +preparations to go to the country with the children. + +Two successive summers they had spent at a very pleasant mountain +farmhouse, but the last year they had gone to the seashore. This summer +Mrs. Ashford decided for the farmhouse again, to Marty's great delight, +for it was a perfect paradise to her. + +She herself had many preparations to make--deciding which dolls to take +and which to leave at home, and getting them all ready for whatever was +to be their fate. It also took a good deal of time to choose from her +little library the few books her mamma allowed her to take for rainy +days. It was a weighty matter, too, to select a suitable present for +Evaline, the little girl at the farmhouse, as her father suggested she +should do, and gave her money to buy it. + +Then Jennie was very much on her mind. + +"What will she do for soup and jelly and things when we are away, +mamma?" she asked anxiously. + +"I shall tell Katie to carry her something now and then," Mrs. Ashford +replied. "Besides, Cousin Alice will be in town until August, and she +will look out for Jennie. Then Mrs. Scott told me the other day that she +had got all her back rent paid up now, and she expects to have three +days' work every week all summer; so they will get on very well." + +Another day Marty came home from Jennie's in distress. + +"Mamma," she said, "the doctor says Jennie may soon begin to sit up in +an easy-chair; and they haven't got any. Their two chairs are the most +_uneasy_ things I ever saw in my life. Now, how is she going to sit up?" + +Mrs. Ashford laughed as she said, "Well, I was going to give you a +surprise, but I may as well tell you now that I have sent that old +rocking-chair that was up in the storeroom to be mended, and am going to +give it to Mrs. Scott." + +Marty was overjoyed to hear this. + +"And, oh! mamma, wont you give them the small table that stands in the +third-story hall? You always say it is only in the way there, and it +would be so nice beside Jennie's bed to put her things on, instead of a +chair." + +"Yes, I suppose they might as well have it." + +"And the red cover that belongs to it, mamma?" + +"O Marty, Marty!" exclaimed her mother, laughing. "How many more things +will you want for Jennie? But the red cover may go too." + +These things were sent, together with some of Marty's underclothing, a +pair of half-worn slippers, and a couple of Mrs. Ashford's cast-off +gingham dresses, to be made into wrappers for Jennie. Edith and Cousin +Alice also brought some articles for Jennie's comfort. + +"She will need a footstool with that chair," said Cousin Alice. "I have +an extra hassock in my room; I'll bring that." + +Mrs. Howell sent an old but soft and pretty comfort to spread over the +chair, and which would also be handy for an additional covering in case +of a cold night. + +"A curtain on the window would soften the light on hot afternoons," Miss +Alice thought. So she made one of some white barred muslin she had and +put it up. She also thought that as Jennie still had not much appetite, +some prettier dishes than those Mrs. Scott had--they were very few, and +very coarse and battered--might make the food taste better. + +"I know, when I am ill," she said to Mrs. Ashford, "the way my food is +served makes a great difference." + +So she brought a cheap but pretty plate, cup, and saucer, with which +Jennie was extremely delighted. + +"After we all go away there wont be anybody to take flowers to Jennie," +said Edith, "and I'm afraid she'll miss them. She does enjoy them so +much. I've a great mind to buy her a geranium. May I, mamma? They're +only ten cents." + +"Of course you may. I think it would be very nice for Jennie and her +mother to have something of the kind growing in their room," said Mrs. +Howell. + +She went with Edith to the florist's, and after helping her to select a +scarlet geranium, she bought a pot of mignonette and another of sweet +alyssum for Edith to give to Jennie. + +Marty helped Edith to carry their plants to their destination, and what +rejoicing there was over that window-garden! + +"It's too much! too much!" exclaimed Mrs. Scott, wiping her eyes as she +looked around the now really comfortable room. + +Then when Miss Alice came in, as she did presently, with four +bright-colored Japanese fans which she proceeded to fasten on the bare +walls, that seemed to cap the climax. + +"There never were kinder ladies--never!" exclaimed Mrs. Scott, while +Jennie was too much overcome to say anything. + +"It wont be so hard for Jennie to be shut up here, and she wont miss +Marty and Edith so much, if she has these little bits of bright things +to look at," said Miss Alice. + +Marty took the greatest interest in helping to arrange all these things +for Jennie's comfort and happiness, and in thinking, too, how much +pleasure they would bring into poor Mrs. Scott's hard-working life. When +she went home after her final visit to Landis Court, she said with a +sigh of relief, + +"Now they're fixed comfor'ble, and we can go as soon as we like." + +All this time that she had been so engaged with Jennie she had not +neglected the mission band, but attended the meetings regularly and +became more and more interested in what she heard there. + +She still pursued the plan of giving to missions at least a tenth of all +the money she got. During the spring and early summer she had had two or +three "windfalls"--one or two small presents of money, and once her +father had given her a quarter for hunting out from an enormous pile +certain numbers of a magazine he wished to consult. Besides she had made +a little money solely for the missionary-box by hemming dusters for her +mother. + +The meeting on the third Saturday in June was very important, as it was +the last regular meeting that would be held until September, and there +were many arrangements to be made. + +Most of the girls and Miss Walsh herself expected to be away two months, +but several members were to be at home all summer and a few were only +going away for a short time. Miss Walsh said she did not think it fair +that those remaining in town should be deprived of their missionary +meetings. It had therefore been decided that the meetings should be +continued, though not just in the same way as during the rest of the +year. No business was to be transacted and the girls were not to sew +unless they wished. + +At this "good-by" meeting, as they called it, Miss Walsh had a few words +to say both to the stay-at-homes and to those who were going away. To +the first she said, + +"Dear girls, we leave the band in your hands knowing you will do all you +can for its best interests. Mrs. Cresswell has kindly invited you to +hold your meetings at her house. I have appointed four of the older +girls to lead these meetings--Mary Cresswell and Hannah Morton in July, +Ella Thomas and Mamie Dascomb in August. I have given each of these +leaders some missionary reading in case you run short, but I dare say +you will find plenty of things yourselves. I also intend to write you a +little letter for each meeting, and should be glad to have any or all of +you write to me." + +To the others she said, + +"Now when you are away having a good time, don't forget missions. Keep +up your interest and come home ready to work more earnestly and +faithfully than ever. There are many ways of keeping the subject fresh +in your minds and of helping along with the work even in vacation times. +But you know this as well as I do, and I should like the suggestions as +to how to do it to come from you." + +After a pause Edith said, "We all know the subjects for the next four +meetings, and we might study and read just as we should do at home." + +"That is a good suggestion," said Miss Walsh, "and one I hope you will +all adopt; for if you don't, I'm afraid the go-aways will be far behind +the stay-at-homes." + +"We might remember what we hear about missions and tell it when we come +back," said one of the others. + +"That would be very instructive and pleasant," said their leader; "and +you may have plenty of opportunity to hear, as in these days very +interesting missionary meetings are often held at summer resorts. +Besides you may meet individuals who can give you much information." + +"We might do as you are going to do and write letters to the band at +home," said another. + +"I know the band at home would like that very much, but you must +remember that they must be letters suited to a missionary meeting." + +"We might join with others in holding meetings," suggested Rosa +Stevenson. "In the cottage where I was last summer there were four other +girls and two boys who belonged to mission-bands, and we had a meeting +every Sunday." + +"Good!" cried Miss Walsh. + +"If we meet any children who don't know about missions, we might tell +them about our band and what we do," said Daisy Roberts timidly. + +"The very thing, Daisy!" exclaimed Miss Walsh, patting the tiny girl on +the shoulder. "And you think that might start them up to become mission +workers, do you?" + +"Yes, ma'am," replied Daisy. + +"I think," said Marty, after various other suggestions had been made, +and she wondered that no one had thought of this, "I think we all should +take our missionary boxes and banks and barrels and jugs along with us, +and put money in regularly as we do at home." + +"That is _very_ important," said Miss Walsh, "because if we neglect to +lay by our contributions at the right time, trusting to make up the +amount when we return home, we may find ourselves in a tight place and +our treasury will suffer. And now, dear missionary workers, wherever you +may be, at home or abroad, don't forget to pray every day for the +success of this work. Remember what we are working for is the +advancement of the kingdom of our blessed Lord and Saviour." + +And then before the closing prayer they all stood up and sang, + + "The whole wide world for Jesus." + +This meeting filled Marty with the greatest enthusiasm and she felt as +though she could do anything for missions. _She_ would not forget the +subject for a single day, she was sure. + +"Oh Miss Agnes," she said, "I sha'n't forget missions. I'll study the +subjects every week and learn lots of missionary verses. I'll save all +the money I can; and I'll tell _somebody_, if it's only Evaline, all I +know about missionary work. I'll tell her the first thing when I get +there. To be sure she can't have a band all by herself, but it may do +good somehow." + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +OFF TO THE MOUNTAINS. + + +"Here's your train!" said Mr. Ashford, hurrying into the waiting-room +where he had left his wife and children while he purchased their +tickets. "I'll carry Freddie. Come, Marty." + +While they were waiting their turn to pass through the gate Marty and +her mother were jostled by the crowd against two small, ragged, dirty +boys, who had crept by the officers and were looking through the +railings at the arriving and departing trains. + +"Lots of these folks are goin' to the country, where 'ta'n't so hot and +stuffy as 'tis here," said the larger boy. "Was you ever in the country, +Jimmy?" + +"Naw," replied the other, a thin, pale little chap about seven, leaning +wearily against an iron post. "Never seed no country, but I _wants_ to." + +Marty and her mother, who heard what was said and saw the wistful look +on the small boy's face, pressed each other's hands and exchanged a +sorrowful glance. Then they were obliged to move on; but after going +through the gate Marty pulled her hand out of her mother's and, running +back, took a couple of cakes from a paper bag she carried and passed +them through the fence to the boys. How their faces brightened at this +little act of kindness! + +"Marty, Marty!" called her father, who had not seen what she did and was +afraid she would get lost in the crowd, "where are you? Hurry up, +child!" + +Then, when he had made them comfortable in the car and was about bidding +them good-by, he said, + +"Now, Marty, when you change cars stick closely to your mother and don't +be running after strangers, as you did a moment ago." + +"Why, papa," Marty protested earnestly, "they weren't strangers; at +least I know that littlest boy with the awfully torn hat. He is Jimmy--" + +"Well, well, I can't stop now to hear who he is, but I didn't know he +was an acquaintance of yours. However, don't run after anybody, or you +will get lost some of these days. Good-by, good-by. Be good children, +both of you." + +"Who was that boy, Marty?" asked Mrs. Ashford presently. + +"He's Jimmy Torrence, and he lives in Jennie's house. Don't you remember +I told you that one day, when we were all in Mrs. Scott's room singing +to Jennie, a little boy came and leaned against the door-post and +listened? Mrs. Scott told him to come in and took him on her lap. She +gave him a cup of milk, and after he went away she said he had been sick +with a fever and his folks were very poor. There's a good many of them, +and they live in the third-story back-room." + +"Oh, yes, I remember. So that is the boy. Poor little fellow! He looks +as if he needed some country air." + +"_Doesn't_ he!" said Marty. "O mamma, don't you think that society Mrs. +Watson belongs to would send him to the country for a week? That would +be better than nothing." + +"I fear they cannot, for Mrs. Watson told me the other day that there +are a great many more children who ought to be sent than they have money +to pay for." + +"I _wish_ he could go," said Marty. + +The boy's pale, wistful face haunted her for a while, but in the +excitement of the journey it faded from her mind. + +After the rush and roar of the train how perfectly still it seemed in +the green valley where stood Trout Run Station! How peaceful the +mountains! how pure and sweet the air! + +"Mamma," said Marty almost in a whisper, "everything is exactly the same +as ever." + +"Mountains don't change much," replied Mrs. Ashford as she seated +herself on one of the trunks and took Freddie on her lap. + +"But I mean this funny little station and the tiny river and the old red +tannery over there, and the quietness and everything! And oh, there's +Hiram! He looks just as he did summer before last, and I believe he's +got on the very same straw hat!" + +Hiram, Farmer Stokes' hired man, who had come to meet the travellers, +now appeared from the rear of the station, where he had been obliged to +stay by his horses until the train had vanished in the distance. His +sunburnt face wore a broad smile, and though he did not say much, Mrs. +Ashford and Marty knew that in his slow, quiet way he was very glad to +see them. He seemed to be particularly struck by the fact that the +children had grown so much, and when Freddie got off his mother's lap +and ran across the platform, Hiram gazed at him in admiration, also +seeming highly amused. + +"I can't believe this tall girl's Marty, and as for the little boy--why, +he was carried in arms the last time _I_ saw him!" + +"Two years makes a great difference in children," said Mrs. Ashford. + +"That's so," Hiram assented. "Well, I reckon we'd better be moving." + +"How I dread the steep hills," said Mrs. Ashford as they were being +helped into the wagon after the baggage had been stowed away. "I do hope +your horses are safe, Hiram. Now, Marty, be sure to hold on with both +hands when we come to the worst places." + +"Don't you be 'fraid, Mrs. Ashford; there isn't a mite of danger," said +Hiram, gathering up the reins. "Get up!" + +"Get up!" cried Freddie, who had watched the process of getting started +with the greatest interest, and who was now holding a pair of imaginary +reins in one tiny fist and flourishing an imaginary whip with the other. + +Hiram laughed aloud. That Freddie could walk was funny enough, but that +he could talk and make believe drive was too much for Hiram. It was some +time before he got over it. + +"How's Evaline?" asked Marty. "Why didn't she come to meet us?" + +"She's spry. She wanted to come along down, but her ma was afraid +'twould crowd you." + +[Illustration: They approached an open, level place from which there was +a magnificent view. Page 113] + +After a drive of about three miles among the mountains, the winding road +gradually ascending, with here and there a somewhat steep incline, they +approached an open, level place from which there was a magnificent view +of what Marty called the "real mountains." For these wooded or +cultivated hills they were driving among were only the beginnings of the +range. Here was a cluster of houses and a white frame "hotel" with green +blinds. + +"They've been doing right smart of building in Riseborough since you +were up," said Hiram to Mrs. Ashford. "You see the hotel's done, and +Sims has built him a new store, and Mrs. Clarkson's been building on to +her cottage." + +"Is the hotel a success?" asked Mrs. Ashford. + +"First-rate. Full all last summer, and Dutton expects a lot of folks +this season. A big party came up t'other day." + +They had a chance to see the guests at the hotel, ladies on the piazzas +and children playing in the green yard, while Hiram stopped to do an +errand at the store, which was also the postoffice. + +Nearly another mile of up-hill brought them to their destination--a +brown farmhouse with its red barns and granaries standing in the midst +of smiling fields and patches of cool, dark woods, while in the distance +rose grand, solemn mountains. + +There was Evaline, seated on the low gatepost, and Mrs. Stokes and her +grownup daughter, Almira, in the doorway, all on the lookout and ready +to wave their handkerchiefs the moment the wagon appeared. + +"It's more like going to see some cousins or something than being +summer-boarders, isn't it, mamma?" said Marty. + +"Here we all are, Mrs. Stokes!" cried Mrs. Ashford from the wagon. +"Quite an addition to your family." + +"The more the merrier! I'm right down glad to see you," said +good-natured Mrs. Stokes, coming to lift the children down and kissing +them heartily. + +The travellers were very tired after their long day's journey. Mrs. +Ashford and Marty were ready to do justice to the good supper provided, +but Freddie was only able to keep his eyes open long enough to eat a +little bread and milk. The next morning, however, he was as bright as a +button, and took to country life so naturally that he was out in the +yard feeding the chickens before his mother knew what he was about. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +A PLAN AND A TALK. + + +Marty so enjoyed being back at the farm, and there was so much to see +and to do, that for four or five days she could think of nothing else. +She and Evaline raced all over the place, climbing trees and fences, +playing in the barn or down in the wood, paddling in the little brook, +riding on the hay-wagon, and going with the boy to bring home the cows. + +In short, the delights of farm life for the time being drove everything +else out of Marty's head, and it was not until Sunday morning that she +gave a thought to missions. Perhaps she would not have remembered even +then had not her mother said, + +"Marty, here are your ten pennies. I forgot to give them to you +yesterday." + +"There!" thought Marty. "In spite of what Miss Agnes said the very last +thing, I've forgotten all about missions. I've never told Evaline a +breath about them, and I haven't prayed or done anything." + +She got out her box and put in it her tenth, and four pennies for a +thank-offering for the happy time she had been having. She also got the +list of subjects Miss Walsh had furnished her with, and some of her +books; but there was no time to read then, for her mother had said she +might go to church with Mr. and Mrs. Stokes, and she must get ready. +Evaline was not at home, her uncle having called the previous evening +and taken her to spend a couple of days at his house. + +There was preaching that Sunday in the schoolhouse at Black's Mills, a +village between four and five miles distant in the opposite direction +from Riseborough. It was quite a novelty to Marty to go so far to +church, but it was a lovely drive and she enjoyed it extremely. It +certainly seemed strange to attend service in the battered little frame +schoolhouse, without any organ or choir, and to eat crackers and cheese +in the wagon on the way home, as Mrs Stokes was afraid she would be +hungry before their unusually late dinner. But Marty was so charmed with +country life and all belonging to it that she considered the whole thing +an improvement upon city churchgoing. + +In the afternoon she took her Bible and some missionary leaflets, and +going into a retired place in the garden read and studied for more than +an hour. The missionary spirit within her was fully awake that day. She +longed to talk with Evaline and could hardly wait until it was time for +her to come home. But by Tuesday, when she did come, Marty's head was +full of other matters, such as a discovery she had made in the wood of a +hollow in an old tree which would be a lovely playhouse, and an +expedition to Sunset Hill that was being talked of. So in one way or +another nearly two weeks of vacation had passed before this Missionary +Twig, who had been so ardent to begin with, had redeemed her promise of +trying to interest somebody in the work. + +But in the meantime she had thought of Jimmy Torrence. The way he was +brought to her mind was this. She was with her mother on the side porch, +Monday morning, when Mrs. Stokes, coming out of the kitchen with floury +hands, inquired, + +"Mrs. Ashford, did you see the little boy in the carriage that just +passed 'long?" + +"Yes," replied Mrs. Ashford. + +"Well, you just ought to have seen him when they brought him up here +three weeks ago--his folks are boarding over at Capt. Smith's; such a +pale, peaked child _I_ never saw! Had been awful sick, they said, and +now you see he looks right down well." + +"Why, yes, he does," said Mrs. Ashford. "I should never imagine he had +been ill very recently. The country has certainly done him good." + +"That's just it!" said Mrs. Stokes. "There's nothing like taking +children to the country a spell after they've been sick. Makes 'em fat +and rosy in less than no time." + +"Oh! mamma," exclaimed Marty. "That makes me think of poor little Jimmy. +I wish we could do something to get him sent to the country." + +"I wish we could, but I don't see any way to do it. I have given all I +can afford this summer to the different Fresh-Air Funds." + +"Can't you think of anything, clothes or such things, that you were +going to get me, and that I _could_ do without, and send the money to +Mrs. Watson?" pleaded Marty. + +"I can't think of anything just this minute," answered her mother with a +gentle smile, "but if you will bring Freddie in out of the hot sun, and +get something to amuse him near here, I'll try to think." + +"Oh! do, please. And mind, mamma, it must be something for me to do +without--not you." + +Marty ran down the yard to where Freddie, with red face and without his +hat, was rushing up and down playing he was a "little engine." + +"Freddie," she called, "don't you want to come and make mud pies?" + +This was a favorite amusement of the small boy, and instantly the little +engine subsided into a baker. Marty led him up near the porch, where +there was a nice bed of mould--"clean dirt," Mrs. Stokes called it--and +they were soon hard at work on the pies. + +Marty enjoyed this play as much as Freddie, and it was some time before +she thought of asking, + +"Mamma, have you thought of anything yet?" + +Mrs. Ashford smiled and nodded. + +"What is it?" exclaimed Marty, bounding up on the porch. + +"I don't know whether you will like the plan or not, but it is the only +thing that occurs to me. Your school coat will be too short for you next +winter, and I was going to get you a new one. But the old one could be +altered so that you might wear it. I have some of the material, and +could piece the skirt and sleeves and trim it with braid. As it always +was a little too large for you about the shoulders, it would fit next +winter well enough that way. Doing that would save about five dollars as +near as I can calculate." + +"Then we should have five dollars for Jimmy?" + +"Yes." + +"But would it be much trouble to you to alter the coat?" + +"It would be some trouble, but I am willing to take that for my share." + +"Oh! then let's do it," cried Marty. + +"Wait, wait," said her mother. "You must think it over first. You know +when you do things in a hurry, sometimes you regret them afterwards." + +"I know I sha'n't regret this," Marty protested; "but I'll go and think +a while." + +She went and sat down on her last batch of pies, resting her head on her +knees, with her eyes shut. In a very short space of time she was back at +her mother's side. + +"Oh! you have not thought long enough," said Mrs. Ashford. "I meant for +a day or two." + +"There's no use thinking any longer, for I know I'll think just the +same. I've thought all about how the coat will look when it's pieced, +and how all the girls will know it's pieced, and how I'd a great deal +rather have one that isn't pieced. Then I thought how pale and sick +Jimmy looks, and how much he wants to go to the country, and how much +good it would do him to go, and how he has no nice times as I have, and, +I declare, I'd rather wear pieced coats all the rest of my life than not +have him go." She winked her eyes very hard to keep back the tears. + +"Very well," said Mrs. Ashford, stroking the little girl's flushed +cheek, "we will consider it settled. I will write to Mrs. Watson this +afternoon, inclosing the money, and telling her about Jimmy." + +By Saturday a reply came from Mrs. Watson saying that arrangements had +been made to send Jimmy to a kind woman in the country, who would take +good care of him, and it was probable the money Marty had sent would pay +his board there for nearly three weeks. She also said that Jimmy had +been very poorly again. Dr. Fisher, finding him in Mrs. Scott's room one +day when he called, had seen how miserable the boy was, and had given +him medicine, and had said, when he heard he was going to be sent to the +country, that it would be just the thing, better than any amount of +medicine. The letter also stated that Mrs. Fisher had fitted Jimmy out +in some of her little boy's clothes. So he would be very comfortable. + +"Could anything be nicer!" exclaimed Marty. "I'm so glad of it all!" + +The same mail that brought Mrs. Watson's letter brought Marty's little +missionary magazine, which she always wanted to sit right down and +read. + +"Now," said her mother, after they had got through talking over the +letter, "I wish you would mind Freddie while I write some letters." + +Marty took her magazine into the back yard where Freddie was playing +with his wheelbarrow under the lilac-bushes. She sat down by the big +pear-tree to read, though not forgetting to keep an eye on her little +brother's proceedings. Missions seemed as interesting as ever as she +read. Presently she saw Evaline coming out of the kitchen with a pail of +water and brush to scrub the back steps. + +"Evaline," she called, "when you get through your work come down here +where I'm minding Freddie, wont you? I want to tell you something." + +"Yes," replied Evaline, "I'll come pretty soon. This is the last thing +I've got to do." + +She soon came and threw herself on the grass beside Marty, who forthwith +began showing her the magazine and telling her in a rather incoherent +way about mission work in general and their band in particular. She told +how many belonged to the band, what they did at the meetings, how much +money they had, and what they were going to do with it; how this band +was only one of hundreds of bands that were all connected with a big +society; and how the object of the whole thing was to teach the heathen +in foreign lands about God and try to make Christians of them. + +"That must be the same thing that Ruth Campbell was talking so much +about a while ago," said Evaline when Marty stopped, more to take breath +than because she had nothing further to say. + +"Who's Ruth Campbell? and what was she saying?" + +"Why, the Campbells live in that house that you can just see the top of +from our barn. Ruth's as old as our Almiry, but she knows a heap more, +for she went to school in Johnsburgh. She taught our school last winter, +and is going to again next. She told us about something they have in +Johnsburgh, and it sounds very much like yours, so it must be a +mission-band. She said she wished we could have one here, but none of us +paid much attention to it." + +"Oh, I think you would like it ever so much," said Marty; "only maybe +there wouldn't be enough children round here to make a band," she added +doubtfully. + +"How many does it take?" asked Evaline. + +"Oh, bands are of different sizes. I s'pose you _could_ make one of four +or five." + +"There's a sight more children than that on the mountain," said Evaline +with some contempt. "But then some of 'em mightn't want to send their +money away to the heathen; and anyhow, I don't know where they'd get any +money to send. Folks up here, 'specially children, don't have much." + +"Why, I thought the country was just the place to make money for +missions," cried Marty. "There's 'first-fruits' and such things that are +a great deal easier got at in the country than in town. And I have heard +of children raising missionary corn and potatoes, and having missionary +hens that laid the very best kind of eggs regularly every day, that +brought a high price." + +"Yes, but who's going to buy the things up here? Folks all have their +own corn and potatoes and hens. And how'd we children get a few little +things miles and miles to market?" + +Marty was rather taken aback by this view of the subject. "The children +I read about got _somebody_ to buy their things," she said. + +She was rather discouraged because Evaline was not more enthusiastic +about missions, and thought there was no use trying to further the cause +in this region; but fortunately she happened to tell Almira what they +had been talking of, and she took up the subject as warmly as Marty +could wish, saying she thought it would be very nice to have a +missionary circle of some sort. + +"Ruth has talked to me about it," she said, "and I promised to help, +but we can't seem to get the children interested." + +"Aren't there _any_ interested, not even enough to begin with?" inquired +Marty. + +"Well, there are Ruth's two brothers and sister, and I think Joe and +Maria Pratt, who live just beyond Campbell's, might be talked into it. +Then there's Eva, but she doesn't seem to care much about it." + +"I care a great deal more since I heard Marty tell about her band," +Evaline declared, "and I wouldn't mind belonging to something of the +kind, only I don't see where I'd get any money to give." + +"We'd try to manage that," said Almira. + +After that for a few days there was a good deal of talk among them all +on the subject, and some reading aloud afternoons from Marty's +missionary books. Finally Mrs. Stokes said she thought it would be a +very good thing for the young people in the neighborhood to have a +society, and proposed that Almira and the little girls should go over +and spend the next afternoon with Ruth, when they could talk the matter +over. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +THE MOUNTAIN MISSION-BAND. + + +"I am very glad Marty came up here this summer, for I do believe, with +her to help us, we shall get the mission-band started at last," said +pretty, blue-eyed Ruth Campbell, after they had all been talking for an +hour or so as hard as their tongues could go. + +When she had learned what her visitors' errand was, she had called her +sister and brothers and had sent Hugh over for Maria and Joe Pratt. Then +they had quite a conference on the shady porch, Ruth sewing busily all +the while. + +"I'm afraid I can't help much," said Marty. + +"Why, you have helped and are helping ever so much. You've got Evaline +all worked up, and Maria too, and by telling us what you do in your band +you have given us many hints for ours." + +"Now, Ruth," said Evaline, "let's begin the band right away, so that we +can have some meetings while Marty's here. You must be president, of +course." + +"Evaline has it all settled," said Ruth, laughing. Then turning to +Almira she asked, "Which do you think would be best--just start a kind +of temporary band and wait until school opens to organize, or organize +now, trusting to persuade others to join?" + +"I think it would be best to organize now. It will be easier to get them +to join a band already started than it will be to get them stirred up to +begin," was Almira's opinion. + +Then she wished to know what they would do about her. She wanted to +belong, but then she was not a child. + +"Do you know of any band, Marty, that has both children and young +ladies?" she asked. + +"No," replied Marty. "In our church the young ladies have a band +themselves." + +"But this isn't a church band; it's a neighborhood band," Ruth +interposed; "and as we haven't many folks up here, I think it will be +well not to divide our forces, but to include all in one organization. +Of course Almira must belong. I think, though, before organizing we had +better see and invite some of the other neighbors. Effie, couldn't you +and Maria go over to McKay's and see what they think of it?" + +Effie, a gentle girl of thirteen, just as pretty and blue-eyed as her +sister, thought she could. + +Joe Pratt said he knew a boy he thought might come. + +"How about the Smiths, Evaline? Do you think any of them would be +interested?" Ruth inquired. + +"Sophy might," Evaline replied rather doubtfully. + +"Well, you see her, wont you? They are not far from you." + +It was finally resolved that as everybody was so busy through the week +during this harvesting season, a meeting should be held the next Sunday +afternoon. The place chosen was a grove which was just half way between +Mr. Stokes' and Mr. Campbell's. If, however, the day was not suitable +for an out-door meeting, they were to assemble in Mr. Stokes' barn, a +fine, new affair, much handsomer than his house, and occupying a +commanding situation from which there was a beautiful view. + +When everything was settled the children ran off to play, and Almira +helped Ruth and her mother to get supper. + +The next Sunday was a lovely day, not too warm, and the meeting in the +grove was a decided success. Altogether there were fourteen present, +though two were visitors, Marty and one of Capt. Smith's summer +boarders, who came with Sophy. Ruth had a nice little programme made +out, and after the exercises they organized. Ruth was elected president, +Almira, for the present, secretary, and Hugh Campbell, treasurer. They +decided as long as the weather remained pleasant to meet every Sunday +afternoon. In winter, of course, they could not get together so +frequently. + +They had already had, and continued to have, many discussions about ways +of earning their missionary money. One thing the boys thought of was to +gather berries and sell them to the people in the valleys, mountain +blackberries being esteemed very delicious. There would be plenty of +work about that--first climbing the heights and then carrying their +burdens for miles. + +Ruth was so much taken with Marty's plan of making tenths the basis of +what she gave to missions that she concluded to adopt the same plan. + +"That's easy enough for you," said Almira. "You have your salary and +half the butter-money, but I have no income. You know we don't sell much +butter. I'll have to think of some other way to earn a little money." + +"Well, do hurry and think what we can do, Almira," said Evaline +fretfully. She depended on her sister always to do the thinking. "I'm +afraid we wont have anything to give." + +"I am thinking," said Almira. + +The result was she asked her father if he would let her and Evaline have +a strip of the field adjoining the garden next summer, where they might +raise vegetables. When he consented she asked Mrs. Dutton at the hotel +if she would buy these vegetables. To this Mrs. Dutton, who knew the +good quality of everything from the Stokes farm, and what a "capable" +girl Almira was, readily agreed. + +"There now, Eva," said Almira, "by weeding and gathering vegetables you +can earn your missionary money." + +"But, Almira," said Marty, "how will you ever get the things down to the +hotel?" + +"Well, the evenings Hiram has to go to Trout Run to meet the market +train, he can take my baskets for the next day along. Other days, if I +can't do any better, I can harness Nelly and take them down in the +morning myself before she is needed in the fields." + +"You'd have to get up awfully early." + +"Oh, yes!" said Almira, laughing. "I'll have to get up about three +o'clock, I suppose, to have the things ready in time." + +"Three o'clock!" exclaimed Marty in dismay. + +"There's going to be plenty of hard work about your missionary money, +Almira," said Mrs. Ashford. + +"Oh, I'm willing to do the work," replied Almira. "From all Ruth says, +it is a cause worth working for." + +"Yes; but all that wont be till next summer--a year off," objected +Evaline. "How are we going to get any money sooner?" + +But Almira had another plan. + +"Father," she said, one evening, "instead of hiring an extra hand this +fall to sort and barrel apples, wont you let Evaline and me do it, and +pay us the wages?" + +"Do you think you could do as much work as a man?" inquired the farmer +good-humoredly. + +"I'll back Almiry for fast and good work against any man _I_ ever saw," +said Hiram emphatically. + +Mr. Stokes laughed quietly. "Well," he said, "'t will be hard work, with +all else you have to do, but I'm willing you should try." + +"I can do it," Almira answered determinedly. + +After another spell of thinking she said to Evaline, "We might raise +some turkeys next summer. They bring a good price." + +"Oh, turkeys are such a bother!" cried Evaline. "They take so much +running after--always going where they might get hurt." + +She had had some experience in minding young turkeys. + +"But just think of the money we'd have," Almira reminded her. "And you +know we'll have to work for our missionary money somehow." + +"That's so," said Evaline, who was not fond of work. "It might as well +be turkeys as anything else." + +"Mamma," said Marty one morning, "Hiram says he'd like to join the band. +But a great big man can't belong to a mission-band, can he?" + +"He might be an honorary member," suggested Mrs. Ashford. + +"What sort of a member is that?" + +"He could attend the meetings, take part in the exercises, and +contribute money, but he could not vote." + +"Well, maybe Hiram would like to join that way. S'pose we ask him;" and +off she and Evaline flew in search of Hiram. + +They found him up by the barn. + +"O Hiram!" said Marty. "I just now told mamma about your wanting to join +the mission-band, and she says you might join as an _honorary_ member." + +Hiram stuck his pitchfork in the ground, rested his hands on the top of +it, and his chin on his hands. + +"What's that kind of a member got to do?" he asked slowly. + +"You may give money, but you can't vote," Marty instructed him. + +Hiram thought over it a good while, and then said very gravely, though +his eyes twinkled, "Well, I guess giving money's the main thing after +all, isn't it? I reckon I'll join if you'll let me." + +"We'll be ever so glad to have you," said Marty warmly. She felt as if +it was partly her band, and was interested in seeing it growing and +flourishing. + +They were nearly back to the house when Evaline suddenly stopped, +exclaiming, + +"You never told him he might come to the meetings!" + +"Neither I did! How came I to forget that! We must go right back and +tell him." + +When they reached the barn again, they saw Hiram at the foot of the +hill, just entering the next field; but hearing the girls shouting, +"Hiram! Hiram!" and seeing them running to overtake him, he strode back +across the fence, and seated himself on the top rail to wait for them. + +"I forgot a most important thing," said Marty, panting for breath. +"Mamma says honorary members may attend the meetings." + +"Maybe I hadn't better attend them," said Hiram with a quizzical look. +"I might want to vote." + +"Oh, do you think you should?" asked Marty anxiously. + +Hiram bit off a piece of straw and chewed it, slowly moving his head +from side to side, appearing to meditate profoundly, while the little +girls waited in suspense. + +"Well," he said, after he had apparently thought the matter over, "I +suppose I can hold up from voting; and I reckon you can count on me to +come." + +And come he did, the very next Sunday, appearing to take great interest +in the proceedings. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +A FLOWER SALE. + + +"Oh, look! Look over there!" exclaimed Marty. "What are those lovely +white flowers?" + +"Wild clematis," replied Evaline. + +"O Hiram, wont you please stop and let us get some?" pleaded Marty. "I'd +like so much to take some to mamma." + +Hiram was obliged to go to Black's Mills on an errand that morning, and +Marty and Evaline had been allowed to go with him for the ride. +Returning he had driven around by another road, as he said one of the +horses had lost a shoe, and this road, though longer, was less stony, +and therefore easier for the horse than the other. Besides it would take +them by McKay's blacksmith-shop, where he could get the horse shod. + +It was when going through a valley, which the country folks called "the +bottom," that they saw the clematis. It was growing in the greatest +profusion in the meadows and the woods on both sides of the road, +rambling over bushes, rocks, fences, everything, with its great starry +clusters of white blossoms. + +"I don't think you had better go after any," said Hiram in reply to +Marty's request. "Them low places are muddy after the rain yesterday, +and your ma might be angry if you was to go home with your shoes all +muddied. Besides, there _may_ be snakes under them bushes." + +"Snakes! Oh, dear!" said Marty with a shudder. "But I should like some +of those flowers for mamma." + +"Well," said Hiram, reining in the horses, "if you promise to sit still +in the wagon and not be up to any of your tricks of climbing in and out, +I'll get you some." + +"Oh, thank you ever so much! I'll sit as still as a mouse. But then I +shouldn't like the snakes to bite you." + +"I reckon they wont bite me," said Hiram, as he leaped over the fence, +and taking out his knife proceeded to cut great clusters of flowers. + +"Oh, just see the loads he is getting!" cried Marty. + +Then as Hiram returned with a huge armful which he carefully laid in the +back of the wagon, she said, "Thank you many times, Hiram. You are very +kind. How pleased mamma will be! But half these are yours, Evaline." + +After this they had what was to Marty the pleasure of fording a small +stream, where the horses were allowed to stop and drink. Presently they +had a distant view of a cascade, called Buttermilk Falls. As the road +did not approach very near, only a glimpse could be caught of the creamy +foam; but Hiram said that some day, if Mr. Stokes could spare him, he +would drive them all down to that point, and they could walk from there +to the falls. + +"I reckon Mrs. Ashford would like to see 'em," he said. + +"Indeed she would," said Marty. + +Altogether the drive was what Marty considered "just perfectly lovely." +And she was delighted also to be able to go home with such quantities of +pretty flowers. She was already planning with Evaline what vases and +pitchers they should put them in. "How surprised the folks will be when +they see us coming in with our arms full!" she said. + +When they reached a little wood back of Mr. Stokes' barn, Hiram stopped +the horses, saying, + +"Now, I've got to go 'round to McKay's, and may have to wait there a +considerable spell, so you'd better just hop out here and go home +through the woods." + +He helped them out, gave them the flowers, and drove on. The girls sat +down under a tree and divided the spoils. Marty contrived to make a +basket of her broad-brimmed brown straw hat, in which she carefully +placed her flowers. Evaline's basket was her gingham apron held up by +the corners. + +When they came within sight of the grove where their missionary meetings +had been held, Evaline whispered, + +"Look, Marty! there are some ladies sitting on our log." + +Sure enough, there were three young ladies, evidently resting after a +mountain climb, for their alpenstocks were lying beside them, and one, a +bright, black-eyed girl wearing a stylish red jacket, was fanning +herself with her broad hat. As Marty and Evaline drew near this young +lady called out gaily, + +"Well, little flower girls, where did you come from?" + +"We've been to Black's Mills in the wagon with Hiram, and when we were +coming through the bottom he got this clematis for us," explained Marty, +who always had to be spokesman. + +"And it is beautiful!" exclaimed the young lady. "What wouldn't I give +for some like it! Did Hiram leave any or did he gather all for you?" + +"Oh, there's plenty left!" + +"Then I must have some," said the young lady, jumping up. "Come, girls, +follow your leader to this bottom, wherever it is, and let us gather +clematis while we may." + +"Fanny, Fanny, you crazy thing! Sit down and behave yourself," cried one +of her friends, laughing. "You have no idea where the place is, and we +have been walking for three or four hours already." + +"Oh, you can't go," said Marty earnestly to Miss Fanny. "It's miles and +miles away; down steep hills and across the ford. Besides, Hiram says +there may be snakes among the bushes." + +"Well, that settles it," said Miss Fanny, reseating herself on the log, +while the others laughed heartily. + +Then Marty said with pretty hesitation, "Wont you have some of my +flowers? I'd like to give you some." + +"Some of mine, too," said Evaline, her generosity overcoming her +shyness. + +"Oh, no, indeed!" protested Miss Fanny. "Thank you very much, but I +would not for the world deprive you of them. Very likely you have got it +all arranged exactly how you are going to dispose of them at home." + +So they had, but neither of them was a bit selfish. Marty had already +placed her hat on the end of the log and was busily engaged in +separating a large bunch of flowers from the rest, and Evaline, +approaching the young ladies, held out her apronful towards them. + +"Perhaps," suggested the tall, fair girl, whom her companions called +"Dora," "perhaps you would be willing to play you are real flower girls +and would sell us some." + +"Yes, yes," exclaimed Miss Fanny, "let us make a play of it. Little +girls, how much are your flowers?" and she drew forth a long blue purse. + +"'T would be mean to sell what didn't cost us anything, and what we +didn't have to move a finger to get," said Marty. "I'd a great deal +rather you would let me give you as many as you want." + +"No, it would not be mean at all when you are giving up what you have so +much pleasure in. It would only be fair to take something in exchange," +said Miss Fanny. "Just think!" she added persuasively, "isn't there +something you'd each like to have a quarter for?" + +Marty still held out against taking money for the flowers, but all at +once Evaline exclaimed brightly, "Oh, the mission-band!" + +"Mission-band!" cried Miss Fanny. "Familiar sound! Are you mission +girls?" + +"Yes," they said. + +"Why, so are we all. We must shake hands all around." + +They did so, laughing, and feeling like old friends. Then in ten +minutes' chatter the young ladies told what cities they were from and +what bands they belonged to, found out about Marty's home band, and the +newly-formed mountain band she took such an interest in, and which +Evaline persisted in saying Marty started. They were particularly +delighted in hearing about this last; they thought it highly romantic +that the meetings were held in that lovely grove, and were amused by the +idea of meeting in the barn in case of rain, and also of Hiram's +consenting to join as an honorary member. + +"Now," said Miss Fanny, "you will agree to sell some of your flowers, +wont you? See how nicely it all fits in--we want some flowers very much, +and you want some money for your mission work. So it's a fair exchange. +Girls," she said, turning to her friends, "you know this is Mrs. +Thurston's birthday. Wouldn't it be lovely if we could have about half +this clematis to decorate her room with?" + +Marty declared if she was going to give them a quarter apiece, she must +take all, or most of the flowers, instead of half. After much talk it +was finally arranged that the little girls were each to keep what Miss +Fanny called "a good double-handful," and the rest was handed over to +the young ladies. + +"This is my first missionary money," said Evaline, caressing her bright +silver quarter in delight. + +Marty, also, appeared very well pleased with the unexpected increase to +her store. + +Before separating Miss Fanny proposed another plan. She had already +stated that she and her friends were staying at the hotel in +Riseborough, and had caused Evaline to point out where she lived. + +"Day after to-morrow," said Miss Fanny, "a party of five or six of us +are going to take a drive to see some falls, and coming back we pass +right by your house. We shall probably be along towards the close of the +afternoon. Now couldn't you be on the lookout for us, and have some more +missionary clematis for sale?" + +"It doesn't grow very near here," said Evaline, "and I don't believe +Hiram would have time to take us to the bottom again after any. He's +busy harvesting." + +"Of course I don't wish you to go to so much trouble about it; but +cannot you get us flowers of some kind near here--in some of these +woods?" + +Evaline, who was anxious for more missionary money, said she thought +there were still some cardinal flowers down in the glen, and Miss Fanny +said they would be the very thing. + +"And then it would be more like earning the missionary money if we had +to work ourselves to get the flowers," said Marty. + +"You have been brought up in the orthodox school, I see," said Miss +Fanny, and all the young ladies laughed. + +After many last words and kindly adieus, they parted, and the children +ran home to relate their adventures. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +WEEDING. + + +When the plan for Thursday was announced, both Mrs. Ashford and Mrs. +Stokes objected to the little girls going so far into the woods by +themselves; and nobody could go with them. + +"Then we'll have no flowers for the ladies," sighed Marty. + +"And no more missionary money," added Evaline. + +"Why not give them flowers out of the garden?" said Mrs. Stokes. "Sakes +alive! there's plenty there. And they're just the kind I've seen city +folks going crazy over. Some of the hotel folks were up here last +summer, and deary me! but they did make a to-do over my larkspur, +sweet-william, china pinks, candytuft, cockscomb, and such. You just +give the ladies some of 'em, and they'll be pleased enough; for there's +hardly any flowers in Riseborough--too shady, I guess." + +"That's all well enough for Evaline," said Mrs. Ashford, "but Marty has +no right to sell your flowers." + +"She has if I give 'em to her, hasn't she? I'm sure she's welcome to +every bloom in the garden to do what she pleases with. Not that I want +my flowers sold; I'd rather give 'em to the ladies, but as long as it is +for mission work--" and the good woman finished with a little nod. + +But Mrs. Ashford still objected to Marty's taking the flowers, and +Evaline would not have anything to do with the scheme unless Marty could +"go halves." + +"Dear Mrs. Stokes," said Marty, "can't you think of some way I could +work for the flowers, and then mamma wouldn't object to my taking them?" + +"Well, I'll tell you. The gravel walk 'round the centre bed is pretty +tolerable weedy, and if you and Evaline'll weed it out nice and clean, +you may have all the flowers you want all summer." + +That satisfied all parties, and the weeding began that afternoon. When +Marty was going to do anything she always wanted to get at it right +away. Besides Almira advised them to do some that afternoon. + +"Then maybe you can finish it up to-morrow morning before the sun gets +'round there," she said. "This is a very good time to do it too--just +after the rain." + +The girls were armed with old knives--not very sharp ones--to dig out +the weeds with, if they would not come with pulling. + +"You must be sure to get them up by the roots," said Almira, "or they'll +grow again before you know where you are." + +"Oh, we are going to do it _good_," Marty declared. + +They divided the walk into sections, and set to work vigorously. In a +few moments Marty remarked complacently, + +"The bottom of my basket is quite covered with weeds. But then," she +added in a different tone, "I don't see where they came from. I hardly +miss them out of the walk." + +A few moments more of quiet work, and she called out, + +"Evaline, are many of your weeds in _tight_?" + +"Awful tight," answered Evaline disconsolately. "They've got the longest +roots of any weeds _I_ ever saw. 'T would take a week of rain to make +this walk fit to weed." + +"Well," said Marty, "of course it isn't just as easy as taking a quarter +for some clematis that was given to us in the first place, but as it is +for missions I think we ought to be willing to do it, even if it is a +little hard." + +"That's so," Evaline replied, brightening up. + +"And I'm very glad your mother thought of this," Marty went on, "for it +would be dreadful disappointing not to have any flowers for the ladies +when they come, and not to get any more missionary money." + +Again Evaline agreed with her, and the work went on. + +In about half an hour there was quite a large clean patch, and much +encouraged by seeing the progress they were making, they worked more +diligently than ever. Then Marty had a sentimental idea that it might +help them along to sing a missionary hymn, but found upon trial that it +was more of a hindrance than a help. + +"I can't sing when I'm all doubled up this way," she said, "and anyway +when I find a very tough weed I have to stop singing and pull. Then I +forget what comes next." + +"I guess it's better to work while you work and sing afterward," was +Evaline's opinion. + +Here they heard somebody laughing, and looking up saw Mrs. Ashford, who +had come out to see how they were getting on. + +"I think Evaline is about right," she said; "singing and weeding don't +go together very well. But how nicely you have been doing! Why, you are +nearly half through!" + +"Yes, ma'am," said Evaline, "and the other side of the circle a'n't half +so bad as this was. We'll easy get it done to-morrow morning." + +"Yes; and, mamma," cried Marty, "we've got them out good. I don't +believe there'll ever be another weed here!" + +"They'll be as bad as ever after a while," said Evaline, who knew them +of old. + +Marty was pretty tired that evening and did not feel like running about +as much as usual. + +"There now!" exclaimed Mrs. Stokes, looking at Marty as she sat on the +porch steps after supper leaning back against her mother, "there now! +you're all beat out. 'T was too hard work for you. I oughtn't to have +let you do it." + +"Oh! indeed, Mrs. Stokes, I'm not so very tired," cried Marty, "and I +was glad to do it." + +Another hour's work the next morning finished the weeding, and the girls +reflected with satisfaction that they had earned their flowers. Mrs. +Stokes said the work was done "beautiful," and Hiram, who was brought to +inspect it, said they had done so well that he had a great mind to have +them come down to the field and hoe corn. + +Thursday morning early they gathered and put in water enough flowers for +seven fair-sized bouquets, thinking they had better have one more than +Miss Fanny mentioned in case an extra lady came. By four o'clock these +flowers--and how lovely and fragrant they were!--with Mrs. Ashford's +valuable assistance were made into tasteful bouquets, placed on an old +tray with their stems lightly covered with wet moss, and set in the +coolest corner of the porch. The children, including Freddie, all nicely +dressed, took up position on the steps, partly to keep guard over the +flowers and prevent Ponto from lying down on them, and partly to watch +for their callers. + +Marty's bright eyes were the first to see the carriages. + +"There they come around the bend!" she exclaimed, and shortly a carryall +driven by Jim Dutton, and containing three ladies and two children, +followed by a buck-board wherein sat Miss Fanny and Miss Dora, drew up +at the gate. + +Evaline's shyness came on in full force and she hung back, but Marty, +with Freddie holding her hand, proceeded down the walk. They were met by +Miss Fanny, who had thrown the reins to her friend and jumped out the +moment the horse stopped. She kissed Marty, snatched up Freddie, +exclaiming, "What a darling little boy!" and called out, "Come down +here, Evaline! I want to see you." + +Mrs. Stokes, who was too hospitable to see people so near her house +without inviting them in, now came forward to give the invitation, and +as they were obliged to decline on the score of lateness, she called +Almira to bring some cool spring water for them. Seeing Freddie +approaching dangerously near one of the horses, Marty cried, "Freddie, +Freddie, come away from the horse!" and he gravely inquired, "What's the +matter with the poor old horse?" + +This made every one laugh and brought Mrs. Ashford from the porch to +take his hand and keep him out of danger. So they were all assembled at +the roadside, and quite a pleasant, lively time they had. + +The flowers were asked for and Evaline brought them, while Marty +explained why they were garden instead of wild flowers, and Mrs. Stokes +told how the girls earned them. The bouquets were extremely admired. +When proposing the plan in the woods, Miss Fanny had suggested +"ten-cent" bouquets, but everybody said ten cents was entirely too cheap +for such large, beautifully arranged ones, that fifteen cents was little +enough. There was one composed entirely of sweet peas, as Mrs. Ashford +said those delicate flowers looked prettier by themselves. This Miss +Fanny seized upon, insisted on paying twenty cents for, and presented to +a pale, sweet-faced lady in mourning. + +She drew Marty to the side of the carriage where this lady was, and said +in a low voice, + +"Mrs. Thurston, this is the little girl I told you of--the Missionary +Twig who doesn't leave her missionary zeal at home when she goes away +in vacation." + +The lady smiled affectionately as she pressed Marty's hand, and said, + +"I am glad to meet such an earnest little comrade." + +"Oh! but you don't know," protested Marty. "I came very near forgetting +the whole thing. Indeed, it went out of my head altogether from Tuesday +till Sunday." + +The ladies laughed, and Miss Fanny said, + +"Mrs. Thurston was a missionary in India for many years, Marty, and +would be there yet if she was able." + +"India!" exclaimed Marty, with wide-open eyes. "In Lahore!" + +She had heard more about Lahore than any other place, and to her it +seemed like the principal city in India. + +"Oh, no!" replied Mrs. Thurston. "Far from there, hundreds of miles. +Lahore, you know, is in Northern India, in the part known as the Punjab, +while my home was in the extreme south near a city called Madura. Are +you especially interested in Lahore?" + +"Yes, ma'am. It's where our band sends its money. We have a school +there. That is, we pay the teacher. It is one of those little schools in +a room rented from a poor woman, who does her work in one corner while +the school is going on, and the teacher is a native." + +"Ah, yes; I understand." + +"Mrs. C---- is the missionary who superintends it, along with a lot of +other schools. Do you know her?" + +"No, but I have seen her name in the missionary papers." + +"Did you have some of those little schools when you were a missionary, +Mrs. Thurston?" Marty inquired. + +"Yes, I did some school work, but more zenana work." + +"What is zenana work?" + +Just then Mrs. Thurston noticed that preparations were being made to +drive on, so she merely replied, + +"Come down to the village and see me, and we will have a good missionary +talk." + +"Thank you ever so much," said Marty. "I do hope mamma will let me go." + +Evaline was quite overcome when she learned that Mrs. Thurston was a +"real live missionary," and said, + +"She's the first one I ever saw. I wonder if they're all as nice as +that." + +After consultation with her mother, Marty decided to give half her +"flower money"--which altogether amounted to eighty cents--to the +mountain band, and keep the other half for the home band. "Because, you +see, this is all out-and-out missionary money; there's no tithing to be +done," she said. + +Evaline never felt so large in her life as she did when going to the +band meeting the next Sunday, with her eighty cents ready to hand to +Hugh Campbell. + +The Saturday following that memorable Thursday, Miss Fanny and Miss Mary +again presented themselves at the farmhouse, where they were welcomed +like old friends. After some pleasant chat, and a lunch of gingerbread +and fresh buttermilk, Miss Fanny said, + +"We came this morning chiefly to bring you an invitation from Mrs. +Thurston. She wants you all, or as many as possible, to come to an +all-day missionary meeting at the hotel next Tuesday." + +"All day!" exclaimed Almira. + +"Yes. That sounds formidable, doesn't it?" laughed Miss Fanny. "But I'll +tell you about it. We are going to sew for a home missionary family. You +must know that Mrs. Thurston, after spending the best part of her life +and the greater part of her strength in the foreign field, still does +all, in fact, more than her poor health will allow her to do for +missions both at home and abroad. She heard the other day that a +missionary family, acquaintances of hers, in Nebraska, had been burnt +out, and lost everything but the clothes they had on. She told us about +them with tears in her eyes, and some of us discovered she was laying +aside some of her own clothes for the missionary's wife and planning how +she could squeeze out a little money--for she is not rich by any +means--to buy some clothes for the children. Well, the result was we +took up a collection of clothes and money at the hotel, and Mrs. +Thurston got Mr. Dutton to go to Trout Run and telegraph to the Mission +Board that this missionary is connected with that we would send a box of +things in a few days that will keep the family going until some church +can send them a good large box." + +"But how will you know what kind of garments to send?" asked Mrs. +Ashford. "I mean, what sizes?" + +"Mrs. Thurston knows all about how many children there are, and their +ages, so we can guess at their sizes." + +Mrs. Ashford, discovering there was a little girl near Freddie's age, +and as he was, of course, yet in "girl's clothes," said she could spare +a couple of his suits, having brought an ample supply. Some of Marty's +clothes also were found available. + +"We have had some things given us for the lady," said Miss Fanny, "a +wrapper, a jersey, a cashmere skirt, a shawl; also two or three +children's dresses. We have bought nearly all the muslin in Mr. Sims' +store, with some flannel and calico. He is going to Johnsburgh Monday, +and will get us shirts for the missionary, stockings, and such things. +Monday is to be a grand cutting-out day. Tuesday we are to have three +sewing-machines. Several of the village ladies are coming to help, and +we shall be very glad if some of you will come. Mrs. Thurston +particularly desires that the little girls shall come." + +"Oh, do let us go," Marty said, while Evaline looked it. + +Mrs. Ashford could not leave Freddie, and it was not possible for both +Mrs. Stokes and Almira to go, so it was settled that the latter, the +little girls, and Ruth Campbell, whom Miss Fanny wished Almira to +invite, should walk down pretty early in the morning, and Hiram should +bring the light wagon for them in the evening. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +THE HOTEL MISSIONARY MEETING. + + +"It was an elegant sewing-meeting," Marty confided to her mother when +she got home Tuesday evening, "and it wasn't a bit like that one Aunt +Henrietta had the last time we were in Rochester. I liked this one best. +There, you know, the ladies came all dressed up, carrying little velvet +or satin work-bags, and we just had thin bread and butter and such +things for tea--nothing very good. Here some of the ladies--of course I +mean the ones from the village--came in calico dresses and sun-bonnets. +And they were so free and easy--sewed fast and talked fast while they +were there; and then if they had to go home a little bit, they'd just +pop on their bonnets and off they'd go. Mrs. Clarkson thought it was +going to rain, and she ran home to take in her wash, and another lady +went home two or three times to see how her dinner was getting on. + +"Some of them stayed at the hotel to dinner, and all that did stay +brought something with them, pies mostly, though some brought pickles, +preserves, and frosted cake. And every time Mrs. Dutton saw something +being smuggled through the hall she'd call out, + +"'Now I told you not to bring anything. The dinner is _my_ part of this +missionary meeting.' + +"Then they'd all laugh. They were all real kind and pleasant. And such a +dinner! I do believe we had some of _everything_. And supper was just +the same way." + +The hotel, though the boast of the surrounding country, was a very plain +establishment, being nothing more than a tolerably large, simply +furnished frame house accommodating about forty persons. But it was +bright and home-like and beautifully situated. + +"Mrs. Thurston's meeting," as they called it, was held in the large, +uncarpeted dining-room, and the dinner tables were set in the shady back +yard. + +The sewing-room was a busy scene, with Miss Dora and two other ladies +making the machines whir and groups of workers getting material ready +for the machines or "finishing off." Mrs. Thurston, appealed to from all +sides, quietly directed the work,--while Miss Fanny was here, there, and +everywhere, helping everybody. Almira heard, in the course of the day, +that Miss Fanny was quite wealthy, that she had contributed a great deal +towards getting up the box, and was going to pay the freight. + +There were several children besides Marty and Evaline. They were +employed to run errands, pass articles from one person to another, and +fold the smaller pieces of clothing as they were completed. As the day +wore on and the novelty of the thing wore off, most of the children got +tired and went out to play; but Marty, though she ran out a few minutes +occasionally, spent most of the time in the work-room, keeping as close +as possible to Mrs. Thurston, to whom she had taken a great fancy. + +Soon after dinner Miss Fanny came to Mrs. Thurston and said, + +"Now, Mrs. Thurston, if you don't get out of this commotion a while you +will have one of your bad headaches. Do go out in the air. We can get on +without you for an hour." + +So Mrs. Thurston took Marty and went into the grove back of the house, +and it was while sitting there on a rustic seat, with the magnificent +view spread out before them, that they had their missionary talk. + +[Illustration: While sitting there on a rustic seat ... they had their +missionary talk. Page 158.] + +Mrs. Thurston described her home in Southern India, and spoke of the +kind of work she and her husband did there--how he preached and taught +in the city and surrounding villages; how she instructed children in the +schools, and visited the ignorant women, both rich and poor, in their +homes. Often, when not able to leave home on account of her children, +she had classes of poor women in her _compound_, as the yards around the +houses in India are called. She also spent a good deal of time giving +her servants religious instruction. + +"You know," she said, "it is very, very hot there, and we Americans can +only endure the heat by being very careful. At best we sometimes get +sick, and we must do all we can to save ourselves up to teach and +preach. That's what we go there for. If we should cook or do any work of +that kind, we should die; so we employ the natives, who are accustomed +to the heat, to do these things for us. Then, these servants will each +do only one kind of work. That is, the sweeper wont do any cooking or +washing; the man who buys the food and waits on the table wont do +anything else." + +"That's very queer," said Marty. + +"Yes, but it is their way. So we are obliged to have several servants. +But then the wages are very low. Altogether it does not cost any more, +perhaps not as much, as one good girl would in this country. They are a +great deal of trouble, too. They are not, as a rule, very honest or +faithful, and they have, of course, all the heathen vices, and sometimes +we have much worry with them. But what I was going to say is, that we do +our best to teach these servants about God. We used to have them come +in to prayers every day, and on Sunday I would collect them on the +veranda and try to teach them verses of Scripture, which I would explain +over and over again. On these occasions a good many poor, lame, blind +people from the neighborhood would also come. These people were so +densely ignorant that it was hard to make them understand anything, but +in some cases I think the light did get into their minds." + +Then Mrs. Thurston told of the death of her three dear little children, +and Marty felt very, very sorry for her when she spoke of the three +little graves in that distant land. + +"Haven't you any living children?" she asked. + +"Yes, two. One of my sons is a missionary in Ceylon, and the other, with +whom I live, is a minister in New York State." + +Then, it appeared, after many years of labor in that hot climate, the +health of both Mr. and Mrs. Thurston broke down, and they were obliged +to leave the work they loved and come back to America. In a short time +Mr. Thurston died. + +Marty found out, somewhat to her surprise, that the "big society" her +band was connected with was not the only one. Mrs. Thurston belonged to +an entirely different one, and the young ladies, Fanny, Dora, and Mary, +to still another. + +"You see we belong to different religious denominations," said Mrs. +Thurston, "and each denomination has its own Society or Board." + +"This Nebraska missionary, now," suggested Marty, "I suppose he belongs +to your de--whatever it is." + +"Denomination," said Mrs. Thurston, smiling. "No, he belongs to yours." + +"Yet you are all working for him!" exclaimed Marty. + +"Of course. It would not do for these different families of Christians +to keep in their own little pens all the time and never help each other. +But as yet it has been found best for each denomination to have its own +missionary society, though there are some Union Societies, and perhaps +in coming years it may be all union." + +"Now there's this mountain band," said Marty reflectively. "The people +in it are not all the same kind. I mean some are Methodists, and some +are Presbyterians, and the Smiths are Baptists. I heard Ruth say she +didn't know what would be best to do with their money." + +She afterwards heard Ruth consulting Mrs. Thurston about the matter, and +the latter spoke of one of these union societies. Ruth said she would +speak to the others and see if they would wish to send their funds +there. + +By half-past four a great deal of work had been done, and the new +garments were piled up on a table in the corner of the room. Though +needles were still flying, taking last stitches, the hard-driven +machines were silent, having run out of work, as Miss Fanny said. In the +comparative quiet Ruth was heard singing softly over her work. + +"Sing louder, Ruth," said Almira, and Ruth more audibly, but still +softly, sang, + + "From Greenland's icy mountains." + +One voice after another took up the refrain, and by the time the second +line was reached the old hymn was sent forth on the air as a grand +chorus. The children came up on the porch, the girls came out of the +kitchen to listen. The customers in Sims' store and the loungers around +the blacksmith's shop stopped talking as the sound reached them. + +When the last strains died away, and before talking could be resumed, +Ruth said, + +"Marty, wont you say those verses you said at our last band meeting?" + +"I'll say them if the ladies would like to hear them," said Marty, who +was not at all timid, and knew the verses very thoroughly, having +recited them at the anniversary of her own band. + +The ladies desired very much to hear them, and, taking her stand at one +end of the room, she repeated very nicely those well-known lines +beginning, + + "An aged woman, poor and weak, + She heard the mission teacher speak; + The slowly-rolling tears came down + Upon her withered features brown: + 'What blessed news from yon far shore! + Would I had heard it long before!'" + +"How touching that is!" said one of the hotel ladies, and Mrs. Sims was +seen to wipe her eyes with the pillow-slip she was seaming. + +"Mrs. Thurston," said Miss Fanny, who saw that a good start on a foreign +missionary meeting had been made, and was not willing to let the +opportunity be lost, "when you were in India did you meet many persons +who were anxious to hear the gospel, or were they mainly indifferent?" + +In replying to this question Mrs. Thurston told many interesting things +that had come under her observation, and this led to further questions +from others, so they had quite a long talk on missionary work both in +India and other countries. Finally one of the boarders asked, + +"Well, do you think the world ever will be converted to Christianity?" + +"I know it will," replied Mrs. Thurston; and she quoted, "All the ends +of the world shall remember and turn unto the Lord; and all kindreds of +the nations shall worship before thee." + +FANNY. "For it is written, As I live, saith the Lord, every knee shall +bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God." + +DORA. "The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the +waters cover the sea." + +RUTH. "He shall have dominion also from sea to sea, and from the river +unto the ends of the earth." + +"Dora, Dora," said Miss Fanny, with an imperative little gesture, +"'Jesus shall reign'"-- + +Miss Dora obediently began to sing, + + "Jesus shall reign where'er the sun + Does his successive journeys run," + +and was at once joined by the others. + +"Now, dear friends," said Mrs. Thurston, when the hymn was finished, +"upon this, the only occasion we are all likely to be together, shall we +not unite in asking God to hasten the coming of this glorious time, and +ask for his blessing on our humble attempts to work in this cause?" + +Work was dropped and every head bowed, as Mrs. Thurston uttered fervent +words of prayer that the Lord would fill all their hearts with love for +missions, and that he would permit them to do something towards helping +in the work. She prayed especially for the children who were engaged in +missionary work, and asked that they might have grace given them to +devote their whole lives to the service of God. + +"Well," said Mrs. Clarkson, as she was leaving, "this has been a right +down pleasant meeting, and I think the last part was just about the +best." + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +THE GARDEN MISSIONARY MEETING. + + +Two or three days afterwards Miss Fanny, with one of her young friends, +came up to tell the farmhouse people that the box had gone. She said +that Mr. Sims had given them a box, and had also kindly attended to +sending it off. + +The day after the meeting, when Hiram went down to the postoffice, Marty +and Evaline had each sent by him a book for the missionary children, and +Miss Fanny said that this prompted some of the children at the hotel to +send books. + +During the remainder of the summer there was frequent intercourse +between the hotel and the farmhouse, and the "mission workers," +particularly, learned to love each other very much. Marty felt very +proud to be numbered among these workers, though she was only a "twig." +She said, + +"I'll have a great deal to tell Miss Agnes and the girls when I go +home--sha'n't I, mamma?" + +Some new members joined the mountain band, and by the last of August it +numbered twenty-one. Ruth said she wished very much that before Mrs. +Thurston left they might have her meet with the band. She thought they +would all take greater interest in mission work if they could hear +something of it from one who had spent so many years in the midst of it. +Mrs. Thurston said she would be very happy to attend a meeting and talk +with the members. So arrangements were made to have her do so. + +It would be impossible for her to reach the grove, as she could not walk +so far, and the drive from the hotel to Mr. Campbell's was very rough +and quite long. + +"Mother," said Almira, when they were trying to settle the matter, +"couldn't we have a meeting here? It would be easier for Mrs. Thurston +to get here, and convenient enough for everybody else." + +"Why, of course they may meet here," her mother replied. "Our parlor's a +plenty big enough to hold 'em." + +"Oh! dear Mrs. Stokes," protested Marty, "don't let us meet in the house +when there's so much lovely out-of-doors. That grassy place in the +garden near the currant-bushes would be just an elegant place for a +meeting." + +"I vote with Marty for out-of-doors," said Ruth. "We'll have enough +times for in-door meetings after a while." + +"Suit yourselves," said kind Mrs. Stokes. "You're welcome to any place +I've anything to do with." + +"And may some of the rest of us from the hotel come?" asked Miss Fanny, +who happened to be present when this talk was going on. + +"Yes, indeed. The more the--." Mrs. Stokes was just going to say, as she +so often did, "the more the merrier," when she recollected that it +would be Sunday and the meeting a religious one. But she let them all +know she would like them to come. Mrs. Ashford and Ruth had great +difficulty in persuading her not to bake a quantity of cake on Saturday +and serve refreshments to the band. + +"You must remember, dear Mrs. Stokes," said Ruth, "it isn't a party, and +nobody will expect anything to eat. Now you must not think of going to +any trouble." + +"The idee of having a lot of people come to your house and not give 'em +a bite of anything!" exclaimed Mrs. Stokes. + +Sunday afternoon chairs were carried out to the grassy spot Marty had +selected, among them a comfortable arm-chair for Mrs. Thurston. Marty +insisted on farmer Stokes' special arm-chair being carried out for him, +and with the help of Wattie Campbell contrived to get it there. Hiram, +before he drove down to the hotel for the ladies, made a couple of +benches of boards placed on kegs. These were for the girls. The boys, +he said, could sit on the ground, and that is where he sat himself. + +Mrs. Thurston brought with her a cloth map of India which the young +ladies fastened to two trees. She also had some photographs of people +and places in India which were passed around among the company. Mr. +Stokes was particularly struck with the beautiful scenery these pictures +showed. + +"Well," he said, "I never knew much about India, but I had no idea it +was such a handsome place." + +"Oh, yes," said Mrs. Thurston, "the scenery in some parts of these +tropical countries is very fine, the foliage is so luxuriant, the +flowers so gorgeous, the skies so brilliant. Indeed, a photograph only +gives the merest hint of the beauties." + +She described certain mountain and forest views, also some parks and +gardens she had visited. + +"Don't you remember those lines in the missionary hymn, Mr. Stokes," +Miss Dora asked, + + "'Where every prospect pleases, + And only man is vile'?" + +Mrs. Thurston told them that the people in India do not live on farms as +many do in this country, but crowd together in towns and villages, +going out from there to work in the fields. She briefly described the +large city of Madras, with its mingled riches and poverty, its streets +crowded with all sorts of people, some of them with hardly any clothing +on, its temples and bazaars, or shops. Then she spoke of Madura, where +her home had been so long. + +It was hard to get her listeners, as they sat in this cool, shady +garden, fanned by mountain breezes, to understand how hot it is in +India, especially Southern India. They thought the _punkahs_, or huge +fans, that are in all the churches and larger houses, and which a man +works constantly to cool the air, must be very queer contrivances. The +idea of having to stay indoors during the middle of the day, keeping +very still, lying down, perhaps, did not strike Mrs. Stokes very +favorably. + +"That wouldn't suit me," she said--"to lie down in the daytime and be +fanned. I'd want to be up and doing." + +"I fear even your energy would flag in that climate," replied Mrs. +Thurston, laughing. "Foreigners are obliged to be very careful or they +could not live there at all. Of course we missionaries were not idle at +the time I speak of. We were studying, writing, or making arrangements +about our work." + +She then told a good deal about the way the missionaries work among the +people, taking her hearers with her in imagination to some of the +mission-schools, and to the Sunday services in the little church where +her husband had preached. In doing this she repeated a passage of +Scripture and sang a hymn in the Tamil language--the language used in +that part of India. + +"Now I will tell you something of zenana visiting," she said. + +"Mrs. Thurston," said Ruth, "wont you please first tell us exactly what +a zenana is?" Ruth knew herself, but she was afraid some of the others +did not. + +"The word zenana," replied Mrs. Thurston, "strictly means women's +apartment, but as it is generally used by us it means the houses of the +high caste gentlemen, where their wives live in great seclusion. These +high caste women very seldom go out, except occasionally to worship at +some temple. They live, as we would say, at the back of the house, their +windows never facing the street. Sometimes they have beautiful gardens +and pleasant rooms, but often it is just the other way. They have few +visitors and no male visitors at all, never seeing even their own +brothers. The low caste women, though they lack many privileges the +others have, yet have more freedom and are not secluded in this way." + +"I'd rather be low caste," said Marty. + +"You wouldn't rather be either if you knew all about it," said Miss +Fanny. + +"In visiting the poorer people," Mrs. Thurston went on to say, "when I +was seen to enter a house the neighbors all around would flock in, so +that I could talk with several families at once. But in visiting a +zenana I only saw the inhabitants of that one house. To be sure there +was generally quite a crowd of them, for the rich gentlemen often have +several wives. Then there would be the daughters-in-law, for the sons +all bring their wives to their father's house. Then all these ladies +have female servants to wait on them and who are constantly present, so +altogether there would be quite a company." + +"I suppose they would be glad to see you," suggested Mrs. Ashford. + +"Oh, yes. They welcome any change, their lives are so dull." + +"What do they do with themselves all day long?" inquired Miss Fanny. "I +suppose they don't work, as they have plenty of servants to do +everything for them. They don't shop or market or visit. They have no +lectures or concerts to attend. They are not educated, at least not +many of them; and even if they could read, they have no books. Oh, what +a life!" + +"What do they do, Mrs. Thurston?" Marty asked. + +"Well, they look over their clothes and jewels, spend a great deal of +time every day in being bathed in their luxurious way, and being +dressed. Then they lounge about, gossip, and quarrel a good deal, I +suspect. They are very fond of hearing what is going on, and the servant +who brings them the most news is the greatest favorite." + +"And that's the way so many women have lived for centuries!" sighed +Ruth. + +"Things are improving somewhat now," said Mrs. Thurston. "Education for +women is very much more thought of than in former years. A great many +girls are now allowed to attend the Government and other schools, and +many men in these days are anxious to have their wives educated. Some +employ teachers to come to their houses and teach the inmates. If only +all these women could receive a Christian education, India would soon be +a delightfully different place." + +"How do the missionaries get into these zenanas?" Ruth inquired. "Do +they go as teachers or visitors or--what?" + +"In some cases missionary ladies have gained admission by going to +teach these shut-in ladies fancy-work or something of the kind. Other +times they contrive to get introduced in some way, going as visitors. +But in every case they aim to make their visit the means of carrying the +gospel to these women." + +"Are they willing to have you talk on religious subjects?" asked Mrs. +Ashford. + +"Some of them are not. You know there is, of course, as much diversity +among them as among any other women. But after they have got used to our +coming, and have examined our clothes and asked us all sorts of +questions, some of them very childish ones, they generally listen to +what we wish to say and become interested in the Bible and the story of +the cross." + +Mrs. Thurston then spoke particularly of some of the houses she used to +visit, told about the pretty little children and their pretty young +mothers, what they all did and said, in a way that interested her +hearers very much. She also told how some of these friends of hers had +received the gospel message and were converted to Christ. "And if you +only understood the position of these people under this dreadful caste +system, you would see what difficulties they have to contend with before +they can come out on the Lord's side," she said. "But it is our duty and +privilege to show them the right way, the way of life, and shall we not +do all in our power to send them the gospel? Those of them who know +about free and happy America are looking to us for help. Did you ever +hear some verses called 'Work in the Zenana'? I can repeat a couple of +them." + + "'Do you see those dusky faces + Gazing dumbly to the West-- + Those dark eyes, so long despairing, + Now aglow with hope's unrest? + + "'They are looking, waiting, longing + For deliverance and light; + Shall we not make haste to help them, + Our poor sisters of the night?'" + +There was a great deal more talk about India, Mrs. Thurston being +besieged with questions, until Ruth feared she would be worn out, and +said the meeting had better close. + +"Oh! I like to talk about my dear India," said Mrs. Thurston with a +tearful smile; "and if it is any help to you all in your work, I am only +too willing to give you the help." + +"You have helped us ever so much," replied Ruth, "and we are very +grateful. I'm sure we shall always feel the greatest interest in that +wonderful old India, with its sore need of the gospel." + +"Yes," said Almira, "I feel now that every cent of money we can scrape +together should be used for India." + +"Unfortunately it is not the only needy place in the world," said Miss +Mary. + +"Well," said Ruth, "we must just work hard and do all we can for heathen +lands." + +Then they sang several hymns, Hiram and Hugh Campbell having carried +Almira's melodeon out to the garden, and closed by repeating the Lord's +prayer in concert. + +During the singing Mrs. Stokes had slipped away, and Mrs. Ashford and +Ruth exchanged smiling glances when they saw her standing by the +garden-gate as the friends passed out, insisting that they should take +some cookies and drop cakes from a basket she held. She would not hear +of the hotel ladies getting into the carriage until they had partaken of +the sliced cake and hot tea she had ready for them on the side porch. + +"Ah, this is the way you get around it, Mrs. Stokes!" said Ruth. + +"Now, Ruth," exclaimed the good woman, "don't you say a word. I a'n't +going to have these folks go back home all fagged out when a cup of tea +will do 'em good." + +"This is another perfectly elegant missionary meeting," said Marty. "I +wonder if Edith and the other girls are having as good a time as I am." + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +COUSIN ALICE'S ZENANA WORK. + + +Mr. Ashford came up to the farmhouse about the first of September, and +spent a week before taking his family home. So Marty did not arrive in +time to be present at the first meeting of the band, but on the third +Saturday of the month she was on hand with her budget of news. She had +much to hear as well as to tell, and it would take a long time to relate +all the missionary experiences of those travelled Twigs. Indeed for +several weeks something new was constantly coming up. It would be, "O +Miss Agnes, I forgot to tell about such a thing." Or, "I just now +remember what I heard at such a place. May I tell it?" + +Edith had attended a grand missionary meeting at the seaside, and Rosa +had gone with her mother and elder sister to a missionary convention, +where she saw and heard several missionaries who were at home for rest, +and also several new ones who were going out soon. Others of the girls +had attended band meetings where they were visiting, or had joined with +other young workers in holding meetings in hotels and cottages. But no +one had, like Marty, been present at the forming of a band and helped it +start. Nor had they, like her, become well acquainted with a real +missionary. + +"Oh, I just had the nicest long talks with her!" said Marty, meaning of +course Mrs. Thurston. "I could ask her anything I wanted, you know. I +even sat in her lap sometimes and hugged her real hard; and she would +pat me and smooth my hair with the very same hands that used to do +things for the little girls in India." + +"How elegant it must have been to have a missionary meeting in that +pretty old garden, and such a nice missionary there to tell you things!" +said one of the girls. + +"It _was_," replied Marty briefly but fervently. + +"Oh, I wish I could help start a band as Marty did!" exclaimed Daisy. + +"Perhaps you have helped, though you may not be there to see it start," +said Miss Walsh. "Perhaps what you told those little girls from Georgia +about our band and missions in general will bear good fruit, and there +may be after a while a brand-new band in that far-away Southern town, +that little Daisy helped to start." + +"Oh, I do hope so," said Daisy, smiling and pressing her hands together. + +"I think it would be nice to ask Marty's mountain band to write to our +band and tell us what they're doing, and we'll tell them what we're +doing," suggested Edith. + +"Oh, yes, yes!" cried some of the girls. + +After a little talk the suggestion was adopted. They all wanted Marty to +be the one to write; but she said, though of course she was going to +write to Evaline, she could not write a good enough letter to be read at +the band, and would rather Mary Cresswell wrote. Miss Walsh decided that +would be the better way, as Mary was so much older and more accustomed +to writing. It was too much to expect Marty to do. + +So Mary wrote a very nice letter--the Twigs were very proud of their +bright secretary--inclosing a note of introduction from Marty. In course +of time a reply was received from Almira thanking them all for their +kind interest in the mountain band, and accepting the invitation to +enter into a correspondence. This correspondence proved to be very +pleasant and profitable to both parties. + +What pleased the Twigs particularly was that Almira told them the +mountain band was very much indebted to one of their members, and it was +likely the band would not have been formed that summer if it had not +been for that member's help. Of course she meant Marty. + +It must not be supposed Marty had boasted that she had done much +towards getting the band organized. She only told in her childish way +how it had come about, and the girls could not help seeing she had given +all the aid possible. + +Some of the other girls heard from members of bands they had met during +the summer, and in this way several suggestions of ways of doing things +were gathered up and acted upon. Miss Walsh said the whole summer +experience had been very helpful. + +One of Marty's earliest visits after her return was paid to Jennie in +company with Cousin Alice. They found the invalid sitting up in the +comfortable rocking-chair, looking very much better. She was overjoyed +to see them and had a great deal to say. She was so pleased that she +happened to be up, and insisted on showing how she could take the three +or four steps necessary to get from the bed to the chair. She told them +the doctor said that after a while, if she was very careful, she would +be able to walk. "Not, of course, that skippy way you do," she said to +Marty, "but to kind o' get along." + +She also showed the crocheting she had done, and it was really very well +done. As she seemed so much better, Miss Alice asked the doctor if it +would hurt her to study a little. He said it would not, and Miss Alice +undertook to teach her to read better, so that she could enjoy reading +to herself. Jennie was glad of the chance to learn and made good +progress, so that by Christmas, when Marty and Edith gave her the Bible +they had talked of in the summer, she could read it quite well. + +"I think, after a while, when Jennie gets still stronger," said Miss +Alice one day at Mrs. Ashford's, "I will teach her something of +arithmetic and writing, because she will never be able to go to school, +and some knowledge of the kind will be useful to her. I will teach her +to sew nicely, too, and when she is older she may be able to earn her +living, even if she is lame and delicate." + +"What a good work you will be doing, Alice," cried Mrs. Ashford, "if you +help a poor, sickly, ignorant child to develop into an intelligent, +self-helpful, and I hope Christian woman. Jennie will bless the day she +first saw you." + +"Ah, but she never would have seen me but for you and Marty. In fact I +don't think I should have taken much interest in her if my attention had +not been attracted to her by Marty's self-denying gift of that doll." + +"And I don't believe _I'd_ have taken much interest in her if it hadn't +been for hearing about the poor foreign children at the mission-band," +said Marty. + +"Everything comes around to the mission-band first or last, doesn't it?" +said Cousin Alice, laughing. + +"Pretty near everything," replied Marty seriously. "And then there's +Jimmy Torrence," she added presently. "I don't believe I'd have been +willing to have my ulster pieced for his sake if I hadn't been hearing +about those other forlorn children." + +She was glad to see Jimmy looking so much brighter and better. Though he +did not know he owed his country visit to her, he remembered the cake +she had given him and the kind words she had more than once spoken to +him, so he often lingered on the stairs to see her as she passed in and +out of Mrs. Scott's room, always greeting her with a bright smile. + +One Sunday Mrs. Scott made him and his next older sister as clean and +respectable as possible, and took them to church with her. The result +was, some of the ladies of the church came around to see the Torrences, +fitted the older ones out with decent clothes, and gathered them into +the Sunday-school. + +Soon after this, one afternoon Miss Alice came into Mrs. Ashford's +sitting-room, half laughing, and exclaimed as she sank into a chair, +"Oh, Marty, how you and your mission work are getting me into +business!" + +"Why, how?" demanded Marty. + +"Oh, those Torrences!" said Miss Alice, still laughing. + +"What about them? Do tell us," Marty insisted. + +"Well, one day as I was going to see Jennie, I saw the two little girls +younger than Jimmy on the stairs, and they did look so cold this kind of +weather in their ragged calico frocks, and not much else on. So I just +went home, got my old blue flannel dress, bought a few yards of cotton +flannel, and took them to Mrs. Torrence to make some comfortable clothes +for those poor children. And, Cousin Helen, will you believe it? I found +the woman didn't know the first thing about cutting and making clothes!" + +"That is very strange," said Mrs. Ashford. "How has she been getting +along all this time with such a family?" + +"She depends on people giving her things, and on buying cheap ready-made +clothing." + +"That is very thriftless." + +"Yes. But I've heard it is the way so many poor people do. A great many +of those women work in factories or shops before they are married, and +afterwards, too, sometimes, and they have no time to learn to sew. When +I found out about Mrs. Torrence I thought I would offer to show her how +to cut and make those things. I thought doing that would be far greater +charity than making them for her would be." + +"So it would." + +"To be sure she goes out washing now and then, but she has time enough +to sew other days, as she only has those two little rooms to take care +of, and she hasn't been taking much care of them evidently." + +"I thought they only had one room," said Marty. + +"They have taken another now, as Mr. Torrence has steady work. Father +got him a place in a livery stable, and he's not a drinking man, so they +ought to get along." + +"Well, how did Mrs. Torrence take your offer of help?" asked Mrs. +Ashford. + +"She did not seem to like it at first. I suspect she thought I ought to +make the garments myself. But after a while she came around and--" + +"Your pleasant ways would make anybody come around," exclaimed Marty +warmly. + +"Thanks for the compliment," replied Miss Alice, smiling. "Well, the +amount of it is I have been giving her lessons, and she is really +beginning to do right well. The little tots look a great deal more +comfortable, and now I am going to show her how to alter some of the +clothes the Methodist Sunday-school ladies gave her, so that she will +have something decent to wear herself." + +"I think you are getting into business!" exclaimed Mrs. Ashford. "It is +certainly very good of you to take all that trouble. And I should +imagine it is not the most comfortable place in the world in which to +give sewing or any other kind of lessons. Now Mrs. Scott is different. +Her room is always as neat as a pin." + +"Oh, yes!" cried Miss Alice, "that reminds me there's more to my story. +These sewing lessons are actually making Mrs. Torrence cleaner and more +tidy. The first day I went the table was all cluttered up, and when she +cleaned it off for me to cut out on she looked rather ashamed of its +dinginess, and muttered some excuse as she wiped it over with an old +cloth. The next day that table looked as if she had been scrubbing it +all night--it was so startlingly clean. She had scrubbed a chair, too, +for me to sit on. Then I suppose she thought the clean table and chair +put the rest of the room out of countenance, for on my next visit I +found the floor had been scrubbed and the windows washed. When I told +mother about it she said the woman should be encouraged, and sent her +that striped rug that used to be in our dining-room, you remember. It +was to spread down before the stove. The result of that was the old +stove has been polished up within an inch of its life. Yesterday I took +to the children those gay pictures that came last Christmas with the +Graphic, and tacked them on to the wall. Now the next time I go I expect +to see the walls scoured or whitewashed or something," and Miss Alice +finished with a laugh. + +"If you keep on you will work quite a change in their way of living," +said Mrs. Ashford. + +"There's plenty of room yet for improvement," replied her cousin; "for +although it must be pretty hard for such a large family to live in such +a small space and be cleanly, still they might try to be." + +"I should think the narrow space would be bad enough without the dirt." + +"Well, things have been and are yet pretty forlorn. But I am glad I have +been able to effect a little change for the better." + +"But you said I got you into it," said Marty, "and I don't see what I +have to do with it, nor what mission work has either." + +"I should have told you that one reason I thought of offering this help +to Mrs. Torrence is that it may perhaps give me an opportunity to say +something to her on religious subjects. She takes no interest in such +matters, never goes to church, and only allows her children to go to +Sunday-school for what people give them. The Bible-reader of that +district tells me that Mrs. Torrence wont listen to her, wont let her go +into the room. She is a sullen, ill-natured kind of woman--I mean Mrs. +Torrence--and hard to get at. So I thought I might possibly get at her +in this way, and your account of missionary ladies going to zenanas to +teach fancy-work in order to get a chance to tell the women of God and +the Bible, put it into my head that I might try something of the same +kind." + +"Oh, it is just the same," cried Marty, "except that it's altering and +mending instead of fancy-work. How curious it is that zenana work away +off in India should make you think of helping a poor woman close by in +Landis Court!" + +"Have you got Mrs. Torrence to listen to you yet?" asked Mrs. Ashford. + +"I haven't ventured to say anything directly to her yet, but I have been +talking to the children about the Sunday-school lesson, explaining it to +them and teaching them the Golden Text, and their mother is obliged to +hear, whether she wants to or not." + +"That's just the way Mrs. Thurston says it is in those zenanas," said +Marty. "Many of the women at first don't care to listen to good reading +and teaching, and want to talk about all sorts of other things, so the +missionaries have to work it in the best way they can, and after a +while the women get interested and want to hear. It seems as if they +couldn't get enough Bible-reading and talk. Maybe that'll be the way +with Mrs. Torrence." + +"We will hope so," replied Cousin Alice. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +ROSA STEVENSON'S SISTER. + + +As Christmas drew near Marty found herself very busy, for besides some +little presents she was making for her "own folks," she and her mother +set to work to mend some of her old toys, to dress some new cheap dolls, +and to make a few picture-books of bright pretty cards pasted on silesia +and yellow muslin, for the little Torrences and other poor children they +knew of. + +Edith, also, was engaged in the same way, and the little girls often +worked together. + +Though they had received some money on their birthdays, they concluded +to wait until Christmas to give Jennie her Bible, as everybody appeared +to think it would be a very suitable Christmas gift for her. They got +Mrs. Ashford to go with them to buy it, and with her aid succeeded in +getting a very nice one, good size, clear print, and pretty cover, for +the money they had set aside for the purpose. + +Their mothers gave them permission to run down the afternoon before +Christmas to carry the Bible to Jennie, as there would not possibly be +time to go Christmas day when there was so much going on. They were to +call and ask Cousin Alice to go with them; but when they stopped at her +house they found she had already gone over to Landis Court, but had left +word for them if they came to follow her. + +When they arrived at Mrs. Scott's room they found Miss Alice very busy +indeed, hanging up some wreaths of green and otherwise decorating the +room. She was hurrying to get it all in order before Mrs. Scott returned +from her work, as it was to be a surprise to her. Jennie, sitting in the +rocking-chair with the doll in her arms, was watching the operation with +the greatest interest, every now and then exclaiming, "Oh, that's +splendid! What'll mother say to that!" + +When Marty and Edith appeared something else seemed to occur to her, and +turning from the decorations she cried eagerly to them, "Oh, did you +get--!" and then glancing at Miss Alice, covered her mouth with her +hand, laughed very much, but would not finish what she had begun to say. + +She nearly went wild over the beautiful Bible and could hardly thank the +givers enough. + +"And I can read it my own self too, 'cepting of course the long words," +she said. "How queer it'll be to be sitting up reading a chapter to +mother 'stead of her reading to me!" + +"You might read to her those Christmas verses in Luke to-morrow that I +read to you not long ago," Miss Alice suggested. + +"Oh! I will. Where are they, I wonder?" said Jennie. + +Edith found the place, while Marty snipped off a little bit of her blue +hair-ribbon for a mark. + +Some cakes and fruit Mrs. Howell and Mrs. Ashford sent Jennie were also +highly appreciated. They had also sent some small but useful and pretty +presents for her mother, which Jennie was to have the pleasure of giving +to her. Thus they all tried to bring some Christmas joy into the poor +little girl's life. + +When Marty and Edith went home they each found a small parcel that Jimmy +Torrence had left for them. They contained nicely crocheted +bureau-covers for their dolls' houses, and were marked in Miss Alice's +handwriting, "For Marty, from Jennie," and "For Edith, from Jennie." + +"Ah! this was the secret she had with Cousin Alice," exclaimed Marty. +"Just look mamma! isn't it a pretty cover?" + +Edith was equally pleased with hers, and Jennie seemed much pleased with +their hearty thanks. + +"I really believe she enjoyed making and giving those little things more +than any other part of Christmas," said Miss Alice. "I suppose it made +her feel as if she was in the Christmas times." + +Marty never enjoyed any Christmas season so much as this one, when she +worked so hard to give happiness to the poor. She had her temptations to +overcome, too; for when the stores were filled with beautiful things +that she would like to buy for herself or her friends, it was very hard +to keep from entrenching on the money she had saved up for a special +Christmas missionary offering. But her year's training in missionary +giving had not gone for nothing, and she was able to make a missionary +offering a part of her Christmas celebration. + +The members of the band had not forgotten the talk they had had over +Mrs. C----'s letter, when they resolved to try very hard to double their +usual amount. The most of them were trying, and the sum was "rolling +up," the treasurer said. Whether or not they would succeed in what they +were aiming at, remained to be seen, but Miss Walsh encouraged them by +saying that they would certainly come much nearer success by making +continual efforts than by making no effort at all. + +One morning when the holidays were over, and the little girls were on +their way to school, Edith had a great piece of news to tell. + +"What do you think!" she said. "Rosa Stevenson's grownup sister is +going away next month to be a missionary!" + +"_Is_ she really?" exclaimed Marty. + +"Yes; going to Japan, and Miss Agnes has asked her to come to the +meeting next Saturday and tell us about it." + +The news spread, and the next Saturday every one of the Twigs was there, +gazing with wide-open eyes at the fair young girl who was going so far +from home to carry the gospel to her ignorant sisters. Sitting there +with tearful Rosa's hand clasped in hers, she told the girls that when +she was studying in college, God had put it into her heart to carry the +tidings of his salvation to the people who knew him not. She said that +though it was very hard to leave home and friends, she felt it was her +duty and privilege to go, and she was thankful that the way was open for +her. + +Then she showed them on the map what city she was going to, and told +them something of the school in which she was to teach. She promised to +write to the band some time, and in closing she earnestly appealed to +them to do all they could for missions. + +"Even be ready to go yourself if God calls you," she said. "When I was a +little girl in a mission-band, saving up pennies and learning about +these foreign lands, I never thought that one day I should be going to +teach the girls of one of these countries and try to win them to Christ. +So there may be some among you whom God will call to this work, and I +hope none of you will slight his call, but be ready to do his will in +this matter as in all others." + +Marty was very deeply impressed by what Miss Stevenson said. She thought +it would be a grand thing to go away off as a missionary. She wondered +if God would call her to go. She hoped he would. Only she would not wish +to go to such a civilized country as Japan; the very worst part of +Africa or the wildest part of Asia would be what she would choose. + +Her mind was so full of the subject that she did not want to talk about +anything else, or to talk at all, and was glad that Edith was going to +her aunt Julia's from the meeting, so she could walk home alone. She +concluded that as soon as she reached home, she would go into her room +and pray that she might be a missionary. Then she could not wait until +she got home, and being on a quiet street, she slipped behind a tree-box +and offered this little prayer: "Dear Lord, if missionaries are still +needed by the time I grow up, I pray thee let me be one. For Jesus +Christ's sake. Amen." + +She walked in home very soberly for her, and going directly to her +mother, asked, "Mamma, should you like me to go away over the seas and +be a missionary?" + +"No, indeed!" said her mother emphatically. "I should not like it at +all. You mustn't think of such a thing." + +"But if God calls me to go?" said Marty, with quivering lip. + +It would be hard, after all, to leave this dear home. She scarcely knew +whether she wanted her prayer answered or not. + +"What do you mean?" inquired Mrs. Ashford, drawing her on her lap. + +Then Marty told all about the meeting, and what she had been thinking, +and how she had prayed to be a missionary. + +"I want to be one if God wants me to, but I don't see how I _can_ go +away and leave you all," she said, half crying. + +"Well," said her mother soothingly, seeing she was trembling with +excitement, "we need not talk about it yet. It will be a long time until +you are old enough or know enough to go. You will have to go to school +many years yet, and then, perhaps, to college, for you know the better +missionaries are educated the more good they can do. Then you must learn +to make your own clothes and take care of them, and it is well to know a +good deal about housekeeping also, for missionaries have to know how to +be independent, and be ready for any kind of life. You would hardly be +prepared to go before you are twenty, anyway, and that is ten years +yet." + +"Nine and a half," put in Marty. + +"In the meantime you can be doing as much as possible for missions at +home." + +"Yes," said Marty, wiping her eyes and looking comforted, "that's so. We +needn't think of my going away yet, and I s'pose the right way is to do +as Miss Agnes says. She says the best way in mission work, as in +everything else, is just to do the nearest thing and do it as well as we +possibly can, and then be willing to let God lead us along from one step +to another." + +"She is certainly right," said Mrs. Ashford. + +"I have taken some steps since Edith got me started, haven't I? I've +learned a good deal about missions, and I find it a great deal easier to +give money regularly now than when I began. Don't you remember how at +first I either wanted to give every cent I had or else not to give +anything? But I found out that wasn't the best way to do." + +"And another thing," said Mrs. Ashford, "you have been the means of some +of the rest of us taking steps. Seeing how well your systematic giving +is working, I have started in to do the same way." + +"Oh! _have_ you, mamma?" exclaimed Marty. "Are you going to have a box +for tenths? How delightful!" + +"No, not a box--my square Russia-leather pocketbook. And not tenths +exactly, but what you call the New Testament way." + +"That's just lovely!" said Marty, caressing her. "I'm so glad. So we'll +both be mission workers the rest of our lives, wont we?" + +"With God's help, we will," replied her mother. + +"And p'r'aps dear little Freddie will begin, too, when he gets old +enough. You know there are boy bands. But where is Freddie? He was here +when I came in." + +Just then a high-pitched little voice from the next room called, "Whoop! +Marty!" + +"There he is. I wonder what sort of a funny place he's hiding in this +time," said Marty, laughing and running to see. + +Freddie had taken one of his papa's large handkerchiefs out of the lower +drawer of the bureau, and spreading it out over his head was standing in +the middle of the room, hiding. How he laughed when Marty found him! + +Soon after Mrs. Ashford and Marty began studying the Bible with the help +of the concordance, they agreed that it would be pleasant to read a +chapter together every night before Marty went to bed. Sometimes she was +too sleepy to read more than a few verses, but generally she tried to +get ready in good time so that she would be wide enough awake to read a +whole chapter, unless it was a very long one. + +They were reading in Luke's Gospel now, but the evening of this day +Marty said, + +"Mamma, mayn't we read that chapter that has in it, 'Here am I; send +me'? Miss Stevenson read that verse to us to-day when she was talking +about us going, any of us. Do you know where it is?" + +"I think I can find it pretty easily," Mrs. Ashford replied. "I know it +is in Isaiah. Here it is--the sixth chapter." + +They read it, and the eighth verse coming to Marty, she read slowly and +reverently, + +"Also I heard the voice of the Lord saying, Whom shall I send, and who +will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me." + +After they had finished reading, she said, + +"I think that is a very hard chapter. The only verses in it that I +understand are this one where it says, 'Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of +hosts,' and the eighth verse about 'Whom shall I send?'" + +"Well," said her mother, "if you understand those two, they will give +you plenty to think of, and when you are older you will be able to +understand more." + +After a moment's silence Marty said, + +"You were saying a while ago that I'd have to go to school and learn a +great deal before I could be a missionary. I s'pose I'll have to study +the Bible a great deal too." + +"Oh, of course. I didn't mention that particularly, because I took it +for granted you would know that any one who undertakes to show others +the way of life must know the way herself, and the Bible is the book +that points out that way. You remember Jesus says, 'Search the +Scriptures; they are they which testify of me.'" + +"But how am I ever to learn? Some people seem to know just where +everything is, all the verses that explain other verses, and so on. They +can so easily find something in the Old Testament that exactly fits into +something in the New Testament. I often wonder how they do it." + +"They love the Word of God, study it, and pray over it." + +"I want to love it too," said Marty, pressing her face against the open +Bible on her mother's knee. "Whether I'm a missionary or not, I want to +be a Christian and do some work for the Lord." + + + + +Devotional Books. + + +DAILY LIGHT ON THE DAILY PATH. 32mo. Size, 4-3/4 by 3-1/4 by 3/4 inches. + +Morning or Evening Hour, each, in cloth, 40 cts.; cloth gilt, 50 cts.; +morocco gilt, $1; kid-lined, $3. + +Morning and Evening Hour, _combined_. 32mo edition. Cloth, 60 cts.; +cloth gilt, 75 cts.; Seal Russia, $1 20; morocco, $1 40; morocco, red +and gold edges, $1 60; seal extra, gold edges, $2; calf, $2; kid-lined, +$4. + +LARGE PRINT EDITION. 16mo. Size, 5-3/4 by 4-1/2 ins. + +Morning or Evening Hour, each, cloth gilt, 75 cts.; morocco, gilt, $1. + +Morning and Evening Hour, _combined_. Morocco gilt, $2; calf, $2 50; +Levant gilt, $3; kid-lined, $5. + +ANCHOR OF THE SOUL. By Dr. Arnot. 24mo. 48 pp. Cloth, 40 cts.; gilt, 60 +cts. Cloth limp, 20 cts. + +BIBLE PRAYERS. By Jonas King, D. D. 32mo. 182 pp. Cloth, 25 cts. + +CHRISTIAN HOME LIFE. 12mo. 299 pp. $1. + +DAILY COMMUNION WITH GOD. By J. R. Boyd, D. D. 18mo. 104 pp. Cloth, 30 +cts.; gilt, 50 cts.; morocco, $1 25. + +DEVOTIONAL THOUGHTS. By D. A. Harsha, M. A. 12mo. 566 pp. 7 portraits. +Cloth, $1 50. + +DROPS FROM THE BROOK BY THE WAY. 24mo. 196 pp. Cloth, 50 cts. + +PASSION FLOWERS. By Rev. C. S. Hageman, D. D. 24mo. Illuminated. 64 pp. +Cloth gilt, 50 cts. + + +_AMERICAN TRACT SOCIETY_, 150 NASSAU ST. and 304 FOURTH AV., NEW YORK. + + + + * * * * * * + + + +Transcriber's note: + + The original spelling of "wont" for "won't" was retained. + + Punctuation was corrected where appropriate. + + Captions for the illustrations were created by the transcriber. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A MISSIONARY TWIG*** + + +******* This file should be named 23992.txt or 23992.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/3/9/9/23992 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/23992.zip b/23992.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5118d6f --- /dev/null +++ b/23992.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f9c9e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #23992 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/23992) |
